sign in sign up
<<
Home , Holy Family University, La Salle University, Mercy College (New York), Object Windows Library

Holy Family University Undergraduate Studies 2007-2008 For information regarding undergraduate programs contact:

Northeast Campus 9801 Frankford Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19114-2009

Newtown, Bucks County One Campus Drive Newtown, PA 18940-1761

Woodhaven, Bucks County 1311 Bristol Pike Bensalem, PA 19020-6415

General Telephone and Fax Numbers Campus 215-637-7700 Fax 215-637-3826 Newtown, Bucks County 215-504-2000 Fax 215-504-2050 Woodhaven, Bucks County 215-827-0567 Fax 215-633-0558 Financial Aid 215-637-5538 Fax 215-599-1694 Library 215-637-5828 Fax 215-632-8067

School Closing Numbers Northeast Philadelphia Campus Day classes, 124 Saturday and Evening classes, 2124 Newtown, Bucks County Day classes, 784 Saturday and Evening classes, 2784 Woodhaven, Bucks County Day classes, 144 Saturday and Evening classes, 2029 While this catalog was prepared on the basis of the most complete information available at the time of publication, all information is subject to change without notice or obligation. Holy Family University reserves the right to change without notice any statement in this publication concerning, but not limited to, rules, policies, tuition, fees, faculty, offerings, program requirements, curricula, and courses. This document is not a contract or an offer of a contract.

Cover Photo of Labyrinth A Labyrinth is an uncomplicated path with only one route leading into the center and back out again. When used as a tool for meditation, it can lead you to the inner depths of your soul. The Labyrinth at Holy Family University is located on the grounds of the main campus at Grant and Frankford Avenues between the Library and the Education Technology Center. The Labryinth photo is courtesy of Tom Holtje, graduate student in the School of Education. ii The Mission of the University Holy Family University, a ministry of the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth, offers education in the liberal arts and professions through graduate, undergraduate, and non-degree programs. As a Catholic University, Holy Family seeks direction and inspiration from the life and teaching of Jesus Christ, affirms the values of the Judeo-Christian tradition, and witnesses to the dignity of each person and the oneness of the human family. Holy Family University educates students to assume life-long responsibilities toward God, society, and self. The following core values inform the University as it seeks to carry out its Mission: Family. Holy Family University welcomes and cares for students, faculty, and staff as members of a diverse but interconnected family. A community united by a common Mission, the University promotes an atmosphere of mutual concern and attention to the spiritual, intellectual, social, emotional, and physical needs of all those whom it serves. Respect. Holy Family University affirms the dignity of the human person through openness to multiple points of view, personalized attention, and collaborative dialogue in the learning process and in the interaction among members of the University community. The University seeks to instill appreciation of and respect for differences so that its graduates can function successfully in multicultural contexts. Integrity. Intent upon forming persons of integrity who recognize the importance of life-long learning, Holy Family University advocates free and conscientious pursuit of truth and the responsible use of knowledge. It bases education upon a foundation in the liberal arts that highlights the humanities and the natural and social sciences. In keeping with the teachings of the , concern for moral values and social justice guides the University in designing programs and activities. Service and Responsibility. Holy Family University incorporates its motto, Teneor Votis (“I am bound by my responsibilities”), into curricular, cocurricular, and extracurricular programs. Reflecting this motto, educational experiences at the University apply theory to practice and course content to serving human needs. The University educates individuals to become competent professionals and responsible citizens. Learning. Holy Family University seeks to instill in its students a passion for truth and a commitment to seeking wisdom. It promotes values-based education, creative scholarship, informed and imaginative use of research and technology, and practical learning opportunities such as co-operative education and internship programs. The University seeks to strengthen ethical, logical, and creative thinking; to develop effective communication skills; to nurture an aesthetic sense; and to deepen global, social, and historical awareness.

iii Vision. Holy Family University envisions learning as a dynamic and fruitful exchange between traditional sources of wisdom and contemporary developments in knowledge. Throughout the teaching and learning process, the University seeks to embody Christian philosophical and theological perspectives. It offers an education grounded in a Judeo-Christian worldview that serves as a foundation upon which to address contemporary problems and to build a vision for the future.

iv Holy Family University Academic Calendar 2007-2008 Fall Semester Classes Begin ...... August 29 Labor Day (University closed) ...... September 1-3 Last Day to Add Classes ...... September 5 Saturday Classes Begin ...... September 8 Monday Evening Classes Begin ...... September 10 Last Day to Drop Classes...... September 12 Last Day to Add/Drop Saturday Classes ...... September 15 Last Day to Add/Drop Monday Classes ...... September 17 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Graduate students - December Completion) ...... October 1 Fall Holiday ...... October 12 Mid-Term Examinations...... October 15-20 Faculty Development Day ...... October 24 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Undergraduates - Spring Completion) ...... October 30 Last Day to Withdraw from Classes...... November 19 Thanksgiving Holiday (No classes) ...... November 21-25 Christmas Rose (No classes) ...... December 11 Semester Examinations ...... December 12-18 Spring Semester Classes Begin ...... January 14 Last Day to Add Classes ...... January 21 Last Day to Drop Classes ...... January 28 Mid-Term Examinations ...... February 26-March 2 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Graduate students - Spring Completion) ...... March 1 Spring Break ...... March 17-24 Last Day to Withdraw from Classes...... April 4 Easter Break...... April 5-9 Semester Examinations ...... April 29-May 5 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Undergraduates - Summer/Fall Completion) ...... April 30 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Graduate students - June Completion)...... May 1 Commencement - Spring Ceremony ...... May 23 Summer Sessions Summer Sessions I/III - Classes Begin ...... May 19 Memorial Day (University Closed) ...... May 26 Last Day to Add/Drop Summer I and III Classes...... May 28 Summer Session I Ends ...... June 26 Summer Session II Begins ...... June 30 Last Day to File a Petition to Graduate (Graduate students - August Completion) ...... July 1 Independence Day (University Closed)...... July 4 Last Day to Add/Drop Summer Session II ...... July 7 Summer Session II/III Ends ...... August 7 Note: Dates subject to change. Please consult the website calendar (www.holyfamily.edu) v Correspondence All mail correspondence should be addressed to: Holy Family University 9801 Frankford Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19114-2009 Address specific inquiries as follows:

General Policies Cooperative President Education/Internships Director of Cooperative Education Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs Financial Aid Graduate Study Policies, Financial Aid Director Transfer Policies Catalogs, Transcripts, and Vice President for Academic Affairs Student Records Student Services, Housing, Associate Vice President for Use of University Facilities Academic Services and Registrar Vice President for Student Services Gifts and Bequests Business Matters, Vice President for Technical Staff Institutional Advancement Vice President for Finance and Bookstore Administration Bookstore Manager Information Technology Careers and Placement Vice President for Information Director of Careers Center Technology Alumni Activities Disabilities Services for Students Director of Alumni Relations Director of Counseling Center and and the Annual Fund Disabilities Services Mail Tuition and Fees Mail Services Coordinator Assistant Controller Holy Family University, Newtown Site Human Resources Executive Director of the Assistant Vice President for Newtown Site Human Resources Holy Family University, Graduate Admission Policies Woodhaven Site Director of Graduate Admissions (Accelerated Programs of Study) Associate Vice President for the Division of Extended Learning

vi Accreditation Holy Family is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and the Joint Review Committee of Education in Radiologic Technology. All degree programs, as well as the teacher certification programs at the graduate and undergraduate levels, are approved by the Commonwealth of , Department of Education. Holy Family has also been approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Nurse Examiners, the Veterans Administration, and State Regents, and is a member of the American Association for Colleges for Teacher Education (AACTE) and the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN). Affiliation Holy Family University is a member of the Southeastern Pennsylvania Consortium for Higher Education (SEPCHE). SEPCHE consists of eight independent institutions of higher education in the Greater Philadelphia Region. These schools consist of: , Cabrini College, , Gwynedd-, Holy Family University, , Neumann College, and . Nondiscrimination Policy Holy Family University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, gender, national origin, or handicap in administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school- administered programs.

vii Contents General Information ...... ii Mission Statement ...... iii Academic Calendar...... v Correspondence ...... vi Chapter 1 History, Facilities and Services...... 1 Northeast Philadelphia...... 2 Newtown ...... 5 Woodhaven...... 6 Chapter 2 Financial Information...... 9 Withdrawal and Refund...... 10 Financial Aid ...... 13 Scholarships ...... 16 Chapter 3 Student Life ...... 30 Orientation...... 30 Activities...... 30 Campus Services...... 33 Chapter 4 Academic Life ...... 38 Admission Requirements ...... 38 Academic Programs ...... 42 Academic Policies and Procedures ...... 45 Progress Toward Degree Completion...... 50 Grading System ...... 56 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act...... 59 Graduation Requirements ...... 60 Academic Honors and Awards...... 62 Chapter 5 Core Curriculum ...... 67 Chapter 6 Academic Programs ...... 71 Chapter 7 Minors ...... 235 Chapter 8 Administration ...... 251 Chapter 9 Faculty ...... 253 Chapter 10 Index and Campus Maps ...... 272 viii History, Facilities, and Services

History: Past and Present of Holy Family University Holy Family University is a fully accredited Catholic, private, co-educational university. The University is under the patronage of the Holy Family of Nazareth, the model for all families. Through various activities and the curriculum, concerted efforts are made to deepen the students’ awareness of the Holy Family and the modern family as an important social unit. Founding of Holy Family College in 1954 by the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth marked the culmination of an evolutionary cycle begun in 1934 with the opening of the Holy Family Teacher Training School. During the early years, the college functioned as an affiliate of the Catholic University of America. Full accreditation by the Middle States Association of Universities and Schools was extended to Holy Family seven years after its founding in 1961, a status that was renewed in 1971, 1981, 1991, and 2001. The Pennsylvania Department of Education approved the college for university status in 2002. The graduate programs in education were approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education in March 1990, followed by the Nursing and Counseling Psychology programs in 1997, the Human Resources Management and Information Systems Management programs in Spring 2000, and the Accelerated Business Administration program in 2003. The graduate program in Criminal Justice was approved in 2007. Today, the University provides liberal arts and professional programs for more than 2,100 undergraduate students through day, evening, and Summer sessions. The graduate programs in business administration (accelerated), criminal justice, education, counseling psychology, nursing, human resources management, and information systems management serve more than 1,100 professional and pre- professional men and women. Since it was chartered on February 11, 1954, Holy Family has been a dynamic institution responding today in order to provide for tomorrow’s needs. Despite its growth in numbers of students, its geographic expansion from Philadelphia into surrounding counties, its provision of residence opportunities, and its adoption of alternative pedagogical delivery strategies, the University’s purpose remains essentially unchanged—to offer a high-quality, affordable, personalized, and values-centered education in the firm tradition of Catholic higher education. In living Holy Family’s motto, Teneor Votis,the University community recognizes its responsibility to those whom it serves and realizes that its Mission is best extended by its students who are likewise deeply conscious of their ongoing responsibilities to themselves, others, their country, and their God in ways that transcend time and place.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 1 Holy Family University Originally, Holy Family University was part of the Torresdale–Andalusia land grant given to an ancestor of the Drexel–Biddle family in the era of William Penn. The 27 acres on which the University was first located were acquired by the Congregation of the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth during the early 1920s. Since then, the campus has been enlarged by the purchase of 19 acres added on the property’s north and south sides.

Northeast Philadelphia Campus Facilities Alpha House, the Early Childhood Center, is situated on Grant Avenue, east of Frankford Avenue. Alpha House is available as an outside observation site for early childhood students as well as a resource and laboratory for all education majors. Alpha House is also a resource for the community.The nursery school and kindergarten is accredited by the National Association for the Education of Young Children and is staffed by certified teachers. Aquinas Hall, located in the center of the Northeast Campus, is a building housing the School of Business Administration faculty offices, a classroom, and a conference room. Campus Center houses the chapel, classrooms, a full-service cafeteria, a 1,000- seat gymnasium, including an indoor running track, a state-of-the-art fitness center, an infirmary, a University store, lounges, conference rooms, and offices. The building serves as the hub of campus activity. Delaney Hall provides residence facilities for the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth who are engaged in various ministries at the University. Education & Technology Center, opened in August 2005, is a 62,000 square- foot facility that contains eight general classrooms, four computer labs with 25 personal computers in each, and five classrooms specially designed to model primary and secondary classroom instruction for the University’s education students. These model classrooms allow students with certain disabilities, such as vision or hearing impairment, to be integrated fully into a regular classroom- providing Holy Family’s Education graduates with valuable experience using adaptive technology in a classroom environment. Additionally, the facility contains a 200-seat auditorium, three conference rooms, a teacher resource room, a cafe, student and faculty lounges, and faculty and administrative offices for the School of Education. It also contains classroom, studio, and gallery space for the University’s art program. Garden Residence, located on the edge of campus, is the newest addition to on- campus living. The Garden Residence is designed for upperclassmen who would like some independence in apartment-style living and can accommodate approximately 45 students.

2 Holy Family University Holy Family Hall, the main academic building, contains classrooms, science, computer and language laboratories, a major lecture hall, a communications suite, student facilities, and administrative and faculty offices. Marian Hall, located on the southeast corner of Grant and Frankford avenues (4500 Grant Avenue), houses the Institutional Advancement Division, including the Offices of Alumni and Annual Fund, Development, Marketing/Communications, and Corporate and Foundation Relations. Nurse Education Building is a four-story classroom and office facility; it includes a computer laboratory, a nursing practice laboratory and Simulation Technology Center. St. Joseph Hall, located at the center of campus, offers double-occupancy rooms, plus three rooms, with adjoining private baths, accessible to people with disabilities. Extensively renovated in 2005, the four-story residence hall houses both male and female undergraduate students separated by floor. Undergraduate Admissions Center, located on the southwest corner of Grant and Frankford Avenues, serves prospective students and houses the Undergraduate Admissions Office. The Computer Laboratories, Computer Laboratories, located in Rooms 204, 206, and 411 of Holy Family Hall, in Room 307 of the Nurse Education Building, and at four locations in the Education and Technology Center, provide electronic resources for students. Open laboratory hours are available. University Library currently houses more than 110,000 items, including more than 2,500 DVDs and videos selected to support the learning, teaching, and informational needs of the University community. The Library receives over 900 print and online journals and other periodicals, including more than 100 journals in the field of education. The Library also offers access on and off campus to over 20 full text journal databases, including Academic Search Premier, WilsonWeb Omnifile, CINAHL, and PsycARTICLES. In addition, the Library has SEPCHe-books, a portal to hundreds of electronic books available from home or campus via netLibrary. The Library’s on-line catalog, the Family Cat, identifies which books and audiovisual materials the Library has on any topic, as well as which journal titles the library receives. The Family Cat, along with the on-line research databases, is available via the library website at www.holyfamily.edu/library/. Other information found here includes hours, policies, handouts, and forms. The Northeast Philadelphia Campus Library works in tandem with the Newtown Learning Resource Center (LRC) to make sure all students have the resources they need. Materials at either location may be borrowed by any student and may be returned to either library. Holy Family’s Woodhaven site has no library within its space; students at Woodhaven are encouraged to use the Library on the nearby Northeast Philadelphia Campus.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 3 The Northeast Philadelphia Campus Library and Newtown LRC collaborate with faculty to make sure that needed resources are available for students to develop research skills. Reference librarians work with designated classes each semester to teach students about online searching and library resources. The Library and LRC staff members are also available to assist students individually as requested. Additional resources are available through interlibrary loan from local, state, and out-of-state libraries, for a small fee. The Library is a member of the Tri-State College Library Cooperative (TCLC), the Consortium for Health Information (CHI), and the Online Computer Library Center (OCLC). Many local university libraries can be used directly by Holy Family students with a letter of introduction from the University librarian; SEPCHE libraries require only a current Holy Family ID. Inquire at the Library or LRC for details. Both the Library and LRC have a Curriculum Library containing elementary and secondary school textbooks, curriculum guides, instruction kits, and hundreds of children’s books, both fiction and nonfiction. Titles in the Curriculum Library are listed in the Family Cat. The Library has a special English as a Second Language (ESL) collection for those who teach non-native speakers of English. This collection is available for checkout by area teachers as well as by the Holy Family community. ESL materials may be sent to the Newtown Campus for students or faculty using the LRC. Also available in the Library and LRC are copy machines, newspapers, reference materials, study carrels, and group study areas. The Library has a collection of popular light reading as well as popular movies on DVD, and an audiovisual preview room upstairs for those wishing to view DVDs or videos in-house. Materials placed on reserve by faculty can be found at the Circulation Desk of the Library or LRC. The University Archives is located in the Library. Inactive files of the administrative offices, departments, committees, campus clubs and associations, and the private papers of the University community are deposited here. The use of these materials is limited to administrative offices for research and to others with permission from appropriate University officers. Arrangements must be made in advance for use of materials; as a rule, these items may not be borrowed. Copies of materials may be made at the expense of the researcher.

4 Holy Family University Holy Family University, Newtown, Bucks County In 1995, a second location with a building suitable for classrooms and offices was purchased by the University. It is located on a 155-acre tract in Newtown, Bucks County, 18 miles north of the Northeast Philadelphia (NEP) Campus. Full use of the Newtown facility was inaugurated in the Fall 1995 semester. During the Fall 1995 semester, an opportunity arose for the University to provide leadership in the community for economic growth in the Bucks County area. The University closed sale on a portion of the Newtown facility to Lockheed Martin Corporation in April 1996 and retained a 79-acre parcel for development of a Newtown facility, a 44,000 square-foot academic/administrative facility housing an Administrative Service area, 12 classrooms and laboratories, the Center for the Graduate Program in Counseling Psychology, the Learning Resource Center, a chapel, the Student Services Office, and faculty offices. The continued corporate presence in Newtown of Lockheed Martin, a leader in advanced technology, presents opportunities for collaboration with the University.

Newtown, Bucks County, Facilities Center for Academic Enhancement, Room 135, provides academic support to improve the analytical, critical, grammatical, and organizational skills of students in writing, editing, and revising essays, reviews, and research papers through professional services, individual assistance, essay analysis, and research direction. Center for Counseling Studies and Services, Room 202, provides facilities for clinical experience for students in the Master of Science in Counseling Psychology program as well as professional offices for faculty. The Center includes video and audio-equipped training areas for play therapy and group psychotherapy, an observation room for monitoring individual and group counseling practice sessions, and individual offices for therapy simulation. The Center is available for classroom experiences and to individual students for skills practice. Learning Resource Center (LRC), Room 122, is an extension of the Northeast Philadelphia Campus Library. The LRC serves the research and information needs of students and faculty through on-line research databases, periodicals, books and audiovisual materials, a curriculum library, and a children’s literature collection. The LRC’s resources are supplemented by intercampus and interlibrary loan services. Staff members offer individualized research instruction as well as formal, in-class orientation sessions at the start of each semester. Computer Laboratories are located in Rooms 131, 132 and 133 and offer a variety of software and hardware programs for computer instruction and student self-study. Open laboratory hours are available.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 5 Nursing Laboratory and Science Laboratory, Rooms 242 and 237, are equipped to serve both as lecture rooms and laboratories. Language Laboratory, Room 230, is a portable laboratory available for students of foreign languages to use during classes as well as for individual learning. Model Classroom, Room 234, is a classroom with enhanced technology for use in the Teacher Education Programs. The Multi-Media Room, Room 138, provides large-screen video projection; a multimedia personal computer; a document workstation; TV, VCR, and professional audio playback; and recording and amplification equipment. Room 138 is also equipped with videoconferencing equipment to provide for interactive conferences or classes between the Northeast Philadelphia Campus and the Newtown Campus as well as with videoconferencing sites worldwide. Multi-Purpose Room, Room 136, has the capacity for large-group instruction, and it supports a local-area network.

Holy Family University, Woodhaven, Bucks County The Woodhaven site opened in Fall, 2003 and is home to the University’s Division of Extended Learning. Offering accelerated degree programs for the adult learner, Holy Family University’s Woodhaven facility consists of a 27,000 square-foot building situated on 4.76 acres. Both the northbound and southbound ramps of I-95’s Woodhaven Road exit lead to this facility. The Woodhaven site houses classrooms, faculty offices, and administrative offices. Because it also contains a conference room, a large meeting/seminar room, a computer laboratory, and a lounge, Holy Family University’s Woodhaven facility can accommodate large-group sessions, meetings, and executive retreats.

Woodhaven, Bucks County, Facilities Board Room is a seminar-style room adaptive to seminar and small-group meetings. Computer Laboratory offers electronic resources for computer instruction and student self-study. Wireless network access is also available. Seminar Rooms provide large-screen video projection, cable, VCR, and amplification equipment.

University Services Academic Advising Center - offers full-time and part-time undergraduate students an opportunity to discuss academic progress, policies, procedures, and degree requirements. Located in Room 213 of Holy Family Hall.

6 Holy Family University Bookstore - The bookstore is located on the first floor of the Campus Center at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus and on the first floor of the Newtown site. In addition to used and new textbooks required and/or recommended by instructors for class, a selection of trade books in related academic disciplines is available for sale as well as a full line of school supplies, University-imprinted clothing and gifts, and numerous other items. Books can be special ordered at any time. The bookstore honors Visa, MasterCard, Discover, and American Express credit cards. Stationery, other supplies and gifts are also sold. During the first two weeks of each semester and for the beginning of each Summer session, the store has extended hours of operation. Please call 215-827-0219 for further information. Campus Ministry - Liturgies, prayer services, scripture readings, retreats, and social justice activities invite the involvement of all students. Those interested should contact the University Chaplain in the Campus Center, Room 214, during regular office hours or by appointment. Careers Center - The Careers Center provides services to those students seeking information about job opportunities and career direction. Located in the Campus Center, the Careers Center has job listings, directory information, and job-search resources. Workshops on job-search techniques, resume writing, and interviewing, as well as individual job counseling sessions, are open to undergraduate and graduate students. The Center is open during regular office hours and at other times by appointment and is located in Rooms 216 and 218, Campus Center. The Careers Center’s phone number is 215-637-7700, ext. 3223. Center for Academic Enhancement - offers diverse services designed to meet the learning needs of students at all levels of achievement, addressing programs of study from developmental to honors courses. It is the goal of the Center to help students improve skills and achieve greater academic success, and to encourage them to take full advantage of the learning experience. The Center is located on the second floor of the University Library. Counseling Center and Disabilities Services - Counseling Center services are provided to ensure that the students’ time at Holy Family will be both academically and personally rewarding. Services include individual and group personal and career testing and counseling, relaxation training and stress management, computer-assisted counseling, crisis intervention, support groups, and referral assistance. The Center is open Monday through Friday on the Northeast Philadelphia Campus and by appointment at the Newtown, Bucks County facility. Students may make appointments or drop in during scheduled Center hours. Normally, there are no fees for counseling during regularly scheduled hours; there are minimal fees for some testing. Holy Family University encourages all members of the University community— faculty, students, staff, and administration—to be sensitive to and supportive of the needs of students with disabilities. Holy Family University provides

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 7 reasonable accommodations to otherwise qualified students with a documented disability (physical, psychological, learning, etc.) in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. An office to facilitate accommodations and academic adjustments for students with documented disabilities is located in Room 222 of the Campus Center on the Northeast Philadelphia Campus. Students with disabilities (physical, learning, psychological, etc.) who intend to seek accommodations should contact this office for assistance. Information regarding documentation requirements, policies, and procedures for receiving accommodations also are available through this office. To make an appointment at either the Northeast Philadelphia or Newtown Campus, students should contact the Director of the Counseling Center and Disabilities Services at 215- 637-7700, ext. 3232. Health Services - A registered nurse is available daily at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus in the University Health Services Office, Campus Center, Room G7, to provide first aid, health screenings, counseling, referrals, and health insurance information. The University nurse may be contacted during the day at 267-341-3262. Parking and Identification - Students must register their cars, obtain a parking permit, and an official student identification card during their first semester at Holy Family. Parking permits and student IDs may be obtained in Room 105 of the Campus Center on the Northeast Campus or at the reception desk in the Newtown and the Woodhaven sites. ID cards are necessary for building access, the use of the library, LRC, and sports facilities, and they must be visible while students are on campus. There is no charge for the initial card; however, the cost for replacing a lost ID is $10, which is payable at the time of photographing. A $10 late fee is also charged for IDs taken three weeks after the start of classes. Safety and Security - The University offers 24-hour security coverage. Security officers may be reached through using the emergency telephones located on the parking lots and in each building or by dialing 215-637-6596.

8 Holy Family University Financial Information

Undergraduate Tuition and Fees for the 2007 - 2008 Academic Year

Per semester (12-18 credits)...... $9,850 General fee for full-time students per semester ...... $300 Tuition per credit hour in excess of 18 credits ...... $430

Tuition Per Credit for Part-Time Students Undergraduate tuition per credit hour ...... $430 Undergraduate tuition for nursing clinical course (per credit) ...... $480 General fee for part-time students per semester...... $60

Course Fees (Per Course; Per Semester)* Art...... $15 - $75 Communications ...... $25 - $30 Criminal Justice ...... $20 Co-op/Internship ...... $25 Education ...... $25 Nursing Clinical ...... $200 - $400 Freshmen Orientation...... $10 Psychology...... $20 - $30 Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Radiography)...... $25 - $125 Sociology...... $30

Miscellaneous Fees Application ...... $25 Auditing fee per credit...... 50% of tuition per credit Challenge examination ...... 1/3 of credit hour charge Installment Payment fee ...... $35 - 60 Graduation fee ...... $90 Late payment ...... $25 Malpractice insurance fee ...... $10 - $40 Transcript of record...... $3 - $25 * Specific course fees are listed in the semester course selection brochure.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 9 The University reserves the right to revise fees and expenses without notice by action of the Board of Trustees. The general fee covers library expenses, health services, careers counseling, special lectures, other cultural activities, and a share in miscellaneous costs of operating the University as well as all technology including computing, AV services, and library systems. The graduation fee contributes to the necessary expenses related to commencement, including, but not limited to, the cost of the diploma, the diploma cover, the keepsake program, the ceremony, academic attire, graduate and baccalaureate mass, tickets, the guest speaker, and a lifetime administrative maintenance of students’ records. Payment of bills must be received by the University on or before the date established by the Business Office each semester. A late payment fee of $25 will be charged for all payments after that date. Students with outstanding debts will not receive report cards or transcripts and will not be afforded registration privileges or be eligible for any other University services.

Withdrawal and Return of Funds Policy Institutional policy requires that students who wish to withdraw from courses and/or campus housing are required to notify the University in writing. The date the written withdrawal notice is received by the Registrar’s Office, and the date the written withdrawal from housing is received by the Director of Residence Life, will be the basis for determining the respective refund amounts. Housing must be vacated permanently by the withdrawal date. Verbal, telephone, or e-mail withdrawals do not qualify as official withdrawal notices. Residential living refunds will be issued on the same schedule as tuition refunds. Only the portion of the residential living charge associated with board costs is refundable. Withdrawal from housing, but not the institution, may impact students’ financial aid. Students should check with the Financial Aid Office to see how their aid may be impacted. 1. Students who are not recipients of Financial Aid that withdraw from some or all of their courses, and students who are Financial Aid recipients who withdraw from some courses (but not all) are eligible for a tuition refund based on the following schedule: Withdrawal from Summer Session 3, Fall and Spring semesters during: the first two weeks ...... 100% after two weeks...... 0% Withdrawal from Summer Sessions 1 or 2 during: the first week ...... 100% after first week ...... 0%

10 Holy Family University For the above refund policy, only tuition and the portion of the residential living charge associated with board costs is refundable. Fees are not refundable with the exception of the laboratory/course fee, which is totally refunded if the student withdraws prior to the first scheduled class. 2. Students that are recipients of federal* financial aid that: withdraw from all courses, drop out from all courses, are dismissed from all courses. or take a leave of absence from all courses prior to completing 60% of a semester must have their financial aid recalculated based on the percent of earned aid. (Once a student has completed more than 60% of the payment period, all financial aid is considered to be earned.) • The amount of federal financial aid that the student earns is determined on a pro-rata basis using the following formula: Percent Earned = Number of days completed up to the withdrawal date ** Total calendar days in the term (with an allowance for any scheduled breaks that are at least five days long) • The percentage of aid that is unearned (i.e. returned to the government) is determined using the following formula: Percent Unearned = 100% minus the percent earned • Unearned aid is returned as follows: The school returns the lesser of: • Institutional charges multiplied by the unearned percentage • Federal financial aid disbursed multiplied by the unearned percentage. The student returns: • Any unearned aid not covered by the school • When the school and/or the student must return unearned aid, it must be returned to the appropriate program(s) as follows: 1. Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 2. Subsidized Stafford Loan 3. Federal Perkins Loan 4. Federal PLUS Loan 5. Federal Pell Grant 6. Federal ACG Grant 7. Federal National Smart Grant 8. Federal SEOG 9. Other Title IV Grant Programs

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 11 Loan amounts that are to be returned by the student are repaid in accordance with the terms of the loan(s) promissory note. Grant amounts that are to be returned by the student are considered a grant overpayment and arrangements must be made with the school or the U. S. Department of Education to return the funds. • The Business Office will bill the student for any funds the school must return. * Federal financial aid includes the Federal Pell Grant, Federal ACG Grant, Federal National Smart Grant, Federal Supplemental Opportunity Grant (SEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized) and Federal PLUS Loan. ** Withdrawal date is defined as the actual date the student begins the institution’s withdrawal process, the student’s last date of academically related activity, or the midpoint of the term for a student who leaves without notifying the institution. For the purpose of refund computation, a week shall be defined as the period of 7 consecutive days beginning with the official University opening and not the first day in actual attendance by the student. All Saturday classes are considered under the same policy. Common refund examples are available and can be obtained by calling the Business Office. Non-Credit Offerings No refund will be made upon withdrawal from non-credit courses, seminars, lectures, or workshops after the registration deadline. A service fee of $20 will be deducted from all refunds to cover administrative costs if the student withdraws prior to the registration deadline.

Payment Options The following payment options are available for students to finance their education: 1. Remit payment in full by the due date. Cash, check, Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express are all forms of acceptable payment. 2. Enroll in Higher Education Services (HES) Installment Payment Plan, which allows you to pay your annual charges in 10 equal payments. The cost of the plan is $60 per year. The first payment is due by June 1st. 3. Enroll in the Deferred Payment Plan through Higher Education Services (HES). Enrollment requires $35 non-refundable fee and 50% of the tuition and fees due. Students must enroll in this plan each semester. Please contact Higher Education Services at (800) 422-0010 for further information.

12 Holy Family University Financial Aid Holy Family University is committed to providing education to qualified students regardless of means. The financial aid program offers assistance to students in need through scholarships, grants, loans and employment. Non-need based scholarships are offered to incoming and transfer students based on academic achievement. Overall, the University views financial assistance to students as a cooperative investment in a student’s education. If parents and the student contribute to the maximum of their ability, then the University attempts to complete the partnership. Financial aid awards, then, are offered as a supplement to the family contribution. Annual Application Procedures 1. All students must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) as soon as possible after January 1. Returning students must submit the FAFSA by the priority deadline of April 1 for the upcoming academic year. The FAFSA should be submitted to the federal processor. Indicate Holy Family University (code 003275) in the appropriate section of the form to ensure Holy Family receives the FAFSA results. 2. Check with your state’s higher education agency to determine if a separate state grant application is required and what the deadline is for processing the application. All Pennsylvania residents must file the FAFSA form before May 1 to be considered for a state grant. Other states may have earlier deadlines. Holy Family does not replace state grants lost through late application. 3. The Financial Aid Office will receive a need analysis directly from the federal processor 2-6 weeks after the FAFSA is filed. Once this is received and a new, full-time undergraduate student is accepted for admission to Holy Family University, the Financial Aid Office will provide the student with an estimate of financial aid. Returning students will receive their aid award when their file is complete, they are registered for the following Fall semester and after Spring grades are posted. 4. After all forms are filed, students may be asked (by Holy Family University, the federal processor, or state grant and loan agencies) to supply additional information. It is important to respond to any request promptly to avoid delays in processing financial aid applications.

Federal Assistance All federal aid is based on the Federal Methodology Need Analysis that analyzes information from the student’s FAFSA and calculates the Expected Family Contribution (EFC). This is the amount that the federal government considers the family can reasonably be expected to provide for the cost of nine months of education. After completing the FAFSA, the student will receive a Student Aid

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 13 Report (SAR) which will contain the EFC and information about Federal Pell Grant eligibility. A student’s financial need is determined by subtracting the EFC from the Cost of Attendance (COA), which includes tuition, fees, room/board, living expenses, books, and other personal expenses. Students must be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen and enrolled half-time (at least six credits) in a degree program (unless otherwise noted), to be considered for these federal aid programs. Federal Pell Grant - This is the foundation for all need-based financial aid. Federal Pell Grant awards are based on the student’s EFC: the lower the EFC, the higher the award. Students enrolled less than half-time (below six credits) may be eligible to receive Federal Pell Grants. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG) - Administered through Holy Family’s Financial Aid Office, this grant is used to supplement a student’s Federal Pell Grant award and is given to full-time (at least 12 credits) students with the most need as determined by the SAR. Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG) - This federal program awards grants to 1st and 2nd year U.S. citizens, enrolled full-time (at least 12 credits), receiving a Federal Pell Grant, who have completed a rigorous high school program of study, as defined by the U.S. Department of Education. Federal National Smart Grant – This federal program awards grants to 3rd and 4th year U.S. citizens, enrolled full-time (at least 12 credits), receiving a Federal Pell Grant, who have a minimum 3.0 cumulative GPA and who are enrolled in specific majors as defined by the U.S. Department of Education. Federal Stafford Loan - Currently administered by a combination of the student’s home state, commercial lender (bank), and Financial Aid Office. There are two types of Stafford Loans: the Subsidized (need based), for which the federal government pays the interest while the student is enrolled and principal payments are deferred; and the Unsubsidized (non-need based), for which the student pays the interest or allows it to accrue and the principal is deferred. In either case, repayment of both interest and principal begins six months after the student either graduates or drops to a less than half-time enrollment status (fewer than six credits). Federal Perkins Loan - A university-administered loan program that is awarded usually to first and second year full-time (at least 12 credits) students as a supplement to the Federal Stafford Loan. Perkins loan money is awarded on the basis of the student’s need and availability of funds. Payments of interest and principal are required to begin nine months after the student graduates or drops to less than half-time status (fewer than six credits).

14 Holy Family University Federal Nursing Loan - A university-administered loan program that is awarded usually to first and second year full-time (at least 12 credits) students pursuing a nursing degree. Payments of interest and principal are required to begin 9 months after the student graduates or drops to less than half-time status (fewer than 6 credits) or withdraws from the nursing concentration. Federal Work-Study Program (FWSP) - Administered through Holy Family’s Financial Aid Office. Full-time (at least 12 credits) students are eligible and the amounts awarded are based on a student’s need. Many jobs are available on- campus, and students are paid bi-weekly by check on the basis of actual hours of work performed. Work-study earnings are intended to help meet the cost of books, supplies, and living expenses. Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) - The loan is usually obtainable through the same bank as the student’s Federal Stafford Loan. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance minus expected financial aid. The interest rate is fixed at 8.5% and repayment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement for a maximum of 10 years.

State Assistance PHEAA Grant - Administered by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA) in Harrisburg. These grants are awarded to Pennsylvania residents enrolled at half-time (at least six credits) based on PHEAA’s eligibility determination. PHEAA utilizes the FAFSA information to determine eligibility. The deadline for mailing the FAFSA to be considered for a PHEAA grant is May 1. Other State Grants - Some states, such as , , District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Ohio, Rhode Island, and Vermont, provide grant and scholarship money for students attending out-of-state colleges. Students should check with their guidance counselor or state’s Higher Education Assistance Agency for details. Be sure to meet the filing deadlines listed on the FAFSA.

University Assistance Holy Family provides additional aid to full-time (at least 12 credits) students with and without financial need. Athletic Grants - Grants are offered to athletes based on the Athletic Office’s determination of eligibility. Holy Family Grants - This grant is used to help meet student need after federal and state sources have been awarded and is applied using Holy Family University financial aid and admissions award parameters.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 15 The Mother Mary Neomisia Scholarships - Scholarships are offered annually to qualified graduating seniors from Nazareth Academy. Amounts vary based on academic merit and need. Nazareth Academy nominates qualified students for this award. Holy Family Scholarship - Scholarships are awarded to incoming students, including international students, based on admissions academic criteria. Scholarships are renewable contingent upon the student’s meeting minimum grade point averages (see Minimum Standards for Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid).

Other Assistance Outside Scholarships and Grants - Scholarships and grants can come from a variety of sources. Students are encouraged to seek out these other aid sources from such organizations as PTAs, civic organizations (Kiwanis, Rotary, etc.), foundations, corporations, religious organizations, business and labor unions and many more. Outside Loans - There are many lending agencies that provide loan assistance to qualifying students. Additional information on these types of loans is available in the financial aid section of the Holy Family website, www.holyfamily.edu click on “Administration,” then “Financial Aid,” then “Alternative Loans.” Veterans’ Benefits - Holy Family University is recognized and approved by the Veterans Education and Training Facilities Division of Pennsylvania’s Department of Education. Information on veterans’ benefits is available at all Veterans Administration offices as well as the Registrar’s Office.

Named Scholarships and Special Awards Scholarships have been established through the generosity of benefactors of the University, corporations, individuals, and foundations. The amounts and number of scholarships depend on annual income from endowment funds and annual gifts provided by donors and vary each year. Students must apply for these awards by completing the Scholarship Application Form, available in the Fall semester on the Holy Family website. Usually, students must have completed at least one semester at Holy Family University before consideration is given for an award. While named scholarships are based on merit and include a variety of specific criteria, most include consideration of financial need. It is in the student’s best interest to have a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) on file in the Financial Aid Office. This helps to document the student’s relative case for financial consideration as part of the competitive process. Policy may mandate that the FAFSA be on file to be considered for any named scholarship that includes need as a criteria; please check at the time of application. The

16 Holy Family University Institutional Scholarship Selection Committee selects recipients of most named scholarships. Committee membership includes administration, faculty, and alumni. The following are awards based on merit only, need only, or merit and need. Awards are given in varying amounts depending on available funding, and the eligibility of candidates to receive awards. Many scholarships have additional criteria, such as service, loyalty to the University, qualities of character, or pursuit of a particular academic major or career path. Note that every scholarship is not offered every year. Awards depend upon candidate eligibility as well as available funds. New scholarships may be added at any time. The Alumni Association Scholarship Established in 1978 by the Holy Family University Alumni Association, this endowed scholarship is awarded to the children of Holy Family graduates. The recipients are students whose scholastic record is satisfactory and who give evidence of financial need. It is not renewable. The John J. Barclay Memorial Scholarship in Business The scholarship honors the memory of John Barclay, comptroller and business faculty member at Holy Family University from 1984-1989, who died in a tragic accident shortly thereafter. The scholarship was created as a tribute to John by his family. It is based on merit and need and is given to a student majoring in Business and earning a grade point average of at least a 3.0. The award varies in size and is given annually to a student(s) exemplifying the qualities for which John Barclay will be remembered: integrity, loyalty, caring, and dedication. The Cardea Nursing Scholarship The Cardea Nursing Scholarship recognizes an outstanding student pursuing a graduate nursing degree at Holy Family University. Potential for success in advanced nursing practice and academic achievement are the primary criteria for the scholarship award. The purpose of the scholarship is to encourage a student who exhibits personal qualities predictive of continued professional advancement, and to assist them financially. Merit and professional accomplishment are the primary criteria, but financial need is also considered. The scholarship was created in 2005 by then-Dean of Nursing and Allied Health Professions Dr. Jane Cardea. The Grace Charleston Scholarship This endowed scholarship was created in 2000 by the late Emanuel S. Kardon in honor of Grace Charleston, a long-time friend. It is awarded annually in recognition of Grace’s devotion to and services to the University. The purpose is to encourage an increased enrollment of Jewish students in accord with the spirit of ecumenism and with the Judeo-Christian tradition of the mission of the University.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 17 The Linda Charleston Memorial Scholarship This scholarship was created in 2005 in memory of Linda Charleston, daughter of Grace Charleston, a long-time friend of the University. It is awarded annually and encourages an increased enrollment of Jewish students in accord with the spirit of ecumenism and the Judeo-Christian tradition of the University’s mission. The I. Harry Checchio, Esquire Memorial Award The I. Harry Checchio, Esq. Memorial Award recognizes a Business Administration major, preferably a senior or junior, who has taken the University’s course in Business Law, excels academically, shows promise of success in his or her chosen field, is service-minded, and exhibits integrity and other qualities of character reflective of the Mission of the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth. The award honors the memory of I. Harry Checchio, Esq., who taught Business Law at Holy Family University for 31 years, while serving the legal needs of countless friends, neighbors, and corporate clients, including some who were unable to pay. The award was established in 2006 by his widow, Camilla Checchio, who shared a home with her husband for 57 years in the Tacony neighborhood. The Datatel Scholars Foundation Scholarship Students attending a Datatel client college or university are eligible for this award. This scholarship is not funded solely because of financial need or academics, but is conferred on a competitive basis to undergraduate and graduate students on the basis of academic merit, achievements, recommendations, and the quality of the student’s personal statement of their educational goals and objectives. It is also based on the student’s indication of the difference the Datatel Foundation Scholarship will make in their life and to those around them. The Foundation is governed by a Board of Directors including college and university presidents and Datatel executives. The Faculty Senate Scholarship The Faculty Senate Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who demonstrates a continued contribution to the Mission and community of Holy Family University and who demonstrates scholastic promise. All full-time, part- time, and accelerated undergraduate students who do not receive need-based financial aid are eligible to petition for the scholarship. University faculty fund the scholarship and recommend the recipient. The Sister Callista-Morris Fenkel Citizenship Award Given annually to one female and one male student on the basis of merit alone, the award recognizes the four-leaf clover principles of gratitude, respect, humility, and flexibility in their personal conduct, expressed attitudes, and achievements. While a monetary award accompanies the honor, its primary purposes are to recognize the above qualities of character, to foster their fuller development in the lives of recipients, and to increase general awareness of the importance of the true spirit of brotherhood and service which derives from the practice of these virtues.

18 Holy Family University The Frankford-Northeast Philadelphia Rotary Club Scholarship Reflecting the Rotary motto, ”Service Above Self,” this scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic merit as well as financial need and also recognizes service to others. The recipient must also be a resident of Northeast Philadelphia. The William Fritz and Bobby Raucci Memorial Scholarship This scholarship was established in 2005 by Assistant Men’s Coach Chris Razler and his wife, A’dina Raucci, in memory of his grandfather, William Fritz, and her father, Bobby Raucci. It recognizes an outstanding athlete and model ambassador of the University, who, by excelling in their sport and displaying poise on and off the playing surface, represents the Holy Family University Athletic Department with distinction. The scholarship recipient is selected upon nomination by the Athletic Department and approval by the Institutional Scholarship Committee and senior administration. While merit and personal achievement are the main criteria, financial need also may be considered. The Linda Gallagher Nursing Excellence Award The family, faculty, and friends of Linda Gallagher created this award to honor her commitment to teaching and the principles to which she dedicated her creative energies as a member of the Nursing division from 1984 to her sudden death on November 8, 1990. This scholarship is awarded to a student majoring in nursing who exemplifies the characteristics that Linda exemplified: leadership in nursing, professionalism in nursing, scholarship in nursing, and service. The Florence S. Gondek Memorial Scholarship An endowed scholarship awarded annually by the Gondek families, it honors the memory of Florence S. Gondek, beloved wife of John Gondek, a long-time friend of Holy Family University. The award is based on merit and need and recognizes loyalty to the University and potential for success. The Anthony N. Greco Scholarship This scholarship was established by his wife, Nelly, and their children. Mr. Greco, a dedicated family man, was a veteran of WWII. He served his country in the European theater of operations with honor. This award is given to a student who is a junior Elementary Education major specializing in Special Education. The recipient must maintain at least a B average, preferably be the oldest child of a large family, and have financial need. The Jaye Grochowski Scholarship This endowed scholarship was created in 1992 by the late Emanuel S. Kardon in honor of his secretary of 25 years, Jaye Grochowski, and is awarded annually. The scholarship recognizes academic merit and financial need as well as the qualities of character for which Jaye Grochowski is known: loyalty, dedication, service, caring, and commitment to Judeo-Christian values.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 19 The Holy Family University Benefactors’ Emergency Aid Scholarship Established by anonymous friends of the University, employees, trustees, and others who have contributed to continue the scholarship fund. Awards are given to a worthy student whose financial need is high due to unforeseen circumstances, such as loss of work, debilitating illness, or other factors causing economic catastrophe. The intent of the scholarship is to enable a student to stay in school, in a situation where lack of financial assistance threatens withdrawal. There is no restriction on the student’s major or grade point average. The award may be given during any semester at any time. Please contact the Director of Financial Aid for application details. The Holy Family University Nursing Scholarship The Holy Family University Nursing Scholarship is awarded on the basis of high merit and need to candidates who have a serious commitment to the nursing profession, and potential for achievement in the field. The William J. Kellagher Memorial Scholarship Outstanding students who display an unusual love of learning, commitment to academic achievement, and deep caring for others as exemplified in their service, activities, character, and attitudes are funded through this scholarship. The award is given to a full- or part-time graduating senior, with a minimum grade point average of 3.0, and favors the student majoring in the liberal arts. These criteria reflect the life and principles of student “Bill” Kellagher, who died in his 70s within weeks of his anticipated commencement in 1990. He was awarded a degree in Humanities, one of his great loves, posthumously. The David Kittner, Esq. Award for Scholars in Pre-Law Emanuel S. Kardon inaugurated the award at Holy Family University in 1994 in honor of his humble and noble friend and legal advisor of 38 years, Dave Kittner. This endowed scholarship continues in perpetuity in recognition of Mr. Kittner’s lifetime of business integrity, good works, and unselfish devotion to many causes, which have bettered the lives of many and will continue to have an inestimable positive outcome for the common good. This award is given to a student displaying the highest academic achievement and potential to succeed in the field of law. Recipients must be juniors or seniors, preferably full-time, who have received tuition assistance for two semesters, with the possibility of renewal if they have not graduated. The Kathleen Kumor Memorial Scholarship The scholarship honors the memory of Kathleen Kumor, member of the Class of 1985, who graduated with a degree in Elementary Education and died in a tragic accident shortly thereafter. The award was created as a tribute to Kathleen by her family and friends. It is based on merit and need and is given to a senior majoring in Education and earning a grade point average of at least 3.0. The award varies in size and is given annually to a student exemplifying the qualities for which Kathleen Kumor will be remembered: enthusiasm, caring, promise, loyalty, and dedication.

20 Holy Family University The Dr. Joseph S. Lalli, Jr. Memorial Scholarship in Special Education This annual scholarship, established in memory of Dr. Lalli by his wife, Elizabeth, honors Dr. Lalli’s contributions to the field of education. Renowned throughout the world for his work with severely and profoundly retarded children, Dr. Lalli was an inspirational teacher, mentor and friend to those with whom he worked at the University. The scholarship is given to a deserving undergraduate student who has declared special education as an area of concentration. The Adele Leboy Scholarship for Women in Science The Adele Leboy Scholarship for Women in Science was established in memory of Adele Smythe Leboy, Chemistry major, Class of 1962, to encourage and assist Sophomore, Junior, or senior women students of great promise, whose academic achievement and commitment to careers in science indicate their ability to excel in the area of science to which they are committed. The scholarship was created in 2006 by Adele’s husband, Edward Leboy, her business partner, Marcia Borysthen, colleagues, family, and friends as a tribute to Adele’s personal and professional achievement, including her gift for mentoring others. The scholarship is awarded on the basis of merit and need, and is restricted to candidates who meet the required academic profile. The Sister Mary Lillian Memorial Scholarship This award is given annually in memory of Sister Mary Lillian Budny, the third president (1972-1981), and professor of biology, who taught at Holy Family from 1959 to 1979. The scholarship is awarded to a graduating high school Senior on the basis of academic merit, good character, scholastic promise, and financial need. The scholarship is non-renewable and varies in size. The John and Mary Szczepanik Machowski Scholarship This endowed scholarship, established by their now deceased son, Casimir J. Machowski, is given to a student who values the freedoms of a citizen of the and lives them responsibly. In particular, attention is given to those who by their actions demonstrate the values of religious freedom, political involvement, or education. The Jannette Maio Memorial Scholarship The Jannette Maio Memorial Scholarship honors the memory of Jannette Maio who graduated from Holy Family University as a member of the Class of 2002. Jannette received a Bachelor’s degree in Humanities and died in a tragic car accident shortly thereafter. The award was created in 2005 by Nancy Maio, former Secretary to the Dean of Nursing, and Nancy’s husband, Jim, and donations from Jannette’s family. The scholarship is awarded annually to a Senior majoring in humanities and earning a grade point average of at least a 3.0 and recognizes the qualities of character and special traits for which Jannette most will be remembered: love of people and passion for helping others, enthusiasm and creativity, dedication and loyalty. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 21 The Jozef and Bronislawa Markiewicz Scholarship Given for the first time in 1991, the scholarship is awarded in memory of Jozef and Bronislawa Markiewicz by their children. An endowed scholarship, it recognizes the importance of education and the priority placed on it, even at great sacrifice, as demonstrated by the Markiewicz’s sacrifice for their children’s education. The scholarship is awarded to a serious student, qualified on the basis of both scholastic ability and financial need. The Stanislaus J. Markiewicz Memorial Scholarship This endowed scholarship is given in memory of Stanislaus J. Markiewicz, beloved brother of Theresa M. Krawiec. The award is based on academic merit and financial need and recognizes loyalty to the University and potential for success. The Father Joseph McCafferty Memorial Scholarship This scholarship is awarded to a student who maintains a 2.8 cumulative GPA, is involved in the athletic department and one other campus organization; displays both strong leadership qualities and a sense of good humor; and shows financial need. Five members of the Class of 1999 established this scholarship in Father McCafferty’s memory. The Dr. Thomas James McCormick Scholarship The scholarship honors Dr. Thomas J. McCormick, who taught English at Holy Family University for 29 years, and retired in 2000 as Professor Emeritus.Dr. McCormick holds his in French Medieval Studies, earned the Lindback Award for outstanding teaching, and was twice recipient of Holy Family University’s “Teaching Excellence” Award. This scholarship was established by a former student of Dr. McCormick to assist a full- or part-time Junior or Senior on the basis of merit and financial need. Preference is given to students majoring in humanities disciplines or education specializing in a humanities area. The recipient must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 and a strong commitment to the humanities as a vocation. The Robert F. McKeon Memorial Scholarship in Communications This endowed scholarship was established in memory of Robert F. McKeon by his cousin, Walter H. McKeon. The scholarship is awarded to an English/Communications major, who is a Junior or Senior student and who plans a career in journalism or related fields. The scholarship is awarded on the basis of merit, need, and potential for success. The McLean Scholarship for Nursing and Physician Assistant Majors This award is provided through the Association of Independent Colleges and Universities of Pennsylvania by the McLean Contributionship, which established an endowment in 1998. It is awarded to a full-time undergraduate student enrolled in a nursing or physician assistant program at one of the Association of Independent Colleges and Universities member institutions. The recipient must have at least a 3.0 grade point average, have an extraordinary commitment to community service, and demonstrate creativity in shaping volunteer activities.

22 Holy Family University The Menzenski Family Fund This fund provides financial support to needy students who have attended parochial schools staffed by the Sisters of the Holy Family of Nazareth. The Sandra Michael Award for Scholar Athletes The scholar athlete chosen as recipient will be a talented, organized, and disciplined student who knows that to excel in sports as well as studies one has to make sacrifices and use time and energy wisely. The award encourages students who are achieving the goal of being well-rounded students and recognizes them as models for their teammates. It is given to a full-time student who has displayed superior performance in one or more sports, and who has excelled academically. The Sister Francesca Onley President’s Scholarship First presented in 1998, the scholarship was established by Nazareth Academy High School to honor Sister Francesca Onley, CSFN, PhD, President of Holy Family University and former Principal of Nazareth Academy High School. The scholarship is awarded to an all-around student of high character, who excels academically, is service-oriented, exhibits commitment to an academic discipline or professional career path, has potential for success, and needs financial assistance. While the scholarship is not restricted to graduates of Nazareth Academy High School, preference may be given to them when other credentials are equal. The Parents and Friends of Holy Family University Scholarship Merit and financial need as well as a 2.5 or above grade point average are the basic requirements for students receiving this award. Additional criteria include service to others and involvement in campus activities and organizations, or volunteer work in the community, with special emphasis on leadership roles. An equally qualified candidate who is the son or daughter of an active member of the Parents and Friends of Holy Family University will be given preferred consideration. The recipient of the scholarship must accept a commitment to become involved with the Parents and Friends Organization as a volunteer-liaison with parents of students. The Petrini Award The award is given to a student concentrating in and demonstrating academic potential in any field of science. The Philadelphia Coca-Cola Bottling Company Achievement Award This achievement award is given to a student who has excelled academically, has successfully balanced studies with extra-curricular activities, and displays accomplishment in all areas, including service to others. The financial award recognizes the student’s accomplishment and serves as an incentive to help the student realize his or her full potential.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 23 The R-Way Scholarship This scholarship is awarded to a full-time, female varsity basketball player and recognizes academic achievement, sportsmanship, dedication, and financial need. The donor is R-Way Gasket and Supply Company, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of gaskets and seal devices located in the lower end of Frankford. The John Redmond Memorial Scholarship Honoring the memory of fallen Philadelphia firefighter John Redmond, a part- time, psychology student at Holy Family University, this scholarship is awarded to a part-time student majoring in psychology or the social and behavioral sciences and who exhibits the qualities that John Redmond possessed: scholarship, leadership, dedication, and service to his/her community. The Rentz Co., Inc. Scholarship The scholarship is awarded to a full-time student and recognizes academic achievement and financial need, integrity, service to others, and potential for success. The donor is Rentz Co., Inc., a trailer rental and repair business in the Bridesburg section of Philadelphia. The Lawrence and Adrienne Riley History Award Professor Emeritus Dr. Lawrence Riley, who retired from teaching history at Holy Family University in 2000, created this award in conjunction with his wife, Adrienne. The purpose is to promote greater interest in history at Holy Family University by granting a scholarship to the most outstanding current Holy Family Junior or Senior level History major. It is given at the recommendation of qualified candidates from the History faculty. The Kal and Lucille Rudman Foundation Scholarship in Fire Science and Public Safety Administration This scholarship is awarded to Philadelphia firefighters who are pursuing a bachelor’s degree in the Fire Science and Public Safety Administration Program. Recipients of the scholarships are generally Junior and Senior level students who have completed the first two years of coursework at a community college and transfer to Holy Family University to complete their degrees. It is geared toward preparing students for leadership roles in emergency management and safety administration as well as in developing critical thinking and decision-making abilities. The SPS Foundation Scholarship This scholarship was awarded for the first time in 1995 through the generosity of the SPS Corporation Foundation in Jenkintown. It is given to a serious student with potential, who would benefit greatly from the financial assistance and encouragement it provides. The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust Grants The W. W. Smith Charitable Trust, established under the will of William Wikoff Smith, awards these trust grants annually. Grants favor students with financial need, disadvantaged or minority students, and those with special needs. Awards

24 Holy Family University are made to full-time students maintaining a grade point average of 2.5 or better and on the basis of need and potential for success. Grants cover the full academic year and have the possibility for renewal. Recipients often have displayed caring and service toward others, reflective of the mission of the Smith Trust to better the by helping those most in need. The Student Activities Scholarship Initiated by the Class of 1997 and continued through other funding, this scholarship is awarded to a graduating Senior involved in a variety of University and community-related volunteer activities. The recipient must possess a grade point average of 3.0 or above. The Dr. Bette Lewis Tokar Scholarship in Economics and Business Administration Given for the first time in 1995, the scholarship is funded by Dr. Bette Lewis Tokar ’67, Professor of Economics and Business administration, who has served on the faculty since 1972. It recognizes and encourages serious students of economics and business administration who have shown achievement and potential as well as financial need. The UPS Foundation Scholarship Recognizing a UPS Scholar selected by Holy Family University on the basis of scholastic achievement, citizenship, and leadership, the scholarship is one of many given by United Parcel Service to specific students named by their institutions, all of which are members of the Association of Independent Colleges and Universities of Pennsylvania (AICUP). The United Political Club Scholarship An endowed scholarship, the award was first given in 1992, and thereafter, annually, to a Holy Family University student who is of Polish descent (the son or daughter of either mother or father of Polish lineage/background). Awards are made on the basis of need and merit. The Samuel and Edith Veitz Memorial Co-op Scholarship Created by family and friends, this scholarship honors Samuel and Edith Veitz, parents of Sister M. Frances Veitz, CSFN, EdD, Director of Cooperative Education. It is awarded on the basis of academic merit and financial need to a co-op or internship student who has successfully completed at least one semester at a work-site related to his/her academic major. The Marion Ahrens Von Rosenstiel Scholarship The family and friends of Marion Von Rosenstiel created this memorial scholarship to honor her life’s commitment to teaching and the principles to which she dedicated her creative energies as a member of the English Department from 1964 to 1987. The endowed scholarship is awarded to a Junior majoring in English or Communications and is based on academic merit and scholastic promise. It is given only when the English and Communications faculty recommends an exceptional student. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 25 The Sister Florianne Zacharewicz, CSFN, PhD, Scholarship An endowed scholarship, the award provides a partial tuition scholarship to a full- time undergraduate Senior who is a concentrator in Psychology. The scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic achievement with a 3.5 GPA and participation in scholarly or service activities in psychology, especially activities on campus related to the profession. The Stephen Zalewski Memorial Scholarship Established by Sister Aloysius Sabacinska, CSFN, PhD, and her family, this endowed scholarship is awarded on the basis of academic merit, financial need, loyalty to the University, and potential for success. Sister Aloysius was the second president of the University (1959-1971), and continued to serve as records assistant and data entry specialist in continuing education from 1984 until she retired in 2002. The award honors the memory of her beloved brother-in-law, Stephen.

Various Policies 1. Renewal of aid administered by Holy Family University is dependent upon the availability of funds and a reassessment of the aid recipient’s eligibility. 2. Commitment of funds assigned by the federal and state government is made subject to legislative appropriation. 3. If students receive a PHEAA Grant, other state grants or an Athletic Grant after receiving a Holy Family Grant and/or a Federal SEOG Grant, the Holy Family Grant or Federal SEOG Grant may be reduced by the amount of the additional state grant or Athletic Grant. The Holy Family Grant or Federal SEOG Grant will not be increased if a student’s state grant is lost due to late filing of their applications and/or the student’s lack of response to the state’s request for additional information. 4. A first-time Federal Stafford Loan borrower must complete a loan entrance interview before loan funds can be disbursed. Recipients of the Federal Perkins Loan and the Federal Nursing Loan must meet with the student loan officer to complete all necessary paperwork prior to the disbursement of funds. 5. Before leaving the University, all student loan borrowers must complete an exit interview. The purpose of the exit interview is to make the student familiar with the rights and obligations for repayment of their student loan. 6. Each applicant for need-based financial aid must agree to submit his/her own and/or parents’ completed and signed Federal Income Tax Forms and any other requested forms to the Financial Aid Office upon request. Omission or falsification of pertinent information does not relieve the student of financial obligations to the University and may result in refusal or withdrawal of financial aid, refusal of admission, dismissal from the University or any other penalty deemed appropriate by the University.

26 Holy Family University 7. Students are obligated to report to the Financial Aid Office any changes of enrollment or residence status or financial situation (including receipt of gifts or outside scholarships for expenses related to attending Holy Family). 8. Except for some Holy Family Scholarships, students must reapply for all types of financial assistance each academic year within the required filing deadline (see Annual Application Procedures for filing deadlines). 9. Holy Family University awards university-based grants and scholarships to first through fourth year full-time students. Fifth year full-time students may be eligible for Federal Pell Grants, Federal Stafford Loans, and outside loans but are not eligible for university based funds. University-based grants and scholarships also do not cover overload courses or double majors. 10. Holy Family University is committed to all qualified persons regardless of their economic or social status and does not discriminate in any of its policies, programs or activities on the basis of gender, race, age, handicap, marital or parental status, color or national or ethnic origin.

Minimum Standards for Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid Federal regulations require that an institution establish, publish, and apply reasonable standards for measuring whether a student, who is otherwise eligible for aid, is maintaining satisfactory academic progress in their course of study. For the purpose of satisfactory academic progress, financial aid includes all federal, state, and Holy Family University funded scholarships, grants, discounts, work, and loans. Quantitative Standards To be eligible for continued receipt of financial aid (excluding PHEAA state grants), students must satisfactorily complete at least 75 percent of all courses attempted. Qualitative Standards To be eligible for continued receipt of financial aid, students must achieve the following: 23 or fewer cumulative credits ...... 1.75 cumulative grade point average (GPA) 24 and above cumulative credits ...... 2.0 cumulative grade point average (GPA) Students who receive the following scholarships must also maintain the stated minimum cumulative grade point average in order to continue to receive the scholarship:

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 27 Scholarship/Minimum Cumulative GPA Scholarship Minimum Cumulative GPA Presidential Scholarship 3.2 Trustees Scholarship 3.0 Deans Award 2.6 Maximum Timeframe for Completing Degree Requirements The maximum timeframe for completing degree requirements is six years for full- time study, twelve years for half-time study and seven years for the accelerated program. Therefore, financial aid will not be available beyond the maximum timeframes. Additionally, Holy Family University funded financial aid (scholarships, grants, and discounts) is not available for more than four full-time years of study. Also, PHEAA grants are only available for eight full-time semesters or sixteen half-time semesters. Measurement of Academic Progress Academic Progress measurement includes all semesters and is usually measured at the end of the Spring semester. Students beginning their program in the Spring semester will be evaluated based on their academic performance during their first Spring semester and at the end of each subsequent Spring semester. Also, the satisfactory progress standards are cumulative and will include all semesters of the student’s enrollment, even those for which the student did not receive financial aid. Failures and withdrawals are courses attempted, not completed. Incompletes are not counted toward credits completed until after the course work is successfully completed and posted by the Registrar’s Office. Repeat courses will not count toward credits completed for satisfactory academic progress since the credits were already counted toward the standards the first time the course was completed. When Minimum Standards of Academic Progress are not Achieved Students who fail to meet these requirements will be notified by the Financial Aid Office when information on academic progress is available at the end of the academic year (typically May) and when their financial aid file for the following year is complete. Students who fail to meet these requirements will not be considered for financial aid until all standards have been achieved. Under no circumstances will financial aid be awarded retroactively to the semester(s) in which the standards were not met. Students who fail to meet these requirements have the opportunity to make up the hours and grade point requirements needed during the Summer sessions (at their own expense). Once the Summer course work is posted by the Registrar’s Office, if the requirements are met, the student will be considered for financial aid for the next semester. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure the grades and credits completed have been properly posted with the Registrar’s Office and to notify the Financial Aid Office once this has occurred.

28 Holy Family University The student may also request a waiver of the requirements due to extenuating circumstances. A letter should be written to the Director of Financial Aid indicating why the requirements were not met. Approval or disapproval of this appeal will be made by the Financial Aid Appeals Committee. The student will be notified in writing of the committee’s decision. Standards of Academic Progress for the PHEAA State Grant Program Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Authority (PHEAA) requires recipients of the PHEAA state grant to complete a minimum of 24 credits for every two semesters of full-time grant assistance received, or a minimum of 12 credits for every two semesters of half-time grant assistance received. Students whose status is split between academic years (full-time/half-time) will have their state grant eligibility reviewed based on a proration of annual requirements for the appropriate semester. Students may appeal directly to PHEAA concerning extenuating circumstances.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 29 Student Life

Orientation Fall orientation for new students is a cooperative endeavor of the faculty, administration, and the Student Government Association. Orientation includes an introduction to the University and its various academic departments, counseling programs, student activities, and other aspects of campus life. School Deans also provide guidance to students interested in specific majors and give resourceful insights to parents. During the first semester, all first-time, full-time student are enrolled in First- Year College Success program. First-Year is an interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students to the academic culture, values and expectations of Holy Family University. For that reason, the framework guiding this experience is the Mission and core values of the University. Throughout the first year, students will meet with faculty, staff, and student mentors and engage in co-curricular and extracurricular activities. FEXP 100 is designed to help new students develop personal, academic and social skills needed to succeed in college and in future endeavors. Students will be able to: • Identify the Holy Family University Mission and core values in relationship to the college-student experience and their own personal lives • Locate Holy Family University resources and services and relate them to their personal circumstances • Examine common college-student issues and relate them to their personal circumstances • Define and practice behaviors and strategies which facilitate effective group work and achieve common objectives.

Activities Albertans - The Albertans is a science club that fosters interest in the various fields of science by means of exhibits, films, and tours. Although most members are science concentrators, this is not required for membership. Any funds raised during their activities are used to support student science related projects. Ambassadors - The Ambassador organization was formed to assist the Admissions Office. Through a variety of activities, the ambassadors provide a valuable service of welcoming prospective and new students to Holy Family. Students selected to serve as ambassadors are compensated for their services. Cheerleading - The Holy Family Cheerleading squad supports and cheers on the Holy Family basketball teams, generating excitement and enthusiasm from the fans.

30 Holy Family University Cultural Life - Situated near metropolitan Philadelphia, Holy Family University affords its students the many educational advantages of city art galleries, concert halls, libraries, museums, theaters, and scientific and technological centers. The University also enjoys the social and cultural resources of the many colleges and universities in Philadelphia and its metropolitan area. Faculty and school deans organize field trips to places of educational interest in Pennsylvania and surrounding states. On its campus, the University seeks to enrich the cultural life of its students, its faculty, and the local community through a diversified program of workshops, lectures, and musical and dramatic events. Education Connections - Education Connections is the on-campus service (Northeast and Newtown) and support organization for undergraduate education students and interested students from other disciplines. The club focuses on service and support within the University community, to the larger society, and to each other. Typical activities of the club include community service projects, university-based services with other clubs, fund-raising, etc. Active participation is the only requirement for maintaining membership. The club is especially interested in seeking participation from Education majors (inclusive from Freshman Level to Senior Level Status) and non-education majors who want to maximize their professional development while at Holy Family University. For further information, see School of Education web-page. Fusion - Fusion is a multicultural student group. Regular meetings, activities, and programs are designed to enhance the University environment culturally. Humanities Society - The Humanities Society brings together students and faculty who share an enthusiasm for art, history, literature and other humanities disciplines. Members need not be majoring in any of these disciplines to join. The group meets throughout the semester to plan trips to cultural events and to write, create artwork for, and perform productions based on holiday themes or current events. Student Community Service Organization (SAYS) - Students at Your Service is a community service organization created to support on-campus service projects and off-campus community programs. Its members are individuals interested in volunteering their time and sharing their gifts with others. Students have the opportunity to organize and manage service projects and may be involved in one or all service projects. Student Government Association (SGA) - Student Government officers are elected by the students each Spring for the following academic year and share responsibility for student life and activities. The Vice President for Student Services serves as an advisor to the Student Government Association and as the liaison between the students and the administration.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 31 Student Nurse Association of Holy Family (SNAHF) - SNAHF is a state- level pre-professional organization that represents the interests of nursing students. It is a constituent of the National Student Nurse’s Association, Inc., the largest independent student organization in the country. Student Organizations - Through participation in its co-curricular and extracurricular activities, Holy Family University offers its students opportunities for developing personally and socially. Student clubs and organizations on campus exist to encourage both social and professional growth.

Publications Co-op Works - Published monthly by the Cooperative Education Department, this publication contains news and research about co-op and internships, co-op and career advice, and placements, as well as useful news for those hunting for placement via the Internet. Familogue- The University yearbook serves with the University paper as a printed record of campus life. Folio - The literary magazine serves as an outlet for creative writing and other artistic endeavors. Holy Family University Catalog - The catalog contains information about the University and is published every year. The catalog is also available at www.holyfamily.edu. Mosaic - This publication, published biannually, contains information on University events, faculty, and employees. It is distributed to alumni and current students, as well as to others interested in the activities of the University. It is produced cooperatively by the Marketing/Communications, the Alumni and Parent Giving, and the Graphic Arts and Publications departments. Student Handbook - Produced by the Office of the Vice President for Student Services, this handbook presents University regulations and miscellaneous information mainly for the benefit of the students. This publication is also available at www.holyfamily.edu. Tiger Talk - The student services newsletter is published by the Student Activities Office when classes are in session. This publication is available at www.holyfamily.edu. Tri-lite - The student newspaper (http://www.tri-liteonline.com) gives students a place to publish their news articles, opinions, and creative writings. It also provides valuable production, editing, and design experience for communication majors. For more information contact [email protected]. Handbooks containing information relevant to specific disciplines are distributed by the respective academic units and are available on-line. 32 Holy Family University Athletics The University provides a balanced and well-organized athletic program designed to encompass intercollegiate, track, and recreational sports and activities. Holy Family’s athletic teams currently hold membership in both the Central Atlantic Collegiate Conference (CACC) and the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA). This commitment permits our athletes to compete and to be recognized regionally and nationally. Men’s varsity teams compete in intercollegiate basketball, golf, cross country, and soccer; and women’s teams compete in basketball, , cross-country, soccer, , and .

Campus Services Campus Ministry - The Campus Minister’s Office is located in Room 224 of the Campus Center, Northeast Campus. Campus Ministry is committed to making the campus community more aware of the presence of God, especially as expressed through the living spirit of God’s Son, Jesus Christ. The primary goal of Campus Ministry is to create a sense of a faith community among students, faculty, administrators, and support staff by providing opportunities for worship, guidance, and service to others. Eucharistic celebrations, prayer services, scripture sharing, retreats, social justice activities, and personal counseling are offered to enrich everyone involved with campus life. The Campus Ministry team is the guiding force behind the spiritual efforts on campus. This team is composed of the director, students, and other members of the University community. Together, the individuals of the team attempt to evaluate immediate spiritual needs on campus, as well as to carry out the programs designed to meet these needs. Career Planning and Development – The goal of the Careers Center is to successfully develop a vocational plan for students and alumni of the Holy Family University community. From self-assessment, through career exploration, to devising the tools for an effective job search, personalized service helps meet the needs of each. The Center’s libraries allow research into graduate and professional schools, as well as into businesses in the Delaware Valley and nationally. Internet resources, computer programs, video/audio tapes, and print materials complement individual counseling to help students examine career options, prepare resumes, and learn job search techniques. Computer-assisted guidance through SIGI 3 helps orient even the most unfocused career search.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 33 Our Career Services Mentoring Network web page enables networking among alumni and between alumni and current graduate and undergraduate students. Throughout the year, the Careers Center offers career workshops and real-time events to assist students with career search, the job hunt, and graduate school selection. Events like our Nurse Recruiting Day, Spring Career Fair, free student company tours and Alumni Mentor lunches, Graduate School Alumni Forum, and Greater Philadelphia Teacher Job Fair bring recruiters and students face-to- face. Special outreach services for Seniors and recent graduates include the Backpack to Briefcase Night and a job and resume-referral service. Job postings are made daily for student use. The center’s “Job Bank” is published twice monthly and mailed or e-mailed to students and alumni on request. An on- line job board makes job searching a 24/7 possibility. Graduating students are encouraged to open a credentials file in the Careers Center, with faculty and employer references. This excellent service is used to support applications for employment and graduate school both before and after graduation. In a spirit of continuing concern for our collegiate family, all Careers Center services are available to alumni of the University as often as they wish to use them. Always, our focus is on the individual. Holy Family is a member of the SEPCHE Consortium of Colleges and Universities. The SEPCHE Career Services Committee works to develop and implement collaborative projects in support of general career development and employment objectives. Included among these is an Internet-based shared job listing service for all students and alumni of SEPCHE member schools. Working in consort, the SEPCHE Career Services Offices significantly increase their potential for effective service to their college families and off-campus users such as employers and graduate/professional schools. Through the collaborative services of the consortium, students and alumni benefit from the personal touch of a small institution combined with the career opportunities of a large university. To obtain more information or to schedule an appointment, call 267-341-3223. The Career Center is located in Rooms 216-218 of the Campus Center at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus. Counseling Center - Counseling services are provided to ensure that the students’ time at Holy Family University will be both academically and personally rewarding. The Counseling Center staff consists of professional counselors experienced in assisting students through the normal challenges of university life. Services such as consultation vocational counseling, short-term individual and group counseling, community referrals, support groups, and workshops on various issues relevant to students are available. Students are encouraged to make an appointment with a counselor if interested in any of these services. The Counseling Center is an excellent resource for educational materials that can

34 Holy Family University assist students in learning about themselves and help them to grow interpersonally and professionally. Students, faculty, and staff may contact the Counseling Center to obtain information and resources necessary to assist a friend or another student in need. The Counseling Center is located in Rooms 220-223 of the Campus Center at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus (215-637- 7700, ext. 3232). Disabilities Services for Students -An office to facilitate accommodations for students with disabilities is located with the Counseling Center in Room 222 in the Campus Center at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus (215-637-7700, ext. 3231). Otherwise qualified students with documented disabilities (physical, learning, psychological) who intend to seek accommodations in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and/or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 should contact this office before the semester begins. Verification guidelines for documentation are also available through the Disability Office. New students should contact the Disability Office as early as possible before the start of the semester to submit documentation for requested accommodations and to discuss needs. The Eligibility Committee for Disability Services reviews all documentation and requests for accommodations. This committee approves recommendations for accommodations based on documentation that is received by the Disability Office. Accommodations must be requested for each academic semester and session and do not automatically carry over to the next semester. Students currently enrolled should provide their roster to the Disability Office when they are registering for the next semester so that accommodation letters can be prepared for them. If a student currently receiving accommodations plans to request new accommodations or anticipates registering for a field placement, practicum, internship, co-op, student teaching, or clinical nursing experience, she/he should contact the Disability Office immediately to discuss potential changes in accommodation needs. Specific information regarding disability accommodations can be found in the policies and procedures section of the Student Handbook. All students requesting accommodations are responsible for reviewing this information and contacting the Disability Office with any questions. Health Services - Alert to the physical needs of its students, the University provides a wide range of health services. A registered nurse is available daily to provide general first aid, blood pressure and temperature readings, diabetes screening, pregnancy testing, nutrition counseling, health and fitness counseling sites, referrals to other Holy Family University and city counseling, and a listening booth. The physician’s office scale is at the disposal of students who desire to maintain a healthy recommended weight. Entering students are required to submit to the Vice President for Student Services a detailed confidential medical history form provided by the University. If this form is not on file, registration for next semester will not be permitted. Pennsylvania Act #83 requires all students living in a campus residence to be

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 35 immunized against meningitis or sign a waiver indicating a preference not to do so. Forms will be sent to Holy Family resident students. They must be returned before a student can live in University housing. Holy Family University’s health policy requires that students with communicable diseases report to the Vice President for Student Services. Decisions concerning presence on campus will be determined on an individual basis in conjunction with the University nurse. A physician’s permission may be necessary to return to classes. Full-time and part-time students of any age can obtain health insurance information in the Health Services Office. Residence Life Program Holy Family extends the learning experience beyond the classroom to create a well-rounded education that fosters a student’s personal development. The University provides two distinct residential-living experiences: a residence hall and independent apartments. Student Activities Office - The Activities Office is responsible for developing campus programming and intramural sports at Holy Family University.The main focus of programs sponsored by the Student Activities Office is to provide students with opportunities to develop their leadership skills outside the classroom. The Student Activities Office also fosters an environment for physical, mental, emotional, social, and spiritual growth, while focusing student’s outcomes on the university’s core values of family, respect, service and responsibility, lifelong learning, integrity, and vision.

Student Services Policies Alcohol and Drugs - The possession, use, or distribution by students on campus of alcohol, illegal substances, or paraphernalia associated with such is strictly forbidden. Failure to comply with this regulation, intoxication, and disorderliness or offensive behavior arising from the use of alcohol or drugs will result in disciplinary action, possible suspension, or expulsion from the University. Recognizing that students who use alcohol or drugs are often troubled and would benefit from counseling, the University urges students to seek the services of the Counseling Center, University Nurse, Chaplain, or Vice President for Student Services. Meetings of Alcoholics Anonymous and Al-Anon are held weekly on campus. Smoking on Campus - Holy Family University maintains a smoke-free environment. Smoking is prohibited in all University buildings. Student Conduct - Holy Family University expects conduct of each student in full accord with the University’s interests, standards, and ideals. The Judiciary Council as described in the Student Handbook handles any minor infractions. The University reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose personal conduct or academic standing reflects discredit upon the University. In such cases, the fees due or already paid to the University will be neither remitted nor refunded in whole or in part. It is understood that parents and guardians sending students to Holy Family University accept all conditions and regulations of the University.

36 Holy Family University Safety and Security Procedures In accordance with both federal and state legislation, Holy Family University provides a publication regarding safety and security policies and procedures on campus. This publication may be obtained from the Director of Public Safety. Holy Family University offers 24-hour security coverage. Security may be reached through use of emergency telephones located in each academic building or on the parking lot. Security may also be reached by dialing 267-341-3361.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 37 Academic Life

Admission to the University Admission Requirements Full-Time Undergraduates Admission to Holy Family University is selective. In its evaluation of the applicant’s credentials, the Admissions Committee examines many different factors, some of which are listed below. The committee is more interested in the quality of a student’s work and in the general promise and seriousness of purpose than in merely counting units in specifically required preparatory subjects. Emphasis is placed on the applicant’s academic record, potential and interest, personal integrity, and on the desire to pursue a liberal arts education as defined in the aims and objectives of Holy Family University. Neither religious affiliation nor ethnic characteristics influence the granting of admission. Merit scholarships are awarded to new, full-time incoming students based on the student’s academic records. For more information, contact the Admissions Office at 215-637-3050. Criteria for Admission* • Proof of graduation from an accredited high school or equivalent • Acceptable scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or ACT • Completion with satisfactory grades of 16-units of high school work distributed as follows: English ...... 4 units History ...... 2 units Mathematics ...... 3 units Modern Foreign Language ** ...... 2 units Science ...... 2 units Electives ...... 3 units All majors must complete a full year of Algebra I and II and Geometry. Students planning to major in Mathematics, Nursing, Radiologic Science, or Science are expected to have completed the following high school courses***: Mathematics –Trigonometry Nursing–Biology, Chemistry, a science elective, and three units of Social Studies (History) Radiologic Science–Biology and Chemistry; Physics recommended but not required Science–Biology, Chemistry and Trigonometry. * Exceptions to any of these criteria can be made at the discretion of the University authorities. Adult students, 25 years of age or older, who may not have previously attended college and who seek admission to Holy Family need not submit SAT/ACT scores. 38 Holy Family University ** Students without the foreign language requirement may be admitted to the University and will be placed in the introductory level of a language. *** Students who have not completed any of these courses will be advised to take the appropriate University courses. **** Any demonstrated falsification or misrepresentation of materials submitted during the application process will result in dismissal from the University.

Application Application to Holy Family University can be made anytime after successful completion of the Junior year of high school. Procedures for this process are as follows: • Forward the completed application form to the Admissions Office accompanied by the non-refundable fee of $25 • Have an official high school transcript, including SAT or ACT test scores, sent directly to the University* • Request a letter of recommendation from the high school principal, counselor, instructor, or an employer • A personal interview with an Admissions Counselor is recommended. Applications to the University are accepted throughout the year. However, early application is strongly encouraged since certain programs may only be able to admit a limited number of students. Requests for admission are reviewed within two weeks of the receipt of the credentials listed above. Radiologic Science applicants should review specific application procedures which may apply in this discipline. Registered Nurse applicants should contact the Division of Extended Learning and/or the School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions for information concerning the RN to BSN accelerated degree option.

Part-Time Matriculated Undergraduates The designation part-time matriculated student applies to those degree-seeking traditional and non-traditional students who qualify for official degree candidate status but are enrolled for fewer than 12 credit hours per semester. The application procedures completed by these students are the same as those for full- time students. Those applicants who intend to pursue a degree but have not been formally accepted into a degree program may not complete more than 24 credits part-time before seeking matriculation. To attain matriculated status (i.e., official acceptance as a degree candidate), the student’s academic credential file must be complete and the student must complete an academic review. Non-matriculated students are not eligible for any form of financial aid.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 39 Special Categories of Admission Alternative Admissions Program (AAP) - This program is designed for selected high school seniors who apply for full-time admission to the University but who do not demonstrate all of the criteria required for such admission. Typically these students have deficiencies in their high school achievement in one or more, but not all, academic areas. The objective of this program is to assist the students in strengthening basic skills and in developing proper study habits so that they may be prepared to enroll on a full-time basis. All AAP students will enroll in one course during Summer Session II and four courses during the Fall semester. Students are considered full- time during the Fall semester because they will be registered for a minimum of 12 semester credits. All AAP students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 or above without earning a failing grade in any course attempted. AAP students meeting these requirements may register for more than 12 credits during the Spring semester. International Students - International students seeking to study full-time at Holy Family University must present the credentials and admission forms required of all applicants. All foreign transcripts must be evaluated by World Education Services, Inc. (WES – www.wes.org) an official credit evaluation agency, before being submitted. International students must demonstrate strong English proficiency as evidenced by scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), SAT I Test, or ACT Test and satisfactory achievement in their preparatory studies. In addition, the student must meet all academic responsibilities and must demonstrate financial capability before arriving in the United States. Only after all the required documents have been received and favorably evaluated will the Admissions Office issue the necessary statement (I- 20) to the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services (BCIS) for permission to enroll full-time. Because of the complexities involved in the admission of international students, all must apply well in advance of the anticipated date of enrollment, preferably at least four months prior to the desired start term. Transfer Students, Second Degree or Postbaccalaureate Teacher Certification - Students may be admitted to the University by transfer from other colleges and universities. These applicants will be admitted to advanced standing only upon presenting to the Admissions Office: • A completed application and the non-refundable application fee of $25 • An official high school transcript* and official transcripts from all other colleges, universities, and post-secondary schools attended. Failure to list a previously attended institution will result in denial of admission or dismissal from the University • One letter of recommendation, preferably academic or professional.

40 Holy Family University Upon presentation of the credentials, the applicant is admitted with freshman, sophomore, or Junior status. Only credits applicable to the program of study will be considered for transfer. With this stipulation, courses in which the applicant has earned a minimum grade of at an accredited institution of higher learning within 10 years of application to Holy Family may be accepted up to a maximum of 75 credits. Accepted students must complete a minimum of 45 credits in coursework at Holy Family including requirements in the area of specialization, core requirements, the comprehensive examination, and/or or any special examinations such as the GREs, PRAXIS, etc. A minimum 2.0 GPA** must be maintained for the additional credits earned. All transcripts become the permanent property of the University. * Second Degree and Postbaccalaureate Teacher Certification applicants do not need to submit high school transcripts. ** The minimum GPA may vary by program (e.g., Education, Nursing). Specific program requirements should be consulted for relevant information. NOTE: Applications not activated within a two-year period will not be retained. After this time, a new application process must be initiated.

Admission and Classification of Non-Matriculated Undergraduates Non-Degree Seeking Students - This includes those who are taking credit courses for enrichment purposes rather than for a degree. The criteria for admission to Holy Family for non-degree seeking students are principally the applicant’s ability to meet the educational standards of the institution, the intellectual interest and training of the applicant, and the applicant’s motivation to pursue studies within the scope of the aims and objectives established by the University. An official high school transcript is required for any high school student in this category. Those seeking professional certification in Education must submit all college transcripts and complete a review process by the School of Education for acceptance to any teacher certification program. Visitor Students - Visitor students are those pursuing a degree but matriculated at colleges or universities other than Holy Family. Visitors must secure written authorization from the academic dean or department head of their institution before enrolling for courses. This letter is presented to the Registrar at the time of registration. Transcripts of credits earned are sent directly to the college or university in which the student is officially matriculated. Regular tuition and fees of Holy Family University apply. High School Students - High school students are welcome to enroll for credit courses at Holy Family University, but they must secure written authorization from the school’s principal or counselor before enrolling for courses. This letter of authorization is presented to the Registrar at the time of registration. Regular tuition and fees of Holy Family University apply. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 41 Senior Citizens - Delaware Valley residents age 65 years or older may audit one credit bearing course tuition-free (per semester). They pay all applicable course fees and are admitted on a space available basis. This courtesy applies to audit/non-credit enrollment only. Registration is usually held one week prior to the start of courses at the Northeast Campus. Please consult the Registrar’s Office for additional details.

Readmission to the University A full-time student who has not enrolled for courses for one year or who has voluntarily withdrawn from the University or a part-time student who has not enrolled for courses for two or more years must apply for readmission in order to continue his or her studies. Credits previously earned at Holy Family prior to the readmission request will be re-evaluated upon readmission. In addition, any transfer credits which were previously accepted are subject to reevaluation. All transcripts from institutions attended during the interim and the application for readmission should be submitted to the Registrar’s Office. Credits of those seeking readmission will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis in consultation with the appropriate school Dean. Returning students will be accepted into the current academic catalog requirements. Additional criteria apply for readmission to the program in Radiologic Science. Please see Chapter 6 for specific program policies.

Academic Programs Degree Programs Holy Family University offers four-year programs leading to the BA, BS, BSN, or BSRS, (completion) degree and a two-year program leading to the AS degree in Radiologic Science. Bachelor of Arts degree include: Accounting Art (Studio, Art Education, or Pre-Art Therapy)* Biochemistry Biology* Chemistry* Communications Computer Management Information Systems Criminal Justice Elementary Education Elementary/Early Childhood Education Elementary/Special Education English* Finance

42 Holy Family University Fire Science and Public Safety Administration History* Interdisciplinary Humanities International Business Management-Marketing Mathematics* Psychobiology Psychology* Psychology for Business Religious Studies Sociology* Sport Marketing-Management * See Secondary Education options under Teacher Certification. Concentrations for the Bachelor of Science degree include: Biology (with internship in Clinical Laboratory Science) Radiologic Science (BSRS) Nursing (BSN) Concentrations for the Associate of Science degree include: Radiologic Science (ASRS) Teacher Certification programs are available as degree options for those seeking an initial degree as well as postbaccalaureate certificate options. These include: Elementary Education Elementary/Early Childhood Education Elementary/Special Education Secondary Education options include: Art Biology Chemistry English History/Citizenship Education History/Social Studies Mathematics Social Science/Psychology Social Science/Sociology

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 43 Minors Students have the option of a minor concentration, either to enhance the major or to serve as another area of complementary study. A minor requires 18 – 24 credits or six courses in a given discipline. Minor concentrations must be developed in consultation with a faculty advisor and approved by the Dean of the school in which the minor is offered. Optimally, the decision to declare a minor concentration should be determined in the Fall semester of the sophomore year. In a declared minor structured by the University, only six credits may be transferred from another institution. Disciplines in the School of Arts and Sciences have designated structured courses for a declared minor: Actuarial Science, American Studies, Studio Art, Chemistry, Communications, Criminal Justice, Literature, History, Mathematics, Middle School Mathematics, Natural Science, Pre-Law, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, Sociology and Spanish. Disciplines in the School of Business Administration which currently offer a minor are Computer Management Information Systems and Management- Marketing.

Special Studies Options Dual Majors - In some circumstances a student may be permitted to concentrate in two disciplines simultaneously. After developing the program in consultation with appropriate faculty, the student must obtain the approval of the appropriate school dean(s) and the Vice President for Academic Affairs. Arrangements should be completed by the end of the Spring semester of sophomore year. Second Degree - Holy Family graduates may be awarded a second degree in a field or concentration different from that of the first degree upon fulfilling the following requirements: 1. Completion of all requirements for the first degree. 2. Completion of a minimum of 30 additional semester hour credits (post- baccalaureate) in addition to the credits earned in the first degree program. 3. Maintenance of a 2.0 GPA (2.75 for Nursing and 3.0 for Education) for the additional credits earned. 4. Complete all other requirements for the second degree, including area of specialization, general education core, comprehensive examination, and/or any special examination(s) such as GREs, NTEs, etc.

44 Holy Family University Certificate Programs Holy Family University also offers a post baccalaureate school nurse certificate in collaboration with Eastern University. For information please contact the School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions.

Academic Policies and Procedures Baccalaureate Degree Requirements The following are the basic requirements for graduation; in some programs several of these are modified. The responsibility for meeting all requirements in any concentration rests with the student: • Completion of at least 120 semester hour credits of academic work; the requirements of certain concentrations or programs may increase the number beyond 120 • Cumulative index or GPA of at least 2.0 (C average); program requirements vary • Completion of the required courses in the general education core curriculum • Completion of the specific requirements in the field of concentration with a minimum grade of C in each course; schools reserve the right to exact additional specific requirements. See schools for listing of these requirements • 60 Holy Family University credits are required for degree honors • Attainment of a minimum grade of C in the comprehensive examinations • A minimum of 45 credits in coursework at the University. (Challenge courses do not constitute coursework completed in this minimum number of credits) • Payment of all bills and return of all equipment and library materials • Filing of a degree petition and completion of an exit interview in the Academic Advising Center not later than October 30th of the senior year for prospective May 30th graduates, or April 30th if degree completion is expected the following December.

Associate Degree Requirements (ASRS) • Completion of at least 73-semester hour credits of academic work • Cumulative index or GPA of at least 2.0 (C average); program requirements vary • Completion of the required courses in the general education core • Completion of the specific requirements in the field of concentration with a minimum cumulative index or GPA of 2.5 and a minimum grade of C in each course • A minimum of 45 credits in coursework completed at the University* (Challenge courses do not constitute coursework completed in this minimum number of credits.) • Payment of all bills and the return of all equipment and library materials

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 45 • The filing of a degree petition and completion of an exit interview in the Academic Advising Center not later than October for prospective May graduates, or April for December completion. * Advanced standing students already holding ARRT certification should refer to the Advanced Standing Policy found in Chapter 6 - Academic Programs: Radiologic Science.

Transfer and Advanced Placement Credit Transfer Credits - In general, credits which are applicable to the intended degree and in which the applicant has earned a minimum grade of C at an accredited institution of higher learning within 10 years of application to Holy Family University will be accepted for transfer. The maximum number of transfer credits that will be accepted is 75. Only credits applicable to the program of study will be considered for transfer. Transfer credits will be officially accepted and posted to the student’s academic record after matriculation. Transfer credits will not be accepted for any course completed at Holy Family University and subsequently repeated at another University. Advanced Placement Study - Holy Family participates in the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. High school students who have taken college level courses and the board’s advanced placement examination submit the official test scores to the University. Students who have achieved a score of 3 or higher are eligible for consideration for credit at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs/designee. These incoming students receiving advanced placement credit are required to take the normal credit load for the semester. Pre-Matriculated College Credit - College-level work done prior to high school graduation may be awarded transfer credits upon receipt of the following: (1) an official letter from the high school principal or guidance counselor describing the college-level program of study; (2) an official letter from the college/university stating that the courses were taught by members of the regular faculty, open to enrollment by and graded in competition with regularly matriculated undergraduates at the college, and a regular part of the normal curriculum published in the college catalog; and (3) an official, seal-bearing transcript from the college/university. Each supporting document is to be sent to the Associate Vice President for Academic Services and Registrar.

Credit for Non-Traditional Learning Holy Family University recognizes and awards up to 30 credits for each or any combination of the following non-traditional programs. These credits are included in the maximum number of 75 credits eligible for transfer toward degree completion.

46 Holy Family University Challenge Examinations - With the permission of the respective school Dean and notification of the Registrar, students who have acquired knowledge and skills in non-traditional ways may receive credit through challenge examinations. These are tests formulated by the instructor and made available in certain schools. These tests may be written or oral, or a combination of both, and are designed to ascertain that the student possesses the basic equivalent knowledge and skill as a student who successfully completes the course. The following restrictions apply to challenge examinations: • No more than 30 credits may be earned through challenge examinations • Not all courses are available on a challenge basis • Preparation for challenge examinations must be done independently; students may not audit the respective course. Students who have received permission to take a challenge examination must: • Register for the challenge examination before the conclusion of the semester drop/add period if they are taking only a challenge examination; or, register for the challenge examination before the last day of the semester late drop deadline if they are already registered for another course • Pay the non-refundable fee of 1/3 credit hour charge. The student will receive a Pass/NG grade for each examination. These grades do not carry quality points and are not reflected in the cumulative average. If any challenge examination is failed, the student must take the course in order to receive credit. College Level Examination Programs (CLEP/DSST Program) - The option to challenge courses through the College Level Examination Program or the DSST Program is available. It is advisable, however, to consult first with an academic adviser regarding the subjects, the number of credits, and the scores that the University will accept through these examinations. Credit is awarded by transcript entry only after the student has been matriculated at Holy Family with a GPA of 2.0 or above. At the time of this examination, arrangements should be made to have official scores forwarded to the Academic Advising Center. The School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions uses the ACT-PEP examination to validate prior knowledge. Non-Collegiate Training - Holy Family subscribes to the recommendations of the American Council on Education for college credits earned through the training programs offered and/or sponsored by non-collegiate training programs that have been evaluated for college credit by the American Council on Education’s National Guide to Educational Credit for Training Programs. Such credit will be considered as equal to credits earned at other accredited colleges and universities and accepted through transfer by Holy Family University.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 47 Credit for Cooperative Education/Internships Cooperative Education and internships are professional work opportunities meant to enhance academic coursework. Co-op positions are paid and internship positions are not. The department, located in the Education and Technology Center, has opportunities for all majors. Students are encouraged to make an appointment with a member of the staff who will guide them through the whole process. Sophomore year is the ideal time to apply but students may apply as early as Freshman year. All students must make an appointment with the Director or designee. Three types of Co-op programs are available to both full-time and part-time students: • Parallel Program: the most popular of the three programs, students attend classes full-time and at the same time obtain vitally needed practical experience in their chosen field of study on a part-time basis • Job Enrichment: for the student who is already working and is offered a chance to earn academic credit either working in another department, assigned a special project, or working under a different supervisor • Alternating: the student alternates full-time periods of work with full-time periods of study.

Credit for Study Abroad Holy Family University encourages qualified students to study abroad if such study seems likely to contribute to their educational objectives. Students must plan their program with their Academic Advisor and school Dean and submit the program to the Vice President for Academic Affairs for final approval. This procedure is necessary if academic credit is to be granted for study abroad. If students enroll for approved courses at colleges or universities abroad, transfer credit will only be awarded for courses in which a minimum grade of C is earned. Grades earned at institutions abroad will not be included in the calculation of the student’s grade point average. Various options are available for semester-long as well as single course study abroad experiences. Information concerning Holy Family Study Abroad programs may be obtained through the Vice President for Planning and Special Projects, ext. 3452.

Credit for Off-Campus Studies Coursework may be taken at other accredited four-year institutions by students matriculated at Holy Family University. This coursework will not be accepted for credit unless the student has obtained advance written approval from the school Dean (courses in the area of concentration only) and the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences (courses in the general education core and/or offered by the School of Arts and Sciences). Credit is transferred only for a minimum grade of

48 Holy Family University C or better. Grades obtained at other colleges or universities are not included in calculations of the cumulative grade point average. Transfer credit will not be awarded for any course previously taken at Holy Family University which is repeated off-campus.

Classification of Students Matriculated Students Those students who have been formally admitted to a program of study leading to the award of a Baccalaureate or Associate Degree are considered to be matriculated students. To attain matriculated status, i.e., official acceptance as a degree candidate, the student’s academic credential file must be complete and the student must complete an academic review. A non-matriculated student may not take more than 24 credits of study before matriculation is sought. Non- matriculated students are not eligible for financial aid. Students are bound by program requirements in effect at the time of matriculation. Full-Time Students - Students who are taking 12 credits or more per semester. Part-Time Students - Students who are taking fewer than 12 credits per semester. Freshmen - Students who have met all admission requirements and who have completed fewer than 24 semester credits of University work. Sophomores - Students who, at the beginning of any semester, have completed at least 24 but fewer than 54 semester credits of University work. Juniors - Students, who at the beginning of any semester, have completed at least 54 but fewer than 84 semester credits of University work. Seniors - Students who, at the beginning of any semester, have completed at least 84 semester credits of University work.

Non-Matriculated Students Included in this category are qualified capable high school students, visiting students from other colleges and universities, post-graduate students working for certifications, and those studying for enrichment purposes. Should a non- matriculated student begin work for a degree, he or she must complete the standard process for admission described previously in this chapter.

Timeline for Degree Completion The maximum time frame for completing degree requirements is six years for full- time study and 12 years for part-time study. Financial aid will not be available beyond this maximum time frame. See time-related restrictions that apply to University- sponsored scholarships, grants, and discounts, in Chapter 2 or specific academic programs in Chapter 6.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 49 Progress Toward Degree Completion Orientation to Higher Education First-Year College Success is an interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students to the academic culture, values and expectations of Holy Family University. For that reason, the framework guiding this experience is the Mission and core values of the University. Throughout the first year, students will meet with faculty, staff, and student mentors and engage in co-curricular and extracurricular activities. FEXP 100 is designed to help new students develop personal, academic and social skills needed to succeed in college and in future endeavors. Students will be able to: • Identify the Holy Family University Mission and Core Values in relationship to the college-student experience and their own personal lives • Locate Holy Family University resources and services and relate them to their personal circumstances • Examine common college-student issues and relate them to their personal circumstances • Define and practice behaviors and strategies which facilitate effective group work and achieve common objectives.

Testing Programs Placement of first-time students in composition and quantitative courses is determined by achievement on placement tests, review of high school performance in these, areas and SAT/ACT scores. Other types of interest, personality and career-related testing/inventories are available through the Careers and/or Counseling Center at the Northeast Philadelphia Campus.

Academic Advising Academic Advising Center - The Academic Advising Center, located in Holy Family Hall, is responsible for the advising of all first-time freshmen, AAP Program students, non-matriculated students and undergraduate students who have not yet declared a major. The Academic Advising Center also assists students in processing requests for changes of major, exit interviews for graduation and provides advice regarding academic policies and procedures. Faculty Advisers - Mentors are assigned to all first-time students within the First Year College Success Program. Upon completion of this course, students are assigned faculty advisers within their school of concentration. All full-time and part-time matriculated students are required to schedule regular meetings with their faculty advisers throughout the year in order to assess academic progress. Advisors’ approvals must be indicated (signature or electronically) for all course

50 Holy Family University selections prior to a student’s registration. The availability of faculty advisement does not reduce the student’s responsibility for academic decisions. Final responsibility for fulfilling all degree requirements rests solely with the student.

Academic Support Center for Academic Enhancement – The Center, staffed by professional and peer tutors, is committed to providing support for both day and evening students. The mission is dedicated to meeting the learning needs of students at all levels of achievement, addressing curricular structure from developmental to honors courses. Tutorial support is provided in the areas of writing/reading, ESL, Mathematics, Physics, foreign languages, Philosophy, Psychology, and study skills development. Lectures, workshops, and programs designed to be of academic relevance are offered to the University community throughout the year. The Center has fully networked computers, with Internet access and appropriate software for diagnostic, teaching, and self-paced tutorial purposes.

Course Enrollment Information Academic Calendar - The regular academic year is composed of two semesters, 15 weeks each. The Fall semester, including final examinations, ends before the winter holidays. The Spring semester usually ends during the second week of May. In addition three Summer sessions are available to Holy Family students, to all other qualified applicants seeking to accelerate or supplement their programs in other colleges and universities, and to professional men and women seeking refresher or enrichment courses. Course Schedule - Prior to registration semester and Summer session course offerings are made available on-line via WebAdvisor. WebAdvisor provides up- to-date and reliable course offering information. WebAdvisor is accessed from the University homepage www.holyfamily.edu. Cancellation of Courses - The University reserves the right to change or cancel, without notice or obligation, any course offering and/or location because of insufficient enrollment or for any other reason. Cancellation can occur up to and including the first week of class. Course Numbering System - The curriculum is organized into lower-division and upper-division courses. Lower-division courses are generally numbered 101- 299. Upper-division courses, numbered 301-499, are generally devoted to programs of concentration. Courses which require prerequisites or corequisites are clearly indicated in the class schedule. Pertinent prerequisites and corequisites are described in the catalog description of program courses. Individualized Courses of Study - The following types of courses may be taken as part of a student’s regular course load. If they are taken outside of the regular semesters or in addition to the regular semester course load, they involve payment of extra tuition. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 51 • Independent Study: occasionally courses listed as required in the academic program may be taken on an individual basis the course is not being offered in a given semester, but required of a Senior student preparing to graduate. Approval for the independent study must be obtained in advance from the school Dean in which the independent study is being offered, and the Vice President for Academic Affairs.

Registration Degree Seeking Registrants - Semester and Summer session registration dates and times are made available on the Registrar’s webpage and the main page of WebAdvisor. Continuing students register on-line via WebAdvisor after having met with their advisors. Students registering for the first time at Holy Family and newly readmitted students register in-person at the Registrar’s Office during published office hours during the registration period designated for their status. Academic and Faculty Advisors assist students in course planning and selection, however, all students are responsible for observing the necessary prerequisites and corequisites as well as selecting courses necessary to fulfill concentration requirements in their proper sequence. Information concerning registration can found on the Registrar’s webpage and the main page of WebAdvisor, both accessible form the University’s homepage, www.holyfamily.edu. Non-Degree Seeking Registrants - Students visiting from another college or university or anyone taking a course for personal enrichment may go directly to the Registrar’s Office for relevant instructions regarding enrollment and registration. Credit Load - The normal credit load for a full-time student is from 12 to 18 semester credit hours, during each of the Fall or Spring semesters. No more than two courses for a maximum of eight credits may be taken during a single Summer Session. Credit load varies with the student’s specific curriculum and record of achievement. Approval to carry credit hours in excess of the maximum load per semester is granted by the school Dean in the student’s area of concentration. Such approval will be given only to those students whose academic record gives evidence of their ability to do superior work. The current part-time tuition per credit will be charged for credits exceeding 18 per semester during the Fall and Spring semesters. Auditing Courses - The Registrar authorizes all formal auditing of courses. The privilege of auditing classes is extended to students who may wish to benefit from certain courses without assuming responsibility for preparing assignments and completing examinations. The student is, however, expected to meet all other course requirements. Authorization to change from credit to audit or audit to credit status must be made within the first two weeks of the Fall or Spring semesters, or within the first week of a Summer session. During Fall and Spring semesters, if the total number of credit hours per semester does not exceed 18,

52 Holy Family University full-time students are entitled to audit courses without extra tuition. One-half of the regular credit fee is charged for part-time students who audit classes and for full-time students whose semester credit load exceeds 18 credits. Auditors are responsible to pay all fees normally associated with a given course. Cross Registration Agreements for SEPCHE Institutions - Full-time undergraduate, matriculated students paying full-time tuition at any SEPCHE member institution may enroll for up to two undergraduate courses a year at any other SEPCHE member institution provided they have fulfilled any prerequisites stated, that there is space available in the course, and that the course or its equivalent is not given at the home institution in the same semester. Students must have completed at least one year as a full-time student at their home campus before taking courses through cross registration. Students may cross-register at the Registrar’s Office of their home institution. The following policies apply in those cases in which cross registration is completed. • Grades received in courses taken through the SEPCHE cross registration are calculated in the home campus grade point average • Credits earned count toward graduation requirements at the home institution • Substitution of courses taken through cross registration for required courses in the major (or minor) requires special approval by the major (or minor) division or department. A student may not complete all coursework for a major at a host institution unless there is a special agreement between two or more institutions • The registrar of each institution will keep a record of the number of students cross-registered each semester and the number of units or credits taken each semester and will report those numbers to the SEPCHE office by November 1 and April 1 each year • No tuition or fees will be charged by host institutions, except for special or extra fees that are part of courses taken, such as lab fees. The student is responsible for these fees and the home institution will take responsibility for their collection • The cross registration program functions only during Fall and Spring semesters • Cross registration is not available for accelerated or weekend courses, independent study, tutorials, internships, practicum field experience, student teaching experiences, private music lessons, or graduate students • Authorization to drop or add a course adheres to the deadlines of the host institution. Students may enroll after deadlines without penalty at their home or other SEPCHE institutions if a course they are enrolled in is canceled • Students are responsible for transportation to and from the host campus and for adjusting to differences in academic schedules and calendars to obtain campus identification and parking permits. There will be no additional parking charge for SEPCHE students parking on the host campus.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 53 Attendance Students are expected to attend all classes and laboratory sessions regularly and may not absent themselves except for illness or some other serious matter. In any semester absences equal to twice the number of weekly contact hours of a given class are deemed excessive. Final grades and/or receipt of academic credit may be jeopardized by excessive absences. Students who never attend classes will be administratively withdrawn from courses but students should be aware that such action can affect financial aid eligibility in current and/or future semesters.

Enrollment Adjustments Drop/Add Adjustments - These registration adjustments, as well as changing from one section of a course to another section of the same course, may be made only with the approval of the Registrar and the authorization of faculty or academic advisers and must be in writing. Drop/add adjustments will not be made after the date specified in the current semester course brochure. Students are personally responsible to initiate and complete drop/add adjustments. Once enrolled in a course, those students who never attend classes but do not complete the drop process will be administratively withdrawn from the course. This action may jeopardize academic standing and financial aid status. After the published drop/add period ends, students may still change their enrollment in a course as described in the following sections (late drop/withdrawal). Late Drop (Withdrawal) from a Course* - If necessary a student may process a late drop for a course up to, but not beyond, one month before the beginning of the final examination period (Fall and Spring semesters) or one week before the end of Summer sessions. Students’ transcripts will show a “W” for all courses for which a late drop is processed. Late drop forms are available in the Registrar’s Office. Students are personally responsible to initiate and complete late drop adjustments. The last day of class attendance will be the date on which the late drop form is received in the Registrar’s Office. Only in case of documented illness or for other serious cause will the administration allow change in enrollment status without penalty after the late drop deadline. Appeals to the policy or deadline are to be made in writing and submitted with supporting cause documentation to the Registrar. Such exceptions will be reviewed on an individual basis by the Registrar and forwarded to the Vice President for Academic Affairs/designee for a resolution. *For Nursing students, withdrawal from a Nursing course requires the signature of the BSN Chair. Withdrawal from the University - Degree seeking students are expected to maintain continuous enrollment. If necessary, a student may withdraw from the University or take a leave of absence. Requests must be submitted to the Registrar in writing for approval. A leave of absence will hold a student’s place in his/her current academic program for a maximum of one academic year. Officially withdrawn students who return to the University at a later date must reapply

54 Holy Family University under the catalog that is current at the time of readmission. (Please see readmission process described previously in this chapter.) The University reserves the right to dismiss matriculated students whose academic achievements consistently fall below a GPA of 2.0.

Course Grades A student’s standing at the close of the semester is determined by the results of class work, tests, assignments, and final examinations. All forms of course assessment as well as class work and independent assignments are scheduled at the discretion of the instructor. Students are required to take final examinations at the time they are officially scheduled; failure to do so may result in an Incomplete (I) grade in the course. The student is responsible for having the I grade changed within the allotted time (one month from the last examination date), after which time it becomes an “F” grade. Anticipated or deferred examinations are given only when a student has circumstances necessitating schedule adjustment and must have the approval of the instructor and the registrar. Reports are made on first-time students after the middle of the first semester at midterm. These reports are for the information of the registrar, the students, and their advisers. Midterm reports are not part of the permanent official record. Final grades are issued to all students by mail from the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester and are part of the student’s permanent official record.

Academic Honesty Holy Family University, true to its motto, Teneor Votis, (I am bound by my responsibilities), educates men and women both intellectually and morally to assume their responsibilities toward God, themselves, and society. The University expects from its students the highest standards of honor and integrity in meeting their academic responsibilities. In addition, academic honesty is essential for effective evaluation of student scholarship and growth. Anything less than complete integrity undermines the basic educational process. Hence, academic dishonesty in any form is regarded as a breach of honor and integrity, an evasion of personal responsibility, and an attempt to misrepresent progress. Violations of standards cannot be tolerated at Holy Family University and will result in sanctions, including possible dismissal from the University. Violations include, but are not limited to, copying tests, laboratory reports, etc., purchasing work to present as one’s own, obtaining tests or test questions illegally either verbally or otherwise, using notes during testing, or collaborating with another to obtain test information.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 55 Plagiarism is another form of cheating. This is defined as using in a written or oral assignment or project the ideas or words of another without acknowledging the source. When one repeats, without quotes, the ideas or words of an author, paraphrases an author’s ideas, or presents an author’s line of thought without acknowledging that author, the user is guilty of plagiarism, a serious breach of academic honesty. Similarly, the use of computers to obtain and/or disseminate information for dishonest purposes, as well as misrepresentations concerning the source, development, or application of computer software, constitutes a serious violation of academic integrity. Anyone who willfully assists another in the breach of integrity is held equally responsible and is subject to the same penalties. The University ascribes to a policy of progressive disciplinary action in dealing with proven incidents of academic dishonesty. In accord with this policy sanctions may range from failure of a given course assignment (first incident) or failure of the course and ineligibility for all honors recognition (second incident) to dismissal from the University (third incident). The level of sanction imposed may be modified at the discretion of the academic administration in accord with circumstances prevailing in a given incident. Students will be notified in writing by the school Dean in which dishonesty has been alleged and will have an opportunity to respond to this notification prior to the imposition of any sanction. All disciplinary action related to charges of academic dishonesty may be appealed to a board composed of University administrators, faculty, and students.

Grading System Numeric Grade Points Grade Equivalent per Credit A (94-100) 4.0 Outstanding; mastery of the subject B+ (90-93) 3.5 Superior; above-average mastery of the subject B (86-89) 3.0 C+ (81-85) 2.5 Average; satisfactory mastery of the subject C (77-80) 2.0 + (73-76) 1.5 Passing; showing deficiency in ability or industry; not transferable; not acceptable in major area of study D (70-72) 1.0 Not acceptable in major area of study F (69 and below) 0 Failure; credit can be earned only by repeating the course

56 Holy Family University M Missing Grade 0 Temporary grade assigned when grades have not been submitted NG No grade 0 P Pass 0 I Incomplete 0 If not removed within one month of the examination date, it automatically becomes a failure W Authorized 0 Needs a late-drop form from the late-drop Registrar’s Office. Must be within time allowed AU Audit 0 Carries no credit Students are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all courses taken in the major field of study. Any course for which the student receives a grade of F, D, or D+ may be repeated only once. Grade Point Average - The student’s academic standing is measured by the grade point average (GPA). This is calculated by dividing the total number of credit hours attempted into the total number of quality points earned. Repeat Grades - The second grade of a repeated course will replace the first in the cumulative GPA but will not remove the original grade from the transcript or from the previous semester calculation. Only courses in which a grade of F, D, or D+ is earned may be repeated. Courses may be repeated only once.

Academic Standing The academic standing of all students is reviewed at the end of each semester. Notice of any academic deficiency is given in writing by the Vice President for Academic Affairs to the respective students. To be considered in good academic standing, every student must maintain a GPA of 2.0. Some programs will require the student to attain a GPA of 2.5 or higher in order to be accepted officially into these schools and to be considered in good standing in their given program. Medical Technology students must maintain the average predetermined by the hospital where they will complete their internship. Please see the Financial Aid section of this catalog for scholarship renewal requirements.

Transcripts The Registrar’s Office issues transcripts. Students may request transcripts in person, by mail, or by fax. Telephone requests will not be honored. The request must be in writing and include the signature of the student authorizing the release of his or her records. There is a $3 fee for each copy of a transcript and the payment in cash, check, money order, or credit card should accompany the request. Additional fees are charged for special processing or mailing requests. Students may access an unofficial copy of their transcripts via WebAdvisor. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 57 The office will not release transcripts for individuals with outstanding debts or other holds until all accounts are settled. Ordinarily, official copies are mailed directly to the individual, school, or agency designated by the student. The Registrar’s Office requires at least 48 hours notice to process a transcript. During peak activity periods there may be a delay. Persons requesting transcripts during these times — two weeks prior and following the beginning and end of semesters and Summer Sessions — should anticipate a delay. Transcripts from other colleges that are submitted to the Registrar’s Office become the property of Holy Family University and are included in the student’s official file. These transcripts are not released to students or to other institutions. They may not be recopied.

Academic Disputes/Grade Challenges - Student Grievance Procedure The appeal procedure shall act as a vehicle for communication and decision- making between student and faculty and provide a process through which a grievance can be resolved. Justifiable cause for grievance shall be defined as any act that is perceived as either a prejudiced or capricious action on the part of a faculty member in the evaluation of a student’s performance or an arbitrary action or imposition of sanctions without regard for due process. If a student questions a decision made by a faculty member, the first level for appealing the decision is to ask the faculty member to review the decision based on any additional information offered in writing by the student. If the issue is not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then a written appeal should be sent to the program administrator/department chair. If the program administrator/department chair is unable to resolve the issue, then either party may send a written letter of complaint to the school Dean for review and action. If the school Dean is unable to resolve the issue, a written letter of complaint may be sent to the Vice President for Academic Affairs for review and action. The final appeal is to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. Any academic dispute or grade challenge must be presented by the conclusion of the next semester and resolved within one year. Any dispute or challenge older than one year will be not be considered.

58 Holy Family University Probation Students whose cumulative average falls below the required GPA of 2.0 are placed on probation. Probation serves as a serious warning to all concerned that the student’s academic work is unsatisfactory and that definite improvement is necessary if they are to continue in college. Students on probation should arrange for a conference with an academic adviser in the Academic Advising Center before continued registration. Full-time and part-time students must raise the cumulative GPA to 2.0 within the equivalent of two full semesters or face academic dismissal. Probation may also affect financial aid. For further details, see the Financial Aid section of this catalog. Students in the School of Education and the School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions should review specific program requirements concerning continuation and academic standing for programs in these schools as presented in this catalog and in relevant handbooks published by each of the schools.

Dismissal Continued failure to maintain a minimum average of C normally results in dismissal from the University. Generally, students dismissed for academic reasons are asked not to return to the University unless a substantial improvement in academic performance and a more mature approach to the responsibilities of college life are demonstrated. The evidence supporting this improvement should be indicated in a letter addressed to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. An application for readmission to the college should also be completed and submitted to the Registrar.

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to their education records. They are: • The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. Students should submit to the Registrar a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The Registrar will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected • The right to challenge the content of the student’s education records and to ask the University to amend a record the student believes is inaccurate or misleading. Students should write the University official responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested by the student, the University will notify the student of the decision and advise the student of his or her right to a hearing on the matter. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 59 • The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception that permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position; a representative of an approval or accrediting agency; a person employed by or under contract to the University to perform a special task, such as the attorney or auditor. A record of disclosures will be maintained by the appropriate office and may be reviewed by the student. The University may disclose certain personally identifiable information, designated as directory information, concerning students in attendance. The following categories of information have been designated as directory information: the student’s name, address, e-mail address, telephone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, enrollment status, degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous educational institution attended. Any student who does not wish directory information released must so inform the Vice President for Student Services in writing within 30 days after commencement of the Fall semester. In any event, the University may disclose directory information from the record of an individual who is no longer in attendance at the University without public notice or prior permission. • The right to file with the U.S. Department of Education a complaint concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the requirements of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605. The entirety of the Release of Student Information Policy prepared for compliance with the Act is available in the office of the registrar.

Graduation Requirements Please see related section on degree requirements.

Comprehensive or Senior Examinations Comprehensive examinations provide an incentive for the retention of knowledge beyond the termination of a single course, stimulate more purposeful learning and correlation of ideas, and lead students to an integrated mastery of their field through review, organization, and summary of all their knowledge in that area. Comprehensives may be oral as well as written, and may consist partially of a research paper or other project. The nature and time of administration of the comprehensive examination is determined by each of the respective schools.

60 Holy Family University In the event of failure, a partial or complete re-examination will be permitted for those students who are in all other respects eligible for graduation. Graduation may be delayed in the event of a failing grade on the comprehensive examination. Refer to each program description for additional information. Results of comprehensive examinations are submitted in writing by the school Dean/designee to the Vice President for Academic Affairs.

Exit Interview A degree candidate must make an appointment with the academic adviser in the Academic Advising Center for an exit interview no later than October of the Senior year or April if the degree is expected the following December. At this time, a final degree checkout is done to ascertain that all required coursework will be completed prior to commencement.

Formal Petition for a Degree During the exit interview, each Senior receives a formal petition for a degree. The student must complete the form, and then file the application with the academic adviser, who in turn, submits the petition for a degree to the Office of Academic Affairs.

Commencement and Diplomas Students who will complete requirements for a degree in a given semester must make written application for graduation at the time specified (April 30th for those completing in December; October 30th for those completing in May). Late applications might result in delaying graduation to the next ceremony. All students are required to pay the graduation fee at the normal billing time prior to each issuance of diplomas. Degrees will be posted to student transcripts four times a year, in December, May, June, and August.

Commencement Participation Students who have been cleared for graduation in a given semester, but who have not successfully completed one course in which they were enrolled OR a comprehensive examination (where required) may petition to participate in commencement ceremonies which are held at the close of that semester. (Specific restrictions governing this policy are available in the academic schools or the Academic Affairs Office.) The petition to participate in commencement should be submitted by the student to the school Dean or the Dean’s designee. The Vice President for Academic Affairs reviews petitions forwarded from the school and notifies students of the decision reached regarding participation in the ceremony.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 61 Academic Honors and Awards

Dean’s List Dean’s list distinction is awarded twice during the academic year to full-time students chosen for their high scholastic standing. Eligibility for inclusion is based upon the completion of at least 12 credits in the semester, the attainment of at least a B grade in every course, and a GPA of 3.5 (based on 4.0) in the previous semester. Dean’s list distinction is awarded once during the calendar year to part-time undergraduate students chosen for their high scholastic standing. To be eligible for this honor a part-time undergraduate student must: be matriculated in a degree program; have successfully completed a minimum of 30 credit hours at Holy Family University; be an active student in the part-time undergraduate during the previous academic year (Summer Session I through the end of the regular Spring semester), and in that academic year, have earned a minimum of 12 credit hours with at least a B grade in every course; and have attained a total cumulative average of at least 3.5. Minimum credit hours specified above do not include CLEP, ACT-PEP, DSST, or challenge examination credits.

School Honors Awards are granted to graduating Seniors in recognition of outstanding ability and achievement in the area of concentration. Qualifications for school honors include: completion of more than half the program courses at Holy Family, attainment of a minimum 3.5 cumulative average in the major field of study, a better-than-average grade in the comprehensive or other qualifying examinations as determined by the school, and, if necessary, submission of a project at the discretion of the school Dean. Candidates for these honors must be recommended by the school and approved by the Vice President for Academic Affairs.

Degrees with Honors Degrees with honors are conferred upon students who attain the required minimum cumulative average: Summa Cum Laude GPA of 3.90 Magna Cum Laude GPA of 3.70 Cum Laude GPA of 3.50 Also, to be eligible for commencement honors, the student must have earned at least 60 credits at Holy Family University (not including CLEP or challenge examination credits) and must have met the standards of character, cooperation, and dependability set by the University. Commencement honors are computed from grades earned at Holy Family University.

62 Holy Family University The Mother M. Neomisia Award The award was established by the Board of Trustees of Holy Family to honor the foundress and first President of the University. This distinction is given annually to the Senior whose qualities of service and loyalty to the University merit particular distinction.

The Alumni Senior Award The Alumni Senior Award was established by the Alumni Association and is given to a graduating student who best represents the Holy Family University student body as indicated by his or her academic achievements, campus involvement, and community service.

Who’s Who Among Students in American Universities National recognition is given to students for their outstanding accomplishments. Eligibility for the distinction of selection and acceptance by this organization is confined to Seniors who excel in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extracurricular and academic affairs, citizenship and service to the University, and promise of future usefulness in community life.

Honor Societies - A national honor society that recognizes and promotes scholarship among students actively engaged in collegiate preparation within the field of Criminal Justice. Candidates must be ranked in the upper 35% of their class; completed three full-time semesters or equivalent; and must have an cumulative GPA of 3.0 and a 3.2 GPA within Criminal Justice or related field courses. Alpha Sigma Lambda - A national honor society that recognizes the special achievements of part-time undergraduate students who demonstrate academic excellence while facing competing interests of home and work. It is represented on campus by the Delta Delta Chapter, which awards membership annually to the highest 10% of all part-time students who satisfy the necessary eligibility requirements. To be eligible, a student must be matriculated and have completed at Holy Family a minimum of 30 college semester hours in regular credit courses (not including CLEP, ACT-PEP, DANTES, or challenge examination credits). These hours shall include at least 15 semester hours outside the student’s major which may include any transfer credits. The student must also have attained a minimum 3.2 cumulative average and have been a part-time student for a minimum of four semesters. Beta Beta Beta, Lambda Chi Chapter - Accepts students for membership who achieve superior academic standing and evidence major interest in and aptitude for life science. Full membership is extended to candidates who have completed at least 23 credits in major-level biology courses, participated actively in the projects of the Albertans Science Club, and attained Junior-level status. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 63 Delta Epsilon Sigma - The national scholastic honor society for students, faculty, and alumni of Catholic colleges and universities, is represented on campus by the Delta Lambda Chapter. Membership is awarded annually to full-time Junior or Senior students who have completed at least 50% of the credit for their degrees with distinctive academic performance, which, if continued, would make them eligible for graduation cum laude. Such students must also show evidence of having accepted their responsibility of service to others. Kappa Delta Pi - An international honor society in education that promotes excellence in and recognizes outstanding contributions to education. Kappa Delta Pi endeavors to maintain a high degree of professional fellowship among its members, to quicken professional growth, and to honor achievement in educational work. To these ends, it invites to membership persons who exhibit commendable professional qualities, worthy educational ideals, distinctive achievement, and sound scholarship. Those students who exemplify worthy educational ideals and demonstrate evidence of leadership abilities in Education are invited to apply for admittance to the Holy Family School of Education Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi, Upsilon Omicron. Kappa Delta Pi’s motto of knowledge, duty, and power reflect the chapter’s commitment to educational excellence and service and responsibility inherent in the teaching profession. Undergraduate education majors with an overall GPA of 3.5, 12 credits in Education courses, and at least 50 semester hours completed by the end of the Fall semester at Holy Family University are eligible for nomination to the Upsilon Omicron Chapter. Applications are made available in November (the week after the Thanksgiving holidays) and due for review by early January. The initiation ceremony is held in the Spring semester, and all new members must be present for the initiation. For more information, please contact Michael White, Education Technology Center, Room 328, extension 3655. Kappa Mu Epsilon - The national mathematics honor society recognizes outstanding achievement in the study of mathematics at the undergraduate level. Other objectives include developing an appreciation of the power and beauty of mathematics, familiarizing members with current advances in the field, and comprehending the overall importance of mathematics in contemporary society. To be eligible for membership, a student must rank in the upper third of his/her class and must have completed a minimum of three undergraduate mathematics courses, including MATH 211 and 212 (Calculus I, II) with a minimum average of B. Additionally, candidates must have actively participated in one of the chapter’s service projects prior to induction.

64 Holy Family University Kappa Theta Epsilon - Represented on campus by the Mu Chapter. Its purpose is to recognize and honor cooperative education and internship students who excel scholastically; promote academic achievement among co-op and internship students; inform students of the advantages of enrolling in a co-op or internship program; and assist the Cooperative Education Department in its recruiting efforts. The society honors those co-op or intern students who confer honor upon Holy Family University by distinguished scholarship, industrial ability, integrity, breadth of interest, and adaptability as an undergraduate in the Cooperative Education or Internship Program in their respective major. Inductees must be in the upper fifth of their respective co-op or internship program according to grade point average and be approved by the director of cooperative education and the respective faculty coordinator within their academic school. Lambda Iota Tau - The international honor society for students of literature. The society recognizes and encourages excellence in the study and creation of literature. Membership depends on students maintaining an average of at least B (3.2) in English (exclusive of 101/102) and “B ”in general scholastic standing, on their being recommended by school faculty, and on their submitting an essay on a literary topic to Alpha Epsilon, the local chapter. Lambda Nu - A national honor society for the Radiologic and Imaging Sciences. The objectives are to foster academic scholarship at the highest academic levels, promote research and investigation in the Radiologic and Imaging Sciences, and recognize exemplary scholarship. Lambda Pi Eta - The international honor society for students in communication. The society recognizes and encourages excellence in the study and creation of communications. Membership in the society is evidence of distinguished work. Candidates must have completed 60 semester hours in college; have a GPA of 3.5 in communication study; and have completed 12 semester hours of communication study. Additionally, candidates must submit a research paper in the field of communications, or present copies of two articles he or she has published. Phi Alpha Theta - The international honor society in history, Alpha Eta Iota Chapter accepts undergraduate and graduate students who complete at least 12 credits in the history discipline at Holy Family University and who have achieved an average of 3.5 or better in history course work and have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.2. Induction is held once a year during the Spring semester. Phi Sigma Iota - A national foreign language honor society, maintains the Delta Iota Chapter at Holy Family University. Membership is open to upperclassmen who pursue a concentration in foreign languages, maintain a B average in all foreign language courses, have completed at least one course at the 300 level, and rank in the upper 35 percent of their class.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 65 Pi Gamma Mu – An international honor society that encourages excellence in the social sciences. The Pennsylvania Alpha Nu Chapter at Holy Family is restricted specifically to the disciplines of Political Science, Sociology, and Secondary Education (Social Sciences/Social Studies). Juniors, Seniors and graduate students become eligible to join when they meet the following criteria for membership: upper 35 percent of the class; a grade point average of B or better; and 20 semester hours in social science courses. The society not only provides recognition for scholastic achievements but also offers enrichment opportunities through service projects, publications, scholarships and lectureship grants. Psi Chi - Provides its initiates with opportunities for augmenting and enhancing the regular curriculum. This national honor society in psychology fulfills two major goals: the advancement of the science of psychology and the encouragement of its members to scholarly pursuits in psychology and allied fields. Sigma Beta Delta - A national honor society accepting as members top business students, faculty, and business leaders. An invitation for induction into Holy Family University’s Chapter is extended to those Junior and Senior level undergraduate and graduate students who are in the top 20 percent of their class with a minimum 3.5 grade point average and who meet with approval from the business faculty.The society espouses the principles of wisdom, honor, and pursuit of meaningful aspirations. The honor society was established to encourage and recognize scholarship and accomplishment, as well as to encourage and promote aspirations toward personal and professional improvement and a life distinguished by honorable service to humankind. Sigma Theta Tau - The National Honor Society of Nursing, is represented on campus by the Delta Tau Chapter — at large, established as a joint chapter with Immaculata University, Neumann, and Eastern Colleges. Its purpose is to recognize superior scholarship and leadership in Nursing and to encourage nurses to contribute to the advancement of Nursing through research. Eligible candidates must have completed at least one half of the Nursing curriculum and receive a formal invitation for membership. The number of candidates from any one class may not exceed one-third of that class.

66 Holy Family University Core Curriculum

Knowledge Each knowledge-based course must be intensive in one of the skills areas. Knowledge of God, the Judeo-Christian Value System (CJCV)* ....6 Knowledge of self and the human family (SHF)* ...... 6 Knowledge of natural sciences (KNS)* ...... 6 Knowledge of Mathematics (MATH)*...... 3 Knowledge of a global, economic, social and historical perspective with an understanding of human behavior (GESH)* ...... 6 Knowledge of the cultural contributions of the Western and non-Western world (includes 6 required credits in Modern Language (WNCC)* ...... 9 Total ...... 36 Freshmen Writing/Speech/Reading (FRBL)* ...... 9 Total Core Requirements ...... 45 * Designator appearing on program sequence sheets. Skills Designated skills woven through knowledge-based courses students must have at least one course designated as intensive in each of these areas: • Critical thinking • Communication • Information literacy • Quantitative reasoning.

Attitudes Infused into all the knowledge-based courses as the university Mission is integral to all our courses; • Appreciation for cultural diversity • Respect for a living Christian faith and affirmation of the dignity of the human person • Openness to new ideas • Aesthetic sense • Moral and social consciousness reflected in service to others • Awareness of impact of science and technology and social system on lives of individuals and society • Citizenship. NOTE: All students are required to take two religious studies courses. All students are required to take one philosophy course. All students art required to take two language courses.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 67 Please Note: The following core curriculum is the former core, which will be in effect for those students both full-time and part-time admitted before July 1, 2003. All other students will follow the new core curriculum on the previous page. Beginning in Fall 2005 all transfer students are admitted under the new core curriculum only.

Former Core Curriculum Number of Courses Credits Communications Written: Writing I and II BA 2 6 BS (Medical Tech.) 2 6 BSN (Nursing) 2 6 BSRT (Completion Program) 2 6 Oral: Public Speaking BA 1 3 BS (Medical Tech.) 1 3 BSN (Nursing) 1 3 BSRT (Completion Program) 1 3 Foreign Language: 1 year at the appropriate level BA 2 6 BSN (Nursing) 2 6 BSRT (Completion Program) 2 6 Total BA 5 15 BS (Medical Tech.) 5 15 BSN (Nursing) 5 15 BSRT (Completion Program) 5 15 Quantifications Choose from among: Math, Math Analysis for Economics and Business, and Statistics BA 1 3 BS (Medical Tech.) 1 3 BSN (Nursing) 1 3 BSRT (Completion Program) 1 3 *Religious Studies Choose from among the courses listed under Religious Studies BA 3 9 BS (Medical Tech.) 3 9 BSN (Nursing) 3 9 BSRT (Completion Program) 3 9

68 Holy Family University Philosophy Choose from among courses listed under Philosophy (must have PHIL 101 or 102) BA 2 6 BS (Medical Tech.) 2 6 BSN (Nursing) 2 6 BSRT (Completion Program) 2 6 **Humanities Choose from among the following, but no more than two courses in any one discipline: Literature (English or foreign), Fine Arts (Music, Art, Theater), History BA 3 9 BS (Medical Tech.) 3 6 BSN (Nursing) 2 6 BSRT (Completion Program) 3 9 Social Science Choose from among the following, but no more than two courses in any one discipline: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology*** BA 3 9 BS (Medical Tech.) 2 6 BSN (Nursing) 3 9 BSRT (Completion Program) 3 9 Natural Science Choose from: Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, Physics (one course must include a lab) BA 2 6/8 BS (Medical Tech.) 2 8 BSN (Nursing) 3 12 SRT (Completion Program) 3 12 Ethics Seminar BA 1 3 BS (Medical Tech.) 1 3 BSN (Nursing) 1 3 BSRT (Completion Program) 1 3 Core Electives Choose from any discipline listed in the core and not in the concentration BA 2 6 BS (Medical Tech.) 1 3 BSN (Nursing) 1 3 BSRT (Completion Program) 2 6

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 69 Total BA 22 66/68 BS (Medical Tech.) 19 59 BSN (Nursing) 21 66 BSRT (Completion Program) 23 72 * Courses in religious studies are required of all Catholic students; Non-Catholics are encouraged to elect courses in religious studies but may substitute electives in the humanities or social sciences to fulfill the requirement. ** For honors courses, see Chapter 6 – Honors Study. *** CRJU 101 and CRJU 308 may also be chosen.

70 Holy Family University Academic Programs The curriculum of Holy Family University stands within the mainstream of a 2,000 year old Christian liberal arts tradition. As presented in the catalog, the core curriculum of Religious Studies, Philosophy, the Humanities, and the Social and Natural Sciences implements in a general way the objectives of the University. It also contributes to the formation of liberally educated students who find their Education is functional in the 21st century. Through this Education, students are encouraged to seek not merely information, but personal formation and enrichment.

Academic Schools and Course Offerings The undergraduate academic curriculum of Holy Family University is organized into four schools: Arts and Sciences, Business Administration, Education, and Nursing and Allied Health Professions. School of Arts and Sciences - Programs in Art (Pre-Art Therapy and Studio Art), Biochemistry, Biology, Chemistry, Communications, Criminal Justice, English, History, Interdisciplinary Humanities, Mathematics, Psychobiology, Psychology, Religious Studies, and Sociology. Courses are offered in Anthropology, French, General Science, Geography, German, Italian, Music, Polish, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Spanish, and Theater. The University offers a program in conjunction with the School of Business: Psychology for Business. Programs in French, Social Work and Spanish are not currently accepting students. School of Business Administration - Programs in Accounting, Computer Management Information Systems (Programming and MIS tracks), Finance, Fire Science and Public Safety Administration, International Business, Management-Marketing, and Sport Marketing-Management. School of Education - Programs in Elementary/Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education, Elementary/Special Education, and Secondary Education leading to certification to teach grades 7-12 in Biology, Chemistry, English, Mathematics, Citizenship (History), Social Sciences (Psychology/Sociology), and Social Studies, and to teach grades K-12 in Art. School of Nursing and Allied Health Professionals- Program options in nursing for pre-licensure BSN, LVN/LPN to BSN, and RN to BSN study (offered in an accelerated format through the Division of Extended Learning), as well as a program in Radiologic Science offering associate and baccalaureate degree options. For greater ease in using this catalog, the concentrations are listed alphabetically. Preceding the course descriptions for each concentration are the objectives of each as well as the requirements for the particular field of study.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 71 Programs of Specialization or Concentration* The key concepts behind the programs of specialization are coordination and integration of knowledge through the seminar method of instruction in the junior and senior years, and through the employment of comprehensive or senior examinations. Ultimately, the programs aim at the formation of thinking persons who are prepared theoretically and practically, by intellectual habits and skills, for life and its everyday value judgments and decisions, and for smooth adjustment to particular professions. *Concentration is synonymous with major or major area of study. Acceptance into the Concentration - It is to the advantage of the student to decide upon a field of interest early in his or her academic career. To qualify for participation within a particular concentration, a student must be in good standing, i.e., have attained a cumulative index GPA of 2.0 or higher depending on the area of specialization. It is the policy of some schools to review the student’s scores on tests in order to determine the levels of competencies before accepting the student into the school. It is the prerogative of the school to set its own expectations and standards of excellence when admitting concentrators. A student may change the major area of study with the consent of the appropriate school Dean and the Executive Director of the Advising Center. Formal requests for a change of major are initiated in the Academic Advising Center. The student must be in good standing and must meet all the requirements for the new major before such a request may be honored. Acceptance into certain areas of concentration may also be restricted by enrollment. Honors Study - The School of Arts and Sciences invites qualified students into honors courses to fulfill core curriculum requirements. These honors courses parallel regular courses but provide greater academic enrichment through more in-depth readings, research, independent work, and seminar-type format. The following are the current honors courses being offered at Holy Family University: ENGL 103, 104 Honors Writing I, II ENGL/HIST 263 Honors American Studies PHIL 103 Honors Introduction to Philosophy Related Field - Holy Family University, as a general policy, does not have a related field requirement. Some programs, however, may prescribe a related field in support of their advanced coursework, e.g., students planning on certification to teach on the secondary level will be obliged to choose Education as a related field. Seminar - The nucleus of the concentration program is the seminar, wherein a relatively small number of students meet with a faculty member for individual reports and group discussion. A seminar serves to effect a meeting between the

72 Holy Family University mature and developed minds of the faculty and the developing minds of the students, thus creating the community of thought the University considers important. The aim of the seminar is familiarity with the literature of the area of specialization, stimulation of the students to personal responsibility for their own education and enthusiasm for their field, and integration of knowledge through comparative studies, topical discussions, and critical evaluation of trends and theories. In the seminar, the students are engaged with guided reading, independent study, research projects, writing, discussion, and reports. Here, they are constantly challenged to ever-increasing intellectual maturity. The University has chosen the seminar method as its distinctive feature because it finds that integration of disparate segments of learning is particularly desirable in today’s world, where the explosion and fragmentation of knowledge pervade education and life. In the fulfillment of the purposes of the seminar, the patterns may differ in each department; selected topics or themes for the seminars may vary from year to year. As a further implementation of the concentration program and, specifically, as a means of exploring common areas of interest, seminars between the faculty and the students of several concentrations are occasionally arranged. Minors - Broadly understood consist of six courses, or 18-24 credits, in one discipline. A student who carefully chooses elective courses enhances or complements a major concentration with a strong minor focus. Currently, disciplines in the School of Arts and Sciences and the School of Business Administration have designated structured courses for a declared minor. Minors offered from the School of Arts and Sciences include: Actuarial Science, American Studies, Studio Art, Chemistry, Communications, Criminal Justice, English Literature, History, Mathematics, Middle School Mathematics, Natural Sciences, and Pre-Law, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, Sociology, and Spanish. Minors offered from the School of Business Administration include: Computer Management Information Systems and Management-Marketing. Students should declare a minor early in the sophomore year in order to plan appropriate course offerings. To facilitate this, a student should consult his/her faculty advisor or the Dean of the school from which the minor is offered for direction in choosing and scheduling a minor concentration. The courses suggested for the minors are listed under Minors.

Interdisciplinary Programs Students with special goals and abilities have an opportunity to concentrate in one of several available interdisciplinary programs. Each such program involves 2 or more concentrations that already offer a major. Interdisciplinary programs are closely coordinated by a faculty adviser in each discipline who works with the student toward making this experience a meaningful and rewarding one. All interdisciplinary programs include seminars and comprehensive examinations in accordance with the usual pattern of a degree program.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 73 Biochemistry - Concentration in Biochemistry provides a strong background in the overlapping disciplines of Biology and Chemistry as well as ample integration of the applied principles of Mathematics and Physics. Pursuit of the Bachelor of Arts degree in this program will, therefore, prepare concentrators to assume roles in university or industrial research, as well as provide a foundation for graduate studies in the original fields of concentration: Molecular Biology, Pharmacology, and Medicine. Interdisciplinary Humanities -The program is tailored to individual students interests and requires regular consult and direction from a Faculty Advisor. It requires four courses in a chosen area of study. Choose from one of the following thematic areas of study: Catholic Studies, English Literature, Fine Arts, History, Studio Art/Art History, Philosophy, Religious Studies, American Studies, European Studies, Hispanic Studies, or Ethical Studies. In addition, the student must take: 1. Five major elective courses 2. One course from each of the Humanities disciplines: Art, History, English Literature, Philosophy, and Religious Studies 3. Two seminars, one in and the other outside of the area of study. Psychobiology - The program in psychobiology leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree is an interdisciplinary effort geared toward providing concentrators with a firm base of knowledge in both disciplines. Such a foundation may serve as a springboard to positions in pharmacological, paramedical, medical, or behavioral research projects. Field placement is also possible and can provide concentrators with the opportunity to assist practitioners in varying capacities. Likewise, careers in Education, as well as the pursuit of graduate work, are also made possible through the completion of this program. Psychology for Business - The psychology for business curriculum spans two disciplines: psychology and business administration. It is geared toward those students who are seeking employment in human resources, public relations, or any position in business and industry where one works closely with employees or the public.

Pre-Professional Programs Pre-Art Therapy - Students interested in combining an interest in art with a career in mental health and therapy should concentrate on a foundational program in Studio Art with appropriate electives in Psychology. To be minimally prepared for graduate study in Art Therapy students are advised to consult with the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences for an appropriate configuration of Art and Psychology courses on the undergraduate level.

74 Holy Family University Pre-Law - Students considering the study of law after graduation from Holy Family University should plan a program of study that develops abilities in logic and critical thinking, skills in writing and communication, and an analytical understanding of human institutions and values. Nationally, more pre-law students major in the humanistic disciplines of English, Philosophy, History or foreign languages, supplemented by general studies in the Natural and Social Sciences and Mathematics. Since the capability to construct sound arguments, to analyze arguments and detect fallacies, to deal with abstractions and to communicate concisely and persuasively together with a grasp of society and social structures is fostered by study in the humanities, the University recommends that pre-law students seek out the guidance of faculty in an area of particular interest as soon as possible in order to begin plans for an appropriate course sequence. In addition, interested students are advised to discuss their objectives with the School of Arts and Sciences pre-law advisor. Pre-Medicine, Dentistry, Optometry, Podiatry, Physical Therapy, Physician’s Assistant, Veterinary - Postbaccalaureate professional programs in health care recognize strong liberal arts training as the foundation of a successful career in the health care professions. Ordinarily, admission requirements to a professional program are met by taking Biology, Chemistry, or Biochemistry as the field of concentration. In any case, a candidate must excel in the sciences to receive favorable consideration for admission. To be prepared minimally for advanced study, students must complete two semesters of the following subjects: general biology, general chemistry, organic chemistry, general physics, calculus, and English composition. A solid knowledge of these fundamental subjects is essential. Since the specific requirements vary from school to school, students should consult the school of their choice concerning specific requirements. A pre-health care advisor is available to guide students in their preparation for, selection of, and application to professional programs in health care. Pre-Pharmacy - Students interested in admission into a college of pharmacy usually complete two years of undergraduate study before transferring. Their pre- professional curriculum must include two semesters of general biology, general chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, calculus, and English composition, as well as courses in literature, social sciences, and the humanities. Designators Used to Identify Courses: ACCT Accounting ANTH Anthropology ARTS Art ARTH Art Therapy BIOL Biology BUSA Business Administration

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 75 BUSI International Business CHEM Chemistry CMIS Computer Management Information Systems COMM Communications CRJU Criminal Justice EACN Early Childhood Education EASC Earth Science ECON Economics EDUC Education EDUN Education EDUS Secondary Education ENGL English FEXP First Year College Success FINC Finance FSPS Fire Science and Public Safety Administration FREN French GEOG Geography GERM German GSCI General Science HIST History ITAL Italian MATH Mathematics MEDT Medical Technology MNMK Management-Marketing MUSC Music NURS Nursing PHYS Physics PHIL Philosophy PLSH Polish POLS Political Science PSYC Psychology RADS Radiologic Science RELS Religious Studies SOCO Sociology SPAN Spanish SPEN Special Education SPMM Sport Marketing-Management SWRK Social Work THEA Theater

76 Holy Family University Areas of Concentration – Degree Programs Accounting Objectives • To develop professional competency in accounting with an overall global business perspective for entry into public, government, or private accounting • To deepen students’ knowledge of specialized areas in the field • To integrate the study of accounting with current economic and business theory, practice, and technology • To instill an understanding of business ethics and the social responsibility of the profession. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II...... 3 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 320 Business Law I ...... 3 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory- Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 Concentration ACCT 307 Intermediate Accounting I ...... 3 308 Intermediate Accounting II...... 3 309 Cost Accounting I...... 3 310 Cost Accounting II ...... 3 404 Auditing ...... 3 409 Advanced Accounting I...... 3 410 Advanced Accounting II ...... 3 413 Introduction to Taxation ...... 3 414 Advanced Taxation ...... 3 439 Senior Seminar in Accounting ...... 3 Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 77 One restricted elective: ACCT 350 or 351 Cooperative Education, or BUSA 416 International Business. Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • All full-time junior and senior accounting majors must participate in a case competition • Competency in computer business applications.

Additional Information Accounting with an area of study in Computer Management Information Systems (CMIS) - Students may combine an accounting concentration with computer technology by taking an additional 18 to 21 credits in CMIS courses. These additional credits also will qualify toward the 150 hour CPA requirement. 150 hour CPA requirement- Students may take 18 to 21 credits in elective courses to meet the requirements for the CPA examination in certain states requiring 150 college credits. These credits may be earned in part through the declaration of a minor in Computer Management Information Systems. Please see your advisor for this information. Course Offerings ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting (3) Focus on underlying theory and current practice of financial accounting for the sole proprietorship. Includes fundamentals of the accounting process, analysis of transactions, and the preparation of financial statements. Enhances student’s ability to handle all aspects of accounting functions, including inventory control, depreciation, notes and accounts receivable, and control of cash. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: CMIS 103 or previous knowledge of computers. ACCT 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting (3) Focus on managerial accounting for partnerships and corporations in terms of organizational planning, control, and decision-making; covers corporate financing, cost concepts and behavior, budgeting, analytical performance, and appraisal ratios. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 205. ACCT 307 Intermediate Accounting I (3) Preparation and interpretation of complex accounting statements, in particular, assets, using contemporary reporting techniques. Study of financial statements as well as in-depth analysis of the individual components of statements, with specific emphasis on current FASB statements. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 206. 78 Holy Family University ACCT 308 Intermediate Accounting II (3) Continued analysis of components of financial statements, in particular, liabilities and equity accounts; also, discussion of issues related to income measurement. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 307. ACCT 309 Cost Accounting I (3) Basic cost accounting methods for planning and control. Particular emphasis on job order costing and process cost accumulation procedures. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 206. ACCT 310 Cost Accounting II (3) Planning and control of profits, costs, and sales. Includes budgets, forecasting, cost behavior analysis, and cost and profit analysis. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 309. ACCT 350, 351 Cooperative Education (2-4, 2-4) Offers the student an opportunity to put classroom theory into practice in paid or unpaid study-related positions under guidance and supervision of cooperating employers with approval of School of Business Administration faculty and Director of Cooperative Education. Prerequisite: Junior status, appropriate business coursework. (Must enroll for at least three credits if course is taken as a restricted elective in Accounting.) ACCT 404 Auditing (3) Theory of auditing and proper procedures necessary to apply generally accepted theory. Emphasizes concepts of ethics and responsibility in the accounting profession, internal control, and procedural tests. Students will work on team projects related to Big 4 firm case studies. Prerequisite: ACCT 308. ACCT 409 Advanced Accounting I (3) Application of accounting principles to problems of partnerships, business combinations, consolidations, foreign branches, and subsidiaries. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 308. ACCT 410 Advanced Accounting II (3) Study of accounting for fiduciaries, governmental, non-profit organizations and international businesses. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 409. ACCT 413 Introduction to Taxation (3) Exposure to and application of basic tax law as applied to individuals. Emphasis on federal law. Also covers tax-saving ideas and planning. Students will utilize computerized spreadsheets to solve problems. Prerequisite: ACCT 308. ACCT 414 Advanced Taxation (3) Exposure to and application of basic tax law as applied to corporations and other entities. Students will utilize computerized tax programs to prepare tax returns. Prerequisite: ACCT 413.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 79 ACCT 439 Senior Seminar in Accounting (3) Analysis of topics and issues in accounting through discussion of current domestic and international issues, reading, case analysis, and research. Course is limited to seniors majoring in Accounting who have received advisor’s permission to enroll. The course will include team projects and use of computerized worksheets. Students will be required to utilize the Internet, PowerPoint, Access, and other available technological tools in their research and presentations.

80 Holy Family University Biochemistry Objectives 1. To prepare concentrators to assume research roles in universities or private industry 2. To provide a foundation for graduate studies in Biochemistry, Pharmacology, Molecular Biology, and Medicine. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration+ BIOL 120, 121 Biological Principles I, II...... 4, 4 209 Cell Biology...... 3 210 Introduction to Scientific Techniques ...... 3 304 Principles of Genetics ...... 3 325 Seminar: Scientific Literature ...... 2 326 Seminar: Inorganic, Organic, and Cultural Evolution...... 2 401, 402 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II ....3, 3 407 Molecular Genetics ...... 3 408 Cell and Molecular Techniques...... 3 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II ....3, 3 427 Research/Internship...... 2, 2 CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I, II ...... 4, 4 207, 208 Organic Chemistry I, II ...... 4, 4 301, 302 Physical Chemistry I, II ...... 4, 4 MATH 211, 212 Calculus I, II ...... 4, 4 PHYS 201, 202 General Physics I, II ...... 4, 4 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • Continuation in the major requires a GPA of 2.5 in all completed science courses • At least nine credits of 300/400 level concentration coursework must be completed in the school to meet degree requirements. + Courses in the concentration are those with a BIOL or CHEM designator.

Course Offerings See course listings under Biology and Chemistry.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 81 Biology Objectives • To introduce the biological, chemical, physical, and mathematical principles manifested in life at all levels of organization • To provide a broad background in cellular and molecular Biology, organismic Biology, and population Biology • To offer training in basic laboratory techniques, including both theoretical and practical applications • To develop critical thinking skills, including the ability to analyze complex problems, gather appropriate information, formulate possible explanations for natural phenomena, identify and evaluate relevant experimental data, and distinguish among alternative models • To consider the broad issues of the nature of science, its historical development, and its relationship to technology and social and economic change. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration+ BIOL 120, 121 Biological Principles I, II...... 4, 4 207, 208 Anatomy and Physiology I, II ...... 4, 4 209 Cell Biology...... 3 210 Introduction to Scientific Techniques ...... 3 304 Principles of Genetics ...... 3 325 Seminar: Scientific Literature ...... 2 326 Seminar: Inorganic, Organic, and Cultural Evolution...... 2 407 Molecular Genetics ...... 3 427 Research/Internship...... 2, 2 CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I, II ...... 4, 4 207, 208 Organic Chemistry I, II ...... 4, 4 MATH 211 Calculus I ...... 4 PHYS 201, 202 General Physics I, II ...... 4, 4 Electives Two courses required - choose one course from Group I and one course from Group II ...... 3, 3 Group I BIOL 330 General Immunology ...... 3 BIOL 411 Microtechniques ...... 4 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II ....3, 3

82 Holy Family University Group II BIOL 312 Cell-Cell Interaction ...... 3 331 Botany, the Biosphere, and Ecosystems...... 3 408 Cell and Molecular Techniques...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • Continuation in the major requires a GPA of 2.5 in all completed science courses • At least 9 credits of 300/400 level concentration coursework must be completed within the school • For teacher certification requirements in Biology, see School of Education. Secondary Certification (Grades 7-12) For teacher certification requirements in Biology, see School of Education. +Courses in the concentration are those with a BIOL designator.

Natural Science Minor – see page 244 under minors.

Course Offerings BIOL 110 Nutrition in Contemporary Health Care (3) This course focuses on Healthy People 2000 initiatives with emphasis on nutrition in nursing care. Nutritional requirements in health promotion, health protection, and prevention of disease are studied in depth. Students will develop the knowledge and the critical thinking skills necessary to provide nutrition Education and to care for individuals and families within aggregates. Prerequisite: GSCI 104 or GSCI-107. Does not fulfill concentration requirement in Biology, nor does it fulfill a core science requirement. See NURS 150. BIOL 120, 120L; 121, 121L Biological Principles I, II (4, 4) Fundamental principles and laws governing biological systems. Structure, origin, and function of the cell serving as basis for study of multicellular organisms and populations. BIOL 120, 120L: Three hours of lecture and one two-hour lab, offered in Fall semester. BIOL 121,121L: Three hours of lecture and one 3- hour lab, offered in Spring semester. Prerequisite for BIOL 121: BIOL 120. Satisfies core requirement (KNS - Core Nat Science I and II). BIOL 206, 206L Microbiology (4) Survey of the microbial world with emphasis on microbes of medical importance, pathogenesis of disease, and immunology. Application of techniques for culturing, study, and identification of bacteria and related microbial forms in lab. Three hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisite: At least three credits of Freshman Biology: BIOL 120/120L, GSCI 104 or GSCI-107. Does not fulfill concentration requirement in Biology/Biochemistry.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 83 BIOL 207, 207L; 208, 208L Anatomy and Physiology I, II (4, 4) Mammalian morphology and physiology at the cellular and systemic level with emphasis on the human body. Lab includes gross anatomy of a representative vertebrate and use of classical physiological techniques. Prerequisite for BIOL 207, 207L: BIOL 120/120L or GSCI 104. Prerequisite for BIOL 208, 208L: BIOL 207, 207L. Three hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. BIOL 209 Cell Biology (3) Detailed study of the morphology and physiology of cells. Special emphasis on the relationship between molecular structure and cell function. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisites: BIOL 120 and 121 or equivalent. Offered in the Fall semester. BIOL 210, 210L Introduction to Scientific Techniques (3) Introduction to biological and biochemical techniques that form the basis of research practice. Explores the theoretical basis and practical applications of culture techniques, potentiometric measurement, microscopy, centrifugation, spectroscopy, and electrophoresis. Two hours of lecture and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: BIOL 209. Offered in the Spring semester. BIOL 304 Principles of Genetics (3) Basic principles of heredity and genetic analysis in prokaryotes, eukaryotes, and viruses. Includes topics in classical genetics, genetic analysis of chromosome structure, gene expression, population genetics, and basic biochemical principles of heredity. Prerequisite: BIOL 209. Offered in the Fall semester. BIOL 312 Cell-Cell Interaction (3) Detailed study of the mechanisms and implications of intercellular interaction and communication in multicellular organisms. Emphasis on the role of the cell surface in signaling, the physiology and Biochemistry of hormonal and neuronal signaling, and the nature and importance of intercellular communication in developing organisms. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: BIOL 209. BIOL 325 Seminar: Scientific Literature (2) Introduction to the general principles of scientific research and to the literature that documents its development. Includes basic research methodology, training in the use and interpretation of information- dissemination sources, including machine-readable bibliographic databases, and the analysis of selected primary research papers. Two hours of lecture. Prerequisite: completion of all 200 level required coursework in major or permission of school. Offered in the Fall semester.

84 Holy Family University BIOL 326 Seminar: Inorganic, Organic, and Cultural Evolution (2) Study of evolutionary processes. Traces the evolution of the universe, as well as organic evolution, culminating with the evolution of man, both at the biological and cultural levels. Particular emphasis on the history of scientific thought. Two hours of lecture. Prerequisite: BIOL 325 or permission of school. Offered in the Spring semester. BIOL 330 General Immunology (3) A comprehensive examination of the evolution, structure, and function of the immune system. Emphasis on immunogenetics and histology, humoral, and cell-mediated response mechanisms, and regulatory interactions. Selected examples of the beneficial and pathological consequences of the immune response considered. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: BIOL 209. Offered in the Spring semester, odd years. BIOL 331 Botany, the Biosphere, and Ecosystems (3) Introduction to plant biology and ecology. Basic plant morphology, physiology, reproduction, taxonomy, and evolution. Principles of ecology with an emphasis on ecological modeling and problem-solving. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: BIOL 121 or equivalent. Offered in the Fall semester even years. BIOL 407 Molecular Genetics (3) Examination of the biochemical basis for heredity. Emphasis on conceptual and experimental approaches that have been influential in shaping current views of the structure and function of the gene. Topics include the molecular aspects of nucleic acid replication, transcription, translation, regulation of gene expression, recombination, DNA repair, and RNA processing. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: BIOL 304. Offered in the Spring semester. BIOL 408, 408L Cell and Molecular Techniques (3) Explores the theoretical background for techniques commonly employed in cell and molecular research. Practical experience in cell culture, cellular immunology, cell fractionation, genetic analysis, and recombinant DNA techniques. Two hours of lecture and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: BIOL 210, 210L. Pre or corequisite: BIOL 407. Offered in the Spring semester, even years. BIOL 411 Microtechniques (4) Study of the correlation between structure and function of the various plant and animal tissues, organ systems, and individual cells within these systems. Theory and practice of histotechnology, standard and specialized techniques in microscopic tissue preparation and study. Two hours of lecture and two 2-hour labs. Prerequisites: BIOL 207, 207L, 208, and 208L. Offered in the Fall semester, odd years.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 85 BIOL 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II (3, 3) Principal concepts of the chemistry of cellular constituents. Structure and function of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Special emphasis on regulation of intermediary metabolism. Prerequisites for BIOL 415: CHEM 207 and 208. Prerequisite for BIOL 416: BIOL 415. See CHEM 415, 416. BIOL 427, 428 Research/Internship (2-4, 2-4) Research under direction of a faculty advisor or as an intern in an off-campus research institution under supervision. May include preliminary literature survey, experimentation, and frequent discussions with advisor or supervisor. Final written report and poster presentation required. Prerequisite: CHEM 208, BIOL 210. Pre or corequisite: BIOL 325.

86 Holy Family University Business Administration Objectives • To develop highly competent business professionals who combine specialized skills with the broad perspective of worldwide events and historical trends • To integrate the study of business administration with current economics, business/employment law, and quantitative techniques • To prepare students for leadership positions through professional competency in the field of business administration.

Minor in Actuarial Science: see page 235 under minors

Course Offerings BUSA 100 Introduction to Business (3) This course provides an overview of the foundation of American business. The interrelationships between business and government, management and employees, and the organization and society are examined. Topics include economic systems, factors of production and key business functions of Management, Marketing, Finance, Accounting, and Information Systems. BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I (3) Quantitative methods for students of Accounting, Management-Marketing, Computer Management Information Systems, Economics, and other business related fields. Includes fundamentals of algebra, linear equations, functions and graphs, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, linear systems, and matrix theory. Applications oriented toward business problems. Prerequisite: completion of high school Algebra II or MATH 107, or permission of school Dean. BUSA 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II (3) Continuation of BUSA 101. Includes differential calculus, applications of the derivative, integral calculus, and multivariate calculus. Also covers selected topics in probability, regression, and statistics as well as linear programming techniques. Prerequisite: completion of BUSA 101 or MATH 211 or MATH 150 or its equivalent with a minimum grade of C or better. BUSA 302 Financial Management for the Consumer (3) How to get the most for your money through the use of business techniques considering both quality and cost. How to pay the least through the wise use of consumer credit. Particular emphasis on the clarification of one’s individual goals and the design of a financial plan to achieve them.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 87 BUSA 303 Money and Banking (Monetary Theory) (3) Study of the monetary and financial systems of the U.S. economy with emphasis on recent developments in monetary theory and the importance of the American financial system in international economics. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 103. May be offered only in alternate years. See ECON 303. BUSA 311 Principles of Finance (3) Survey of the field of finance with emphasis on current problems and basic principles. Emphasis on flow of funds, financial ratio analysis, valuation of securities, break-even analysis and leverage, capital budgeting, management of working capital, and current and fixed assets. Prerequisites: ECON 201, ECON 202, ACCT 206, and BUSA 102. BUSA 320 Business Law I (3) Introduction to the nature and background of the American legal system; emphasis on contracts, property, forms of business organizations, sales, agent/principal law, torts, and white-collar crime. BUSA 402 Labor and Employment Law (3) Study of the regulation of business by the government, applying the various laws that affect labor and employment relations, including: National Labor Relations Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA), Fair Labor Standards Act, and other recent pieces of legislation applied to cases. BUSA 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy (3) Study of business problems and their solutions, policy and strategy formulation, organizational implementation and evaluation, relationships between managers’ decisions and organizational performance. A capstone course that integrates the understanding and application of knowledge gained from prior study of the various functional subspecialties in business disciplines. Course includes case methodology and a comprehensive research project which serves as the comprehensive examination in Business Administration. Limited to senior students majoring in Business Administration and business-related disciplines who have received their advisor’s permission to enroll.

88 Holy Family University Chemistry Objectives • To give the student an appreciation and a broad view of chemistry as part of a Liberal Arts Education • To provide the concentrator with a better understanding of the interrelation of chemistry with mathematics, physics, and Biology, thus opening more opportunities for personal growth and satisfaction • To prepare the concentrator for graduate or medical schools; for entry-level positions in industrial, governmental, and clinical laboratories; and for teacher certification in chemistry on the secondary level • To provide concentrators in Biology, Medical Technology, and Nursing with the chemistry background necessary for successful completion of their programs. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration+ CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I, II ...... 4, 4 203 Analytical Chemistry...... 4 207, 208 Organic Chemistry I, II...... 4, 4 301, 302 Physical Chemistry I, II...... 4, 4 305 Organic Structure Analysis ...... 4 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry...... 4 325 Junior Seminar: Chemical Literature....2 401 Instrumental Analysis ...... 4 426 Senior Research Seminar ...... 2, 2 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 MATH 211, 212, 213 Calculus I, II, III ...... 4, 4, 4 PHYS 201, 202 General Physics I, II ...... 4, 4 Recommended CHEM 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II ....3, 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • Continuation in the major requires a GPA of 2.5 in all completed science courses • At least nine credits of 300/400-level concentration coursework must be completed within the school to meet degree requirements. • Grades in a chemistry course of less than C will not count toward the minor.

89 Undergraduate Programs 2006-2007 Because all chemistry courses either require a laboratory or are four credit courses, this minor requires a commitment of 22 credit hours. Only six transfer credits will be accepted for the minor. Requirements: (11 credits) GSCI 106 Chemistry and the Environment ...... 3 CHEM 120/120L Chemistry Principles I ...... 4 CHEM 121, 121L Chemistry Principles II ...... 4 3 courses from any of the following:* CHEM 203, 203L Analytical Chemistry ...... 4 CHEM 207, 207L Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 CHEM 208, 208L Organic Chemistry II...... 4 CHEM 301, 301L Physical Chemistry I ...... 4 CHEM 302, 302L Physical Chemistry II ...... 4 CHEM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ...... 4 CHEM 401, 401L Instrumental Analysis ...... 4 CHEM 415 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I ...... 3 CHEM 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry II ...... 3 *Some of these courses have prerequisites. Please consult course descriptions.

Minor in Chemistry: see page 238 under minors

Course Offerings CHEM 120, 120L; 121, 121L Chemistry Principles I, II (4, 4) Fundamental concepts of inorganic chemistry for Chemistry, Biology, and Medical Technology concentrators. Includes: atomic structure, chemical bonding, stoichiometry, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, and acid-base theory. Lab includes basic chemistry techniques and experiments illustrating fundamental concepts. Three hours of lecture and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisites for CHEM 120, 120L: appropriate preparatory course or MATH 150. Prerequisite for CHEM 121, 121L: CHEM 120, 120L. CHEM 203, 203L Analytical Chemistry (4) Principles, theories, and techniques of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis. Other methods considered. Three hours of lecture, one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: CHEM 121 or equivalent. CHEM 207, 207L; 208, 208L Organic Chemistry I, II (4, 4) Fundamental principles including the relationship between the structure and reactivity of organic compounds. Basic lab techniques investigate selected organic reactions. Three hours of lecture and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisites for CHEM 207, 207L: CHEM 120, 120L, 121, 121L. Prerequisite for CHEM 208, 208L: CHEM 207, 207L.

90 Holy Family University CHEM 301, 301L; 302, 302L Physical Chemistry I, II (4, 4) Study of the states and structure of matter, thermodynamics, electrochemistry, statistical mechanics, kinetics, and quantum mechanics. Three hours of lecture, one three-hour lab. Prerequisites for CHEM 301, 301L: MATH 212 and CHEM 121 or equivalents. PHYS 202 recommended. Prerequisites for CHEM 302, 302L: CHEM 301, 301L. CHEM 305 Organic Structure Analysis (4) Study of some physical methods of organic structure determination, including nuclear magnetic resonance, infrared, ultraviolet-visible, and mass spectrometry. Four hours of lecture. Prerequisites: CHEM 208, 208L or equivalent. CHEM 307 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) Selected topics in inorganic chemistry including chemical bonding, molecular structure, coordination chemistry, acid-base theories, solid state chemistry, descriptive chemistry, and organometallic compounds. Four hours of lecture. Prerequisite: CHEM 121. CHEM 325 Junior Seminar: Chemical Literature (2) Introduction to the general principles of scientific research and to the literature that documents its development. Includes basic research methodology, review of available chemical sources, including machine-readable bibliographic databases, and the analysis of selected primary research papers. Two hours of lecture. Prerequisite: completion of all 200 level required coursework in major or permission of the school Dean. CHEM 401, 401L Instrumental Analysis (4) Instrumentation used in a chemical laboratory, including gas chromatography, mass spectroscopy, UV, Vis, IR spectroscopy, NMR, etc. Selected instruments used in the laboratory. Three hours of lecture and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: CHEM 203. CHEM 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II (3, 3) Principal concepts of the chemistry of cellular constituents. Structure and function of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Special emphasis on regulation of intermediary metabolism. Prerequisites for CHEM 415: CHEM 207 and 208. Prerequisite for CHEM 416: CHEM 415. See BIOL 415, 416. CHEM 425, 426 Senior Research Seminar (2-4, 2-4) Research under direction of a faculty advisor or as intern in an off-campus research laboratory under supervision. May include preliminary literature survey, experimentation, frequent discussions with advisor or supervisor. Final written report and poster presentation required. Prerequisites: CHEM 203, 208. Pre or corequisite: CHEM 325.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 91 Communications Objectives To provide an academic program that imparts and creates knowledge among students and fosters development of key skills in communications. • To cultivate logical thinking and to aid students in developing the ability to analyze and interrelate concepts; to foster recognition, appreciation, and accomplishment of creative solutions • To acquaint students with various technologies used in communication fields • To develop a global perspective, educating students not only about the media in American culture, but also about the impact and power of media in the world community • To create a climate of ethical thinking and respect for diverse cultures and ideas • To develop in students, through their major courses and core courses, the sensitivity to respond to problems with solutions based on Judeo-Christian values. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits)...... 45 Major: Concentration Requirements (credits) ...... 21 Communication Track Requirements...... 27 Free electives ...... 27 Concentration All common concentration requirements must be taken in addition to core requirements. COMM 110 Introduction to Mass Media ...... 3 218 Desktop Publishing ...... 3 220 Communications and Culture ...... 3 226 Writing for the Media...... 3 256 Law and Ethics in Media ...... 3 425 Senior Seminar ...... 3 450 Cooperative Education ...... 3 Track Option Requirements (27 credits) Journalism Track COMM 230 Journalism ...... 3 233 Introduction to Broadcasting and Electronic Media...... 3 310 Journalism II: News and Feature Writing ...... 3 311 Magazine Writing ...... 3 314 Editing...... 3 415 Photojournalism ...... 3

92 Holy Family University Nine credits of electives in the following distribution: COMM or ENGL Elective (ENGL 309 or ENGL 410 recommended) ...... 3 Communications electives ...... 6 Track Option Requirements (27 credits) Public Relations Track ECON 103 Intro to Economics ...... 3 COMM 235 Public Relations...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 320 Video I ...... 3 335 Public Relations II...... 3 405 Principles of Advertising ...... 3 Nine credits of electives in the following distribution: COMM or ECON or MNMK elective (MNMK 406 recommended) ...... 3 COMM or THEA elective ...... 3 COMM elective ...... 3 Track Option Requirements (27 credits) Media Arts Track COMM 223 2 Dimensional Design ...... 3 233 Broadcasting and Electronic Media ...... 3 317 Computer Illustration ...... 3 320 Video I ...... 3 321 Digital Photography ...... 3 421 Video II...... 3 Nine credits of electives in the following distribution: COMM or ARTS elective ...... 3 COMM elective ...... 3 COMM or ENGL elective (ENGL-235 recommended) ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • 2.5 C+ average in all completed Communications courses.

Minor in Communications: see page 239 under minors

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 93 Course Offerings COMM 110 Introduction to Mass Media (3) An overview of contemporary mass media and an examination of factors that have shaped their development. An investigation of the process involved in the production, dissemination, reception, and impact of media messages. Offered Spring semester. COMM 218 Desktop Publishing (3) This course trains students to attain proficiency in the art of publication layout and design using the personal computer. Students take a hands-on approach using PageMaker and QuarkXPress software. Previous computer experience is helpful but not necessary. Lab fee required. COMM 220 Communications and Culture (3) Focus is on the impact of media on modern society. Students learn the various approaches to communications development and examine the history, function, and structure of major media industries and analyze and assess current media events and trends. COMM 223 Two Dimensional Design (3) Consideration of design, elements, and principles of organization through creative problems in line, color, and form. Study of the functions of design and use of images in visual communication. See ARTS 223. Lab fee required. COMM 225 Advertising Design (3) Covers the use of art and design as a selling tool in mass communications media. Includes magazine and newspaper ads, television and radio commercials, outdoor advertising, direct mail, the single ad, and the ad campaign. Emphasis on coordinating written and visual communication skills in directing persuasive advertising messages to a target audience. Creative design projects integrated into the lecture course. Prerequisite: COMM 218. Offered Spring semester. COMM 226 Writing for the Media (3) This course prepares the students to write finished copy for the various media such as public relations, advertising, broadcast, print, and online journalism. The course also includes composing public service announcements, news releases, commercials, and newsletters. COMM 230 Journalism I (3) This introductory course provides students with practical skills in news gathering, news values, and writing for print outlets. Students are required to conduct interviews, cover meetings, and report on events both on and off campus. Various types of reporting are included. The course includes legal and ethical discussions. Class conducted in the computer lab. Portfolio is part of course requirement.

94 Holy Family University COMM 233 Introduction to Broadcasting and Electronic Media (3) Overview of broadcasting and electronic media, primarily in the United States. Content is divided into several segments each dealing with a different aspect of the electronic media industry. Course makes use of videotapes, field trips, and guest speakers. COMM 235 Public Relations I (3) Study of the components of public relations: communications, publicity, marketing, community relations, media use. Preparation for a public relations career. COMM 256 Law and Ethics in Media (3) This course deals with issues of fairness and propriety in the various media. It examines the need for truthfulness and impartiality in reporting. It studies law articles and legal cases, writings of media critics, and writings of philosophers. See PHIL 256. Offered Spring semester. COMM 310 Journalism II: News and Feature Writing (3) This advanced journalism course on information gathering, researching, interviewing and reporting, emphasizes the art of feature writing. Students will craft stories that employ each of these tools and explore different ways that they can be communicated. Various genres of newspaper specialty writing will be pursued. Class conducted in computer lab. Portfolio is part of course requirement. Prerequisite: COMM 230 COMM 311 Magazine Writing (3) Focuses on the techniques of writing in-depth articles for mass circulation and for specialized magazines. The course aims to develop writing nonfiction articles for publication in consumer, trade, specialty, religious, and general-interest publications. COMM 312 Principles of Marketing (3) Analysis of marketing as a “total system” of business action. Topics include identification of the target market to management of the marketing mix: product, price, promotion, and distribution. Consumer motivation, marketing research, and advertising techniques are also considered. Prerequisite: ECON 103. ECON 202 is recommended but not required for Communications majors. (Course requirement for students matriculated in program prior to Summer Session I, 2007.) New requirement pending approval. COMM 314 Editing (3) This is a foundational course that focuses on editing skills with an emphasis on print and online media. Students learn to edit for fairness, accuracy and inclusiveness. Style, language, grammar, and conciseness are emphasized. The course explores editing as an art and science and trains students to see the editor’s role in considering ethics in the printed word and in photographs. Class conducted in computer lab. Portfolio is part of course requirement.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 95 COMM 316 Technical Writing (3) A course devoted to the development of advanced writing skills relevant to business and professional activities. Writing assignments emphasize practical techniques of organization, style, and the effective use of factual and statistical data in written presentations. COMM 317 Computer Illustration (3) Introductory concepts and applications of computer graphics and image manipulation using freehand drawings, scanned images, and digital photography. Basic technical principles using PhotoShop, Illustrator, and Paint programs. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: COMM 223. See ARTS 317. Offered Spring semester. COMM 320 Video I (3) This is a video course in fundamental pre-production, field production, and post-production skills. Designed around a series of exercises in composition, camera work, storyboarding, and digital editing, the course culminates in the making of a short video project. COMM 321 Digital Photography (3) This skills course provides a conceptual foundation and hands-on experience in Digital Photography. Overview of historic and artistic approaches, along with instruction in image acquisition, composition, image processing, and presentation. Students complete photographic assignments and present portfolios. COMM 322-334 Special Topics in Communications (3) Designed to offer an extensive study opportunity in an area of specialization not covered in great depth by existing courses. Special topics may be taken as elective courses where applicable. Offered as needed. COMM 335 Public Relations II (3) The Public Relations course takes the student to the next level, building on skills and techniques learned in the introductory course. Students prepare speeches, annual reports, and press releases, and learn to communicate with internal and external publics. Study of case problems in the field. Emphasis is on writing, the basic tool of Public Relations professionals. Prerequisite: COMM 235. COMM 360 Practicum/Seminar (3) Students augment classroom experiences with in-house assignments to the student newspaper, yearbook, radio station, and public relations department. Regular meetings with practicum instructor, periodic reports and a final paper relating to the student’s experience and integration with communications theory required. Prerequisite: Junior status.

96 Holy Family University COMM 405 Principles of Advertising (3) Theory and practice relating the purchase and use of advertising as part of the marketing mix. Emphasis on practical applications in message development and campaign management. This course also considers the various media in terms of effectiveness and cost. See MNMK 405. Prerequisite or corequisite: COMM 312. COMM 412 Investigative Reporting (3) This course emphasizes gathering and analyzing information for presentation. Projects focus on problems worthy of investigation, requiring that students gather information from legal or medical libraries, hospitals, sports organizations, police departments, and academic institutions. Students learn where to look for information, how to obtain it, and how to handle hostile or reluctant sources. For students interested in journalism and broadcasting. COMM 415 Photojournalism (3) This is an upper-division course that explores the basics of still photography that accompanies various types of writing for the use of mass communications. This course prepares students for work with newspapers, magazines, company publications, brochures, pamphlets, flyers, announcements, bulletins, circulars, folders, handouts, leaflets, and slide show presentations. COMM 421 Video II (3) Video II is a continuation and enhancement of the skills first mastered in Video I (COMM 320). Students produce technically and aesthetically proficient short documentary videos inclusive of concept, script development, camera work, directing, and editing. Prerequisite: COMM 320. Lab fee required. Offered Spring semester. COMM 425 Senior Seminar (3) A synthesis of theoretical knowledge and applied research skills in the student’s area of specialization in communications. Emphasis is placed on the preparation of a major written and oral presentation of original research. Open to fourth year students and selected third year students with permission of the school. Offered Fall semester. COMM 450 Cooperative Education I (3) Directed experiences in an off-campus, supervised work experience at a media organization. Regular meetings with campus supervisor, periodic reports, as well as a final paper relating the work experience to the student’s course work in communications are required. Prerequisite: Senior status. COMM 451 Cooperative Education II (3) Second semester of Cooperative Education. Prerequisite: COMM 450.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 97 Computer Management Information Systems Objectives Computer Management Information Systems (CMIS) is an interdisciplinary program, combining business administration and computer science, with the following objectives: • To prepare the student for the intellectual challenges of a technological society • To prepare the student professionally for a career in management information systems, computers, or business • To foster problem-solving and logical skills that can be applied to all academic and professional areas. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II...... 3 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 Concentration CMIS 101 Management Information Systems ...... 3 107 Structured Programming...... 3 407 Systems Analysis and Design ...... 3 408 Database Management ...... 3 415 Data Communications ...... 3 416 Computer Networks ...... 3 439 Senior Seminar ...... 3 MNMK 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 315 Operations Management...... 3

98 Holy Family University Programming Track CMIS 231 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming...... 3 232 Object-Oriented Programming II...... 3 305 Survey of Programming Languages ...... 3 331 Graphical User Interface Programming ...... 3 Elective ...... 3 MIS Track CMIS 210 Web Design and E-Commerce...... 3 321 Information Technology Hardware and Software...... 3 417 Project Management and Practice (Prerequisite CMIS 407; corequisite CMIS 408) ...... 3 418 Information Security ...... 3 Electives...... 6 CMIS Electives CMIS 108 Intermediate Programming ...... 3 210 Web Design ...... 3 350 or 351 Cooperative Education ...... 3 412 Operating Systems...... 3 418 Information Security ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Minor in Computer Management Information Systems: see page 239 under minors

Course Offerings CMIS 101 Management Information Systems (3) This course provides the CMIS student with a broad view of how computers and information are used in the business world. Topics include the use of hardware, software, systems, databases, and company ethics on a local, national, and international level. No prerequisite. CMIS 102 Introduction to Computers (3) This course is intended for those students with minimal familiarity with computers and application software. The objective of this course is to provide basic skills in word processing, spreadsheets, and presentation graphics. CMIS 103 Computer Applications (3) This course focuses on applications of word processing, spread sheets, and presentation graphics.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 99 CMIS 107 Structured Programming (3) This course examines the nature and structure of data types, computer programming languages, algorithms, and program design. While elements common to all languages will be discussed, hands-on experience in one or more languages, such as Suite, will be provided. CMIS 108 Intermediate Programming (3) A course in Visual Basic featuring business applications. This course will expose the student to the graphical user interface aspects of computer programming. May be taken by majors as a CMIS elective. Prerequisite: CMIS 107 or permission of the instructor. CMIS 210 Web Design and E-Commerce (3) A project-oriented class where students design, create, and maintain a website that uses active server pages integrated with data bases. At the successful completion of the course students will have samples to show prospective employers to demonstrate the quality of their work. Prerequisite: CMIS 102 or CMIS 103 or permission of the instructor. CMIS 231 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (3) The study of bottom-up programming using object-oriented techniques, creation of classes and objects. Prerequisite: CMIS 107 or permission of instructor. CMIS 232 Object-Oriented Programming II (3) A continuation of CMIS 231. Study of virtual functions, files, and streams, templates, and exceptions, with emphasis on the creation of derived classes from the standard template libraries. Prerequisite CMIS 231 or permission of instructor. CMIS 305 Survey of Programming Languages (3) A comparative study of popular programming languages. Topics include I/O techniques, user input, and data files. Prerequisites: CMIS 107 and CMIS 231 or permission of the instructor. CMIS 321 Information Technology Hardware and Software (3) This course provides the hardware/software technology background to enable systems development personnel to understand tradeoffs in computer architecture for effective use in a business environment. System architecture for single user, central, and networked computing systems; single and multi-user operating systems. Prerequisite: CMIS 101 or permission of the instructor. CMIS 331 Graphical User Interface Programming (3) This course is designed to teach graphical user interface (GUI) programming using languages such as Visual Basic and C# for Windows. Topics will include the Object Windows Library, adding menus to a program, user input, and boxes. Prerequisite: CMIS 232 or permission of the instructor.

100 Holy Family University CMIS 350, 351 Cooperative Education (2-4, 2-4) Offers the student the opportunity to put classroom theory into practice in paid or unpaid study-related positions under guidance and supervision of cooperating employers with approval of School of Business Administration faculty and Director of Cooperative Education. Prerequisites: Junior status, appropriate business coursework. CMIS 407 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Study of the systems development life cycle approach to solving corporate problems, with a primary focus on the entire cycle from work request to implementation of data-management procedures and maintenance of the system. Use of modern analysis tool provides hands-on experience. CMIS 408 Database Management (3) Examination of data structures, file organization, and logical design of large- scale database systems using relational and object-oriented models. Includes a hands-on database design experience. CMIS 412 Operating Systems (3) Study of computer operating environments and systems, including JCL, basic input/output formats, and disk structure. Detailed discussion of popular operating systems, such as Linux. Prerequisite: one programming course. CMIS 415 Data Communications (3) Discussion of up-to-date telecommunications using computers. Includes applications, terminals, local area, and wide area networks, communications services, and an understanding of the Internet. Also discusses carrier types, federal regulations and controls, and international data communication implications. CMIS 416 Computer Networks (3) The study of personal, local, area and wide area networks and their applications in current business practices. Includes hands-on study in wireless local area networks, discussion of the Internet and business applications of the World Wide Web. Prerequisite: CMIS 415 or permission of the instructor. CMIS 417 Project Management and Practice (3) This course covers the factors necessary for successful management of system development or enhancement projects. Both technical and behavioral aspects of project management are discussed. CMIS 418 Information Security (3) This course gives a comprehensive understanding of the issues of data integrity and security found in the corporate workplace. Topics to be discussed will include viruses, firewalls, and the protection of networked systems. Prerequisite: CMIS 415 or CMIS 416 or permission of instructor. CMIS 439 Senior Seminar (3) Analysis of topics and issues in the computer field, with emphasis on computer use in business decision-making. Discussions, papers, case studies, and research project.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 101 Criminal Justice Objectives • To prepare students for working in the various branches of the justice system, including law enforcement or police work; the courts or legal system; corrections, probation, and parole; and services to offenders, potential offenders, and their families • To acquaint students with various research methodologies in anticipation of possible graduate study in criminal justice or related fields • To enable students to deal with both the theoretical and pragmatic aspects of justice • To emphasize the interrelationships among the numerous agencies of the system • To consider the social concerns and issues related to the justice system and participants in the system. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration CRJU 101 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System..3 200 Nature of Crime and Delinquency ...... 3 210 Law Enforcement ...... 3 300 Corrections ...... 3 317 Criminal Law ...... 3 POLS 316 Constitutional Law ...... 3 or CRJU 318 The Court System and Court Procedures...... 3 323 Research Methods for Criminal Justice - a Comparative Analysis...... 3 350, 351 Internship...... 4-8 (minimum 4 credits total required) 403 Probation and Parole ...... 3 SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology ...... 3 203 Social Theory ...... 3 208 Social Deviance ...... 3 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences..3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3 SOCO 330 Contemporary Issues in the Social Sciences 3 or CRJU 427 Seminar: Issues in the Criminal Justice System ...... 3 SOCO 430 Senior Seminar in the Social Sciences...... 3 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3

102 Holy Family University Electives in CRJU (choose one of the following) CRUJ 202 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems ...... 3 212 Police and Community Relations ...... 3 217 Organized and Organizational Crime...... 3 219 Victimology ...... 3 299 Women and the Criminal Justice System ...... 3 308 Juveniles and the Law ...... 3 310 Introduction to Criminal Investigation ...... 3 405 Introduction to Criminalistics...... 3 CRJU 318 Court System and Court Procedures...... 3 or POLS 316 Constitutional Law ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Minor in Criminal Justice: see page 240 under minors

Minor in Pre-law: see page 246 under minors

Course Offerings CRJU 101 Introductions to the Criminal Justice System (3) Examination of the processing of criminal defendants from the point of entry into the Criminal Justice system to departure. Study of the functions and structure of agencies of the Criminal Justice system (police, courts, correctional facilities) and how they operate as a system. CRJU 200 Nature of Crime and Delinquency (3) In-depth study of the various explanatory theories of crime and delinquency. Critical evaluation of philosophical, sociological, psychological, and legal perspectives with a focus on the qualitative assessment of theory and its impact on public policy. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. CRJU 202 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems (3) This course provides students with a cross-cultural view of the central themes and issues of comparative research on Criminal Justice. Particular attention will be paid to the structure and ideology of the Criminal Justice systems of different countries in an attempt to understand how their response to crime is similar to and/or difference from that of the American system of Criminal Justice. Conceptual and methodological specific to comparative research on Criminal Justice will also be addressed. CRJU 210 Law Enforcement (3) Focuses on the system of processing criminal offenders. Study of the agencies involved, and the historical and philosophical background of criminal law enforcement. Prerequisite: CRJU 101 or equivalent.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 103 CRJU 212 Police and Community Relations (3) Understanding and resolving the problems and issues confronting police- community relations. Focus on the practical side of this vital service and definition of the “why” and “how to” of such decisive responsibilities as coping with crisis areas, civil disobedience, press relations, training, and social dilemmas. Prerequisite: CRJU 210. CRJU 217 Organized and Organizational Crimes (3) This course offers an introduction to organized and organizational crimes, from the origins of these unique types of crimes to their impact in the academic, religious, legal, and medical fields. The course focuses on corporate, occupational, governmental, and organized crimes while addressing the regulation and prosecution of these crimes, as well as the role that the state and federal judicial systems play in responding to them. CRJU 219 Victimology (3) This course offers an examination of the legal, procedural, sociological, psychological, and economic effects experienced by people who fall victim to crime. The course focuses on an analysis of the patterns, trends, and categories of crime victims. Students will critically assess victim-blaming arguments, such as victim provocation, facilitation, and precipitation, as well as the Criminal Justice system’s procedures, treatment, and resources for victims of crime. See SOCO 219. CRJU 222 Women in the Criminal Justice System This course offers an examination of the historic and contemporary treatment of women involved in the criminal justice system as offenders, victims of crime, and agents of social control working within criminal justice professions. Specific topics may include criminological theories of women’s crime, including prostitution and infanticide, women’s victimization in sexual offenses and domestic violence, and women’s experiences in policing, corrections, and the courts. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. CRJU 299 Special Topics (3) Courses on special topics or current issues not yet established as regular offerings. Content varies and several in the series may be taken for elective credit. CRJU 300 Corrections (3) Study of development and characteristics of the prison system and alternatives to confinement. Analysis of the social and psychological issues concerning detention, punitive philosophy, and rehabilitative treatment. Stresses major objectives of the correctional process, including the “community” concept. Prerequisite: CRJU 101.

104 Holy Family University CRJU 308 Juveniles and the Law (3) Introduction to juvenile delinquency, theoretical perspectives on causes of juvenile crime, treatment programs and their effectiveness, juvenile gangs, trends in juvenile crime, juvenile status offenses, and efforts to prevent juvenile crime. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. CRJU 310 Introduction to Criminal Investigation (3) Study of sources of information for crime solving, investigative techniques; review of scientific methods of obtaining and analyzing physical evidence. Prerequisite: CRJU 210. CRJU 317 Criminal Law (3) Study of state and federal criminal laws, their foundations and development, and the punishment attached to them. Understanding of the complexities of criminal law as it pertains to the present time. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. CRJU 318 The Court System and Court Procedure (3) Overall view of court processes, emphasizing the role of the courts in the Criminal Justice system. Study of the history and structure of the courts, procedures in court, and issues in the courts today. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. CRJU 323 Research Methods for Criminal Justice - A Comparative Analysis (3) A comparative analysis of the methodologies employed in a statistical study of contemporary Criminal Justice issues. An examination of Criminal Justice studies with emphasis on research, design, ethics, sampling and survey research, participant observation and case studies, and validity, reliability and triangulation methods of error identification. To expose the student to a selection of works that illustrates the methodological issues and techniques utilized in policy decision-making within Criminal Justice field. Prerequisites: SOCO 311; and SOCO 322. CRJU 350, 351 Internship (2-4, 2-4) – (minimum 4 credits total required) Internships are part of the academic program for students majoring in the social and behavioral sciences and are designed to provide professional experiences which blend theoretical and practical learning. Students must contact faculty internship instructor prior to registration. Prerequisites: Junior status and faculty approval. CRJU 351 Internship II (2-4, 2-4) Internship II is a continuation of the internship experience. Students must contact faculty internship instructor prior to registration. Prerequisite: CRJU 350. CRJU 403 Probation and Parole (3) History, structure, and function of probation and parole. Discussion of pre- release programs, community adjustment, supervised liberty, and responses to the therapeutic process. Emphasis on the form and processes of community corrections. Prerequisite: CRJU 101.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 105 CRJU 405 Introduction to Criminalistics (3) This course provides an introduction to the field of forensic science through the exploration of its applications to criminal investigations and clear explanations of the techniques, abilities, and limitations of the modern crime laboratory. CRJU 427 Seminar: Issues in the Criminal Justice System (3) Discussion of issues and controversies within the Criminal Justice system. Students make an in-depth study and presentation of a controversial issue in Criminal Justice and the law. Alternative to SOCO 330 for Criminal Justice concentrators. Prerequisite: nine credits in CRJU.

106 Holy Family University Economics This program is not currently accepting students into the major.

Course Offerings ECON 103 Introduction to Economics (3) Consideration of economic principles fundamental to an understanding of forces and factors behind production, distribution, and consumption in a market economy, including macro and micro issues. ECON 201 Economic Theory - Macro Theory (3) Study of the U.S. economy with emphasis on stabilization policies relating to employment theory, inflation, fiscal and monetary policies, and global economic concerns. ECON 202 Economic Theory - Micro (Price) Theory (3) Continuation of ECON 201. Emphasis on analysis of the market system, the theory of consumer behavior, economic problems of the business firm, and international trade and payments. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 103. ECON 303 Money and Banking (Monetary Theory) (3) Study of the monetary and financial systems of the U.S. economy with emphasis on recent developments in monetary theory, and the importance of the American financial system in international economics. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 103. May be offered only in alternate years. See BUSA 303. ECON 310 Economics of Sport (3) The application of economic analysis to the organization, behavior, and outcomes in the world of sport. Sport data are used to test and develop economic hypotheses, which may address broader issues such as income distribution, the theory of the firm, the nature of team production processes, industry structure, and various other topics. Prerequisites: ECON 103 or ECON 202, and MATH 130 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. See SPMM 310. ECON 421 International Economics (3) Basic concepts and analytical tools of international economics. Introduction to the theory of international exchange. Evolution of the international monetary system and the role of international institutions. Study of relations between developed and developing countries. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or 103. May be offered only in alternate years.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 107 Education The hallmark of professional educators prepared at Holy Family University will be the ability to replicate in their own classrooms the atmosphere modeled for them throughout their professional preparation program. All teacher certification programs support and strive to implement the University mission in their goals and objectives. Each program supports the overall mission as a part of a comprehensive four-year degree program with a Core Curriculum in the liberal arts and through professional preparation focusing on curricular, pedagogical, and professional issues in Education. To that end, developmental programs move the student through higher levels of understanding, proficiency, and integration. The programs reflect the belief that the child’s needs are best served by teachers who are lifelong learners, teachers who understand human development and who apply that knowledge in a constructivist approach to teaching. Objectives • Active learning in which students play a significant role in identifying, analyzing, and evaluating learning rather than merely receiving it • The formation of student and faculty groups whose function is to guide, support, and develop learning • The recognition of the social dimensions of learning and concept development and their relationship to the University mission. Primary among these is the teacher’s ethical responsibility to all others, whether as colleagues, students, professionals, or dignified human beings • The acceptance of responsibility for learning on the part of all students • The development of learning environments where both students and faculty can take risks and in which students can exercise elements of control and faculty can give up some of those same elements in an atmosphere of mutual respect • The ability of students to (and the expectation that they will) reflect on, monitor, and assess their own learning and take appropriate action when learning is inadequate to meet the demands of the profession. This ability presupposes that they have clear criteria for the assessment and monitoring of their own progress and that these criteria are congruent with those of the School of Education as a whole • The ability to think about programs in a critical and integrated fashion, drawing upon resources that cut across the liberal arts and professional content areas. Program Criteria Competencies for the program are specified in the course outlines for each course. These competencies are developed, reviewed, and updated on a regular basis based on the criteria listed below and the standards provided by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.

108 Holy Family University Holy Family University teacher certification candidates will be expected to demonstrate: 1. Initiative as an active learner • Comes prepared for class (readings and assignments) • Attends each class and arrives promptly • Sets goals for own learning • Is open to new ideas • Demonstrates willingness to take risks through involvement with children, colleagues, faculty, and supervisors • Participates actively in class discussions and group work • Demonstrates creative thinking • Displays ability to think critically and engage in problem-solving. 2. The ability to listen, speak, read, write, view, calculate, and compute at the university level • Demonstrates characteristics of an attentive and engaged listener • Communicates ideas fluently and accurately and uses standard English • Prepares appropriate written materials free from mechanical, logical, and organizational errors • Reads, views, analyzes, synthesizes, and interprets selected course materials • Demonstrates the ability to use mathematics appropriately. 3. Respect and care for all children • Demonstrates understanding of the cognitive, physical, social, emotional, language, and moral development of children • Sees relationship between human development theories and best practice in the classroom • Identifies differentiating characteristics of learners and the laws and policies affecting both teachers and students • Identifies basic components of culture and recognizes how students share and vary in these components based on cultural background • Creates inclusive learning environments that promote equal access to Education for all people regardless of culture, ability level, or educational needs. 4. Knowledge of content and content-related pedagogy • Engages in continuous learning to ensure current knowledge in the content areas

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 109 • Knows and teaches accurate content to students • Plans learning experiences that encourage students to integrate ideas from a variety of content areas • Selects and organizes content effectively according to prescribed standards • Adjusts pedagogy for specific content presentations. 5. Knowledge of constructivist pedagogy • Believes that the most valuable types of learning occur when people discover links among experiences, ideas, and concepts they already possess and the experiences, ideas, and concepts expressed by others • Understands the importance of a warm, safe, and respectful learning classroom community • Develops knowledge of democratic classroom management • Learns a variety of grouping and behavior management strategies • Acquires the ability to lead discussions • Develops questioning techniques that promote exploration of ideas • Identifies methods to assist students in thinking creatively • Develops knowledge of multiple teaching strategies to respond to student needs • Understands multiple approaches to learning • Acquires ability to develop meaningful learning experiences to engage all students • Develops knowledge of authentic assessment strategies (e.g., observation, portfolios, informal interviews, rubrics, tests) • Identifies methods to assist students in thinking critically • Acquires problem-solving methods. 6. Knowledge of technology • Evaluates and selects appropriate educational software to support instructional goals • Displays ability to use word processing, data base, and spreadsheet software • Demonstrates knowledge of uses of a database • Exhibits proficiency in use of e-mail and other communication tools • Demonstrates ability to use a variety of multimedia tools • Evaluates and appropriately uses Internet sites and other technological resources in support of instructional goals.

110 Holy Family University 7. Planning and preparation for constructivist instruction • Plans instruction based on students’ needs, interests, and abilities • Plans instruction that provides all students with the opportunity for involvement in constructing knowledge through hands-on, minds-on learning • Develops instruction based on instructional goals • Plans instruction in which students demonstrate creativity • Develops and uses appropriate materials and resources to promote student thinking • Prepares for flexible grouping strategies • Identifies management strategies based on democratic principles • Adapts instructional and management strategies based on student needs • Plans instruction in which students can demonstrate critical thinking and problem-solving Creates plans that integrate technology across content areas. 8. The ability to implement constructivist instruction • Demonstrates enthusiasm for the content, for teaching, and for learning • Implements instruction based on students’ needs, interests, and abilities • Creates safe, respectful, learning classroom community based on democratic principles • Provides for flexible strategies to achieve educational goals • Facilitates effective discussions that help students explore ideas related to educational goals • Uses effective questioning techniques that promote exploration of ideas • Demonstrates instructional creativity and promotes students’ creativity • Uses multiple teaching and management strategies in response to student needs • Engages all students in meaningful and challenging hands-on, minds-on learning experiences • Implements authentic assessment strategies • Integrates appropriate technology into instruction across content areas. 9. The ability to meet professional responsibilities • Exhibits thoughtful reflection regarding teaching and learning effectiveness

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 111 • Accepts and uses constructive input and/or reflections to modify instruction • Maintains accurate student records • Communicates effectively with families, colleagues, and supervisors • Respects confidentiality • Engages in effective collaboration with peers, faculty, and cooperating teachers • Demonstrates a sincere desire and the necessary commitment to become an effective classroom teacher • Demonstrates emotional maturity, cooperation, good judgment, promptness, dependability, initiative, effort, and self-reliance. Faculty Commitment to these Goals Faculty is dedicated to the principles of a constructivist classroom as outlined below: • Teacher and student questioning that promotes exploration of ideas rather than rote learning • Students who summarize their own learning whenever possible rather than listening to the summaries of others • Lecturing limited to those situations where it is most appropriate to the material and the learning context-discovery learning experiences • Flexible grouping in which students are grouped for a variety of purposes, not solely by ability • An emphasis upon the structure of ideas and the relationships that exist between and among ideas • Adjustments to instruction based on student need rather than programmatic considerations • Some opportunity for students to pursue their own interests and make their own choices. Our faculty pledge to model these goals for students and faculty will provide on- going assessment of these goals. The faculty will strive for continuous improvement of the Education program at Holy Family University. General Requirements All students who wish to enroll in the professional educator programs at Holy Family University are required to file an application and be formally admitted to the School of Education when they have met the requirements established by the Pennsylvania Department of Education (usually within the first 48 credits of their university coursework). At the time of application, the student should make an appointment with an Education advisor. Students who have not completed the necessary requirements for admission within the first 48 credits of their university

112 Holy Family University work may require an additional summer or semester of coursework. Students should also review with the advisor at the time of the first interview the program requirements listed in the School of Education Handbook (See also University website, Policy Manual VIII-D) Requirements for Entry into the Professional Educator Programs at Holy Family University: 1. Applicants to the professional educator program must have completed a minimum of 48 semester credit hours of university level coursework. 2. Applicants to the professional educator program must have attained passing scores on the following Praxis Pre-Professional Skills Tests to enroll in the junior level certification coursework: PPST: Reading (10710 or 5710) PPST: Writing (20720 or 5720) PPST: Mathematics (10730 or 5730) 3. Students admitted to the School of Education after September 1, 2003 must earn a GPA of at least 2.8 to enter the junior level certification program and a GPA of at least 3.0 to exit the State of Pennsylvania certification program. 4. Applicants to the professional educator program must have completed at least 6 semester credits in university level Mathematics, with a minimum grade of C and at least 6 semester credits in university-level English Composition and English Literature with a minimum grade of C. 5. Applicants to the professional educator program must present 2 recommendation forms that have been completed by faculty members from Holy Family University or recommendation letters from faculty members from another college or university that they have attended. Transfer Students All transfer students who wish to enroll in the professional educator programs at Holy Family University are required to file an application when they have met the necessary requirements established by the Pennsylvania Department of Education for admission to teacher Education. At the time of application, the student should make an appointment with an Education or Admissions advisor. Before being admitted to a professional educator program at Holy Family University, transfer applicants must: 1. Complete a minimum of 48 semester credit hours of university level coursework. 2. Achieve passing scores on the following Praxis Pre-Professional Skills Tests: PPST Reading (10710 or 5710) PPST Writing (20720 or 5720) PPST Mathematics (10730 or 5730)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 113 3. For students admitted to the School of Education after September 1, 2003, the GPA must be at least 2.8 for entrance and 3.0 for exit. 4. Have completed at least six semester credits in university level Mathematics, with a minimum grade of C and at least six semester credits in university level English Composition and English Literature with a minimum grade of C. 5. Present two recommendation forms that have been completed by faculty members from Holy Family University or recommendation letters from faculty members from another college or university that they have attended. 6. During the Freshman and Sophomore years students planning to enter the Elementary Education programs with certificates in Elementary Education, Special Education, and Early Childhood Education must complete satisfactorily these courses or their equivalents at other schools: PSYC 206 Childhood and Adolescent Development EDUN 105 Introduction to Teaching in a Diverse Society EDUN 202 Introduction to Curriculum, Planning, and Assessment EDUN 203 *Developmental Reading EDUN 204 *Reading Assessment and Instruction EDUN 210 Observation I EDUN 211 Observation II SPEN 202 Issues in Special Education These courses must be completed before or be taken concurrently with the Junior- level sequence of courses and field experiences (EDUN courses numbered 300 and above). *May be taken simultaneously with Junior-level courses. Transfer students should meet with an Education faculty advisor or an Admissions Advisor when they plan to enter the program.

Additional Pennsylvania Department of Education Praxis Test Requirements by Certification Area In addition to fulfilling the University requirements for graduation, Education students also must meet specific requirements for certification in Pennsylvania. These include attaining passing scores on the following series of Praxis tests as appropriate to your area of concentration: Fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge Test Code 0051 Taken prior to Student Teaching in Elementary Education, Early Childhood, Special Education, and K-12 art certification. Not required by secondary 7-12 certification areas but is required by K-12 certification areas, including Art Education majors. The fundamental Subjects: Content Knowledge Test #30051 consists of four parts: Mathematics, Citizenship, Science, and English Literature/Composition.

114 Holy Family University Specialty Area Tests for Holy Family University Teacher Certification Programs Elementary Education: Curriculum Instruction, and Assessment Test Code 10011 Taken prior to certification by all Elementary/Early Childhood, and Elementary/ Special Education majors prior to certification. Early Childhood Education Test Code 10020 Taken by all Early Childhood majors prior to certification. Art Content Knowledge Test Code 10133 Taken by all Art Education majors. Biology Content Knowledge Test Code 20235 Taken by all Secondary Education Biology majors. Chemistry: Content Knowledge Test Code 20245 Taken by all Secondary Education Chemistry majors. English Language, Literature, and Composition: Content Knowledge Test Code 10041 Taken by all English/Secondary Education majors. Mathematics: Content Knowledge (Graphing Calculator Required) Test Code 10061 Taken by all Secondary Education Mathematics majors. Social Studies: Content Knowledge Test Code 10081 Taken by all Secondary Education Social Studies majors. Citizenship Education: Citizenship Education Content Knowledge Test Code 10087 Taken by all Secondary Education Citizenship Education majors. Social Sciences: Social Sciences Content Test Code 10951 Taken by all Secondary Education Social Sciences majors. Special Education of Exceptional Students Core Principles: Content Knowledge Test Code 20353 Taken by all Special Education majors. Field Experience Requirements Field experience is required as a component of several beginning Education courses. Assignments are made in Sophomore-level Education classes requiring the student to participate in field experiences in each semester of the Sophomore year. During each semester of the Junior year all Education students must participate in a one credit practicum field experience. One day per week is spent in basic Education classrooms. Students are assigned and supervised by Education faculty.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 115 Professional Semester/Student Teaching Upon satisfactory completion of the Junior-level Education courses, students are expected to apply for placement as student teachers and enter the professional semester. Generally, Elementary Education students are placed for student teaching during the Fall semester, and all others are placed during the Spring semester. During the student teaching semester, students register for a 12 credit student teaching requirement and a three credit Senior seminar. As part of the 12 credit student teaching requirement, students meet with their university supervisors and attend the three credit Senior seminar. No other courses may be taken during this professional semester without special permission. See section on Secondary Education regarding requirements in student teaching for those seeking certification in grades 7-12. Application for Student Teaching Applications for student teaching should be submitted in the Spring semester of the Junior year, (February 15th) prior to the year of student teaching. Admission to student teaching requires that the student meet these requirements: • Be formally admitted into the School of Education • Attain and submit passing scores as determined by the Pennsylvania Department of Education for the PRAXIS PPST tests in reading, writing, and mathematics • Present evidence of having successfully completed the required field experiences as outlined in the School of Education Handbook • Obtain passing grades for both semesters of the Junior Practicum and satisfactory reports from both field placement supervisors • Demonstrate a disposition that is conducive to effective teaching; participation in support services provided by the Counseling Center or through the psychology staff may be required • Obtain a minimum grade of C in the basic university writing course (ENGL 101, 102), speech course (ENGL 115), and mathematics courses (MATH 121 and MATH 122 or higher), and a literature course • Obtain a minimum grade of C in all Education course requirements and have an overall GPA of 2.8 for students admitted after September 1, 2002 • Obtain a minimum grade of C for all courses in the area of concentration and submit satisfactory recommendations by the school that represents the applicant’s field of concentration. This applies to all Secondary Education majors • Submit current TB clearance, ACT 34 and child abuse clearance, FBI clearance, and finger printing as required by the Pennsylvania Department of Justice. The director of field placements and the certification specialist review applications for student teaching based on the above factors. Students are accepted and placed if they have met the above criteria. If students do not meet

116 Holy Family University the above criteria, remedial activities may be required or the student may be excluded from the student teaching semester. Intern Student Teaching For teachers currently employed in schools, the requirement for student teaching is arranged for by the School of Education in the teacher’s own classroom, as long as the teacher’s assignment is appropriate for the certificate sought. For example, a teacher must be employed in an Elementary grade classroom in order to be supervised for an Elementary certification. Intern teachers register for a six-credit internship and a three-credit Senior seminar. Intern teachers must be screened and present evidence of readiness for intern student teaching as previously described. Teacher Certification and Program Approval Upon completing one of the state-approved teacher Education programs, a student is eligible to apply for an Instructional I certificate to teach at the designated level in public schools in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Elementary certificate permits the holder to teach K-6, and the early childhood certificate permits instruction in nursery school, kindergarten, and grades 1-3. The certificate in Secondary Education is issued for teaching grades 7-12. Special Education teachers are qualified to teach students with disabilities how to understand, overcome, compensate for and/or adjust to their disability through the use of adaptive instructional strategies, instructional accommodations, individualized learning activities and specially designed services. In addition, these persons are qualified to instruct in specific subject areas if the curriculum they teach is adjusted to the needs and abilities of identified students with disabilities and is different in learning objectives, content and instructional times, instructional methods and materials, expected levels of achievement, or procedures for evaluation from those planned courses used to instruct regular Education students of comparable chronological age. When a student’s IEP prescribes regular Education planned instruction designed to satisfy the Secondary Education curriculum requirements, a person teaching that course must be appropriately certified in that subject area. Special Education certification is not appropriate in this instance. Conversely, when a student’s IEP prescribes special Education modified instruction, designed to satisfy the special Education needs of the student, then the person teaching the course must be appropriately certified in the Special Education area. Effective September 1, 1980, all persons who qualify for or who hold a valid Instructional I certificate shall have six service years to complete an additional 24 hours of post-baccalaureate credit in an accredited four-year college or university in order to receive the Level II certificate. Certificates will be converted to Level II status after a minimum of three years of satisfactory teaching experience in Pennsylvania, completion of an additional 24 post-baccalaureate degree credits, and demonstrated participation in an induction program provided the certificate holder satisfies the academic and experience requirements established for the Level II certification. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 117 Since certification requirements vary from state to state, it is the responsibility of the students to ascertain the requirements of the state in which they plan to teach and to consult with their faculty advisor early in their university career. Holders of a Pennsylvania teaching certificate may also qualify for certification in other states that are party to the Interstate Certification Compact. A listing of these states may be obtained from the School of Education, along with information concerning the specific procedures to be followed in order to become certified in a different state.

Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Certification Students who already possess a Bachelor’s degree and enroll in the University solely for the purpose of obtaining certification may do so provided that: • The applicant has met the same requirements for admission to the teacher certification program as all other students (see Education School Handbook) • A transcript of all grades from institutions previously attended is submitted for evaluation • The applicant agrees to undertake continuous registration for coursework until the requirements for the approved program have been met. Students must take a minimum of three courses at the University, in addition to student teaching • The applicant recognizes that completion of the approved program, not an accumulation of credit hours, is required for certification purposes. Failure to meet any one of these provisions may deny the individual the opportunity to achieve certification by this means. Appeal Procedure • If a student questions a decision made by a faculty member or by the Education Admissions Committee, the first level for appealing the decision is to the Dean of the School of Education • The final appeal is to the Vice President for Academic Affairs or designee. At each level, decisions will be rendered within 15 school days. Appeals will be addressed only when school is in session during the Fall and Spring semesters.

Secondary Education Program Certification The Secondary Teacher Education programs lead to certification to teach grades 7- 12 in Biology, English, Mathematics, Citizenship (History), Social Sciences (Psychology or Sociology), and History/Social Studies, to teach grades K-12 in Art. Program Coordination Coordination of the Secondary Education programs is the joint responsibility of the student’s Education faculty advisor and the faculty advisor associated with the academic area of concentration. Counseling regarding the teacher Education sequence of courses, experiences, and requirements is provided by the Education

118 Holy Family University faculty advisor. Faculty advisors for coursework in specific disciplines are assigned by the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences. Areas of concentration are: Art, Biology, Chemistry, English, History/ Citizenship, Mathematics, Social Science/Psychology, Social Science/Sociology, History/Social Studies. Requirements/Secondary Education To achieve Secondary Education teacher certification for Pennsylvania, Holy Family University students must complete 31 credits of undergraduate Education courses. The additional requirements for the certification areas are listed below and on the following pages. Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 General Undergraduate Teacher Education Course Requirements for Secondary Education PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development...... 3 EDUC 205 Teaching Reading in the Content Area EDUN 201 Educational Psychology ...... 3 202* Introduction to Curriculum, Planning, and Instruction ...... 3 315*, 316* Practicum I and II (Field Experience/ Mentorship) ...... 1, 1 320 Classroom Management...... 3 331 General Secondary Education Methods and Technology...... 3 332* Secondary Education Curriculum in the Content Area...... 3 412* Student Teaching ...... 6 414 Senior Seminar ...... 3 SPEN 202* Issues in Special Education ...... 3 MATH 121 Contemporary Mathematics ...... 3-4 122 Math for Education Majors ...... 3-4 (higher level Mathematics substitution possible) Literature Elective (American and/or British Literature content required) ...... 3 *These courses require field experience.

Certification Requirements BA with Certification Candidacy: Courses required for teacher certification for each subject area are listed below. Bachelor’s degree candidates must meet all of the University’s requirements for graduation as established for the Secondary Education discipline concentrations.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 119 Art Education* (K-12 Certification) Core Curriculum: BA Requirements...... 45 credits Studio Arts ARTS 102 Art Appreciation ...... 3 ARTS 213 Art History I ...... 3 ARTS 214 Art History II ...... 3 ARTS 217 Sculpture I...... 3 ARTS 223 Two-Dimensional Design...... 3 ARTS 224 Three-Dimensional Design...... 3 ARTS 225 Drawing and Composition ...... 3 ARTS 226 Drawing from the Model ...... 3 ARTS 310 Elementary Art Education...... 3 ARTS 311 Art in the Secondary School ...... 3 ARTS 319 Painting I...... 3 ARTS 325 Seminar in Art History ...... 3 ARTS 327 Advanced Studio III...... 3 ARTS 427 Research Seminar ...... 3 ARTS 428 Independent Project ...... 3 Art Electives ...... 12 Art electives (must include ARTS 323 Printmaking, ARTS 321 Ceramics, and a second level studio course) PHIL 303 Philosophy of Art ...... 3 SPEN 202 Introduction to Special Education ...... 3 Other Requirements • Senior Exhibition • Art History Comprehensive Examination • Portfolio Review. Biology BIOL 120*, 121* Biological Principles I, II (with lab) ...... 4, 4 207, 208 Anatomy and Physiology I, II (with lab)....4, 4 209 Cell Biology...... 3 210 Introduction to Scientific Techniques ...... 3 304 Principles of Genetics ...... 3 325 Seminar: Scientific Literature ...... 2 326 Seminar: Inorganic, Organic, and Cultural Evolution...... 2 331 Botany, the Biosphere and Ecosystems ...... 3 407 Molecular Genetics ...... 3 BIOL Elective at the 300/400 level ...... 3-6 CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I, II (with lab) ...... 4, 4 207, 208 Organic Chemistry I, II (with lab) ...... 4, 4 MATH 211 Calculus I ...... 4 212 Calculus II or 130 Elementary Statistics ...... 4/3 PHYS 201, 202 General Physics I, II (with lab) ...... 4, 4

120 Holy Family University At least 9 credits in 200/300-level Biology coursework must be completed at Holy Family to meet degree requirements. *May be taken as part of the core requirements. History/Citizenship Education ANTH 101 Cultural Anthropology ...... 3 GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E...... 3 109 Global History 500-1700 ...... 3 203 American History to 1820 ...... 3 204 American History, 1820-1920...... 3 205 U.S. History Since 1920 ...... 3 208 Global History 1700-Present ...... 3 315 ...... 3 351 History Seminar I ...... 3 405 Contemporary Society...... 3 451 History Seminar II ...... 3 History Electives (must include non-Western History course) ...... 6 POLS 103 Introductory Politics ...... 3 204 American National Government...... 3 316 Constitutional Law ...... 3 SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology ...... 3 212 Race, Class, Gender: Diversity andInequality ...... 3 ECON 103 Introduction to Economics ...... 3 English ENGL 201*, 202 World Literature I, II ...... 3, 3 203, 204 American Literature I, II...... 3, 3 205, 206 British Literature I, II ...... 3, 3 309 Creative Writing ...... 3 327 Junior Seminar: Literature...... 3 400 The English Language ...... 3 410 Advanced Writing Workshop ...... 3 425 Senior Seminar: Literature ...... 3 COMM 220 Communications and Culture ...... 3 Plus nine credits in English courses as electives...... 9 At least nine credits in upper-division English courses must be completed at Holy Family to meet degree requirements. *May be taken as part of the core requirements. Mathematics CMIS 107 Structured Programming...... 3 MATH 211*, 212, 213 Calculus I, II, III ...... 4, 4, 4 220 Linear Algebra with Applications ...... 4 221 Ordinary Differential Equations ...... 4

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 121 250 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 303 Modern Geometry ...... 3 308 Probability ...... 3 316 Modern Algebra I ...... 3 327 Junior Seminar - History of Mathematics ....3 403 Advanced Calculus ...... 3 430 Senior Seminar ...... 3 MATH Electives at the 300/400 level ...... 3 PHIL 202 Logic ...... 3 PHYS 201, 202 General Physics I, II (with lab) ...... 4, 4 At least nine credits in 200/300 level Mathematics coursework must be completed at Holy Family to meet degree requirements. *May be taken as part of the core requirements. Social Sciences Social Sciences certification is acquired through majoring in one of two areas: Psychology or Sociology. Common Concentration Requirements* ANTH 101 Cultural Anthropology ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E...... 3 109 Global History 500-1700 ...... 3 203 American History to 1820 ...... 3 204 American History, 1820-1920...... 3 GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 POLS 103 Introductory Politics ...... 3 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology ...... 3 201 Social Problems ...... 3 PSYC/SOCO 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences..3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3 343 Social Psychology ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. Psychology Discipline PSYC 431 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psychology...... 3 433 Advanced Research in Psychology ...... 3 Focused Study 1* ...... 3 Focused Study 2* ...... 3 Focused Study 3* ...... 3 Focused Study 4* ...... 3

122 Holy Family University Two courses from the following: PSYC 305 Physiological Psychology...... 3 331 Sensation and Perception ...... 3 332 Cognitive Processes ...... 3 333 Learning ...... 3 *May be chosen from the Psychology Group I or II electives not previously taken or from additional PSYC electives. Sociology Discipline SOCO 206 Marriage and the Family ...... 3 430 Senior Seminar in the Social Sciences...... 3 435 Empirical Research ...... 3 350/or Elective Internship/elective* ...... 3 351/or Elective Internship/elective* ...... 3 Focused Study 1: SOCO 212 Race, Class, and Gender: Diversity and Inequality...... 3 Focused Study 2: SOCO 203 Social Theory ...... 3 Focused Study 3: SOCO 330 Contemporary Issues in the Social Sciences...... 3 *Consult school adviser about choice of electives. Social Studies - History ANTH 101 Cultural Anthropology ...... 3 ECON 103 Introduction to Economics ...... 3 GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E...... 3 109 Global History 500-1700 ...... 3 203 American History to 1820 ...... 3 204 American History, 1820-1920...... 3 205 U.S. History Since 1920 ...... 3 208 Global History 1700-Present ...... 3 315 History of Pennsylvania...... 3 351 History Seminar I ...... 3 405 Contemporary Society...... 3 451 History Seminar II ...... 3 HIST* Elective #1...... 3 HIST* Elective #2...... 3 * One elective must be a non-Western history course POLS 103 Introductory Politics ...... 3 POLS 204 American National Government...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 123 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3 PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology ...... 3 SOCO 212 Race, Class, Gender: Diversity and Inequality3 Elementary Education Certification Elementary/Early Childhood Education Certification Elementary/Special Education Certification The courses listed below for the Elementary Education Certificate are required for all three programs. Students who wish to attain an additional certification in Early Childhood or Special Education must take special courses required for those programs listed under those areas of certification. Students may select a program leading to certification in Elementary Education or Early Childhood and Elementary Education or Special Education and Elementary Education. Detailed requirements for the certification programs are listed in the School of Education Handbook, Policy Manual, Volume VIII-D. Upon application to the certification programs, students should request an appointment with their assigned faculty advisor and receive a copy of the handbook. Program Certification The teacher Education program in Elementary Education prepares students to teach K-6 in Pennsylvania schools. The teacher Education program in Early Childhood Education allows the certificate holder to teach young children in nursery school, kindergarten, and grades 1-3. The teacher certification in Special Education permits the certificate holder to teach children with disabilities in grades N-12. Special Education teachers may teach special classes for children who have disabilities or they may teach in regular elementary class settings aiding children with disabilities who have been included in regular classes. Additional content certifications are required for Special Education teachers who teach content areas such as science, mathematics, English, or social studies in grades 7-12. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration-certification requirements for Elementary Education certification (also required for Early Childhood and Special Education programs). Note: course sequence and prerequisite requirements for courses listed along with the course descriptions. GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 EDUN 105 Intro to Teaching in a Diverse Society ...... 3 201 Educational Psychology...... 3

124 Holy Family University 202* Intro to Curriculum, Planning, and Assessment ...... 3 203* Developmental Reading ...... 3 204* Reading Assessment and Instruction ...... 3 210* Observation I ...... 1 211* Observation II ...... 1 315* Practicum I (Field Experience/Mentorship) ..1 316* Practicum II (Field Experience/Mentorship) 1 320 Classroom Management ...... 3 321 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Social Science Instruction ...... 3 322 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Mathematics Instruction ...... 3 323 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Science Instruction...... 3 324 Language Arts and Technology...... 3 402 Student Teaching-ELED ...... 12 404 Senior Seminar ...... 3 SPEN 202* Issues in Special Education ...... 3 MATH 121 Contemporary Mathematics ...... 3 122 Mathematics for Education Majors ...... 3 Literature Elective (American or British Literature content) ...... 3 U.S. History Elective...... 3 ECON 103 Introduction to Economics ...... 3 Some teacher certification requirements are met by taking core courses and electives recommended by the School of Education. The School of Education Handbook, Policy Manual, Volume VIII-D lists all of the specific core and elective courses, both required and recommended, for teacher certification students. Concentration Requirements for Early Childhood Certification EACN 202 Introduction to Early Childhood Education..3 301 Infant/Toddler Curriculum ...... 3 302 Preschool Curriculum ...... 3 401 Inclusion in Early Childhood ...... 3 402* Student Teaching-ELED/EACN ...... 12 Concentration Requirements for Special Education Certification SPEN 202* Issues in Special Education ...... 3 301 Assessment, Evaluation, and Instruction I ....3 302 Assessment, Evaluation, and Instruction II ..3 401 Teaching People with Severe and Profound Disabilities ...... 3 402 Management Strategies for Special Educators ...... 3 403* Student Teaching-ELED/SPED ...... 12 * These courses require field experience

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 125 Course Offerings: Secondary Education EDUC 205 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) This course is designed to help pre-service and practicing teachers understand the reading process and its application to teaching in the content areas. A theoretical base will be formulated from which congruent classroom instruction can emerge. A variety of instructional techniques and strategies will be learned in order for all students to have a strong repertoire for creating effective instruction for all children, including those mainstreamed with special needs. The course will include instruction in planning and implementing lessons, selecting and modifying instructional materials, and assessing need and achievement. Emphasis will be placed upon the development of effective study habits in the content areas. EDUN 201 Educational Psychology (3) Course provides the foundation on which to build knowledge of learners, learning and teaching, in an effort to understand and to improve the teaching and learning process. Encompasses theories and principles related to learning and motivation, child and adolescent development, individual and group differences as well as assessment, and more specifically how such topics relate to teaching. Instructional activities focus on principles of effective teaching and learning based upon current research. Introductory level course integrates technology and provides the framework on which to build further educational coursework. Prerequisite: PSYC 206. EDUN 202 Introduction to Curriculum, Planning, and Assessment (3) Required for all undergraduate students seeking certification in Secondary Education. A comprehensive overview of strategies in planning and assessing instruction for all learners. Emphasis placed on recognizing challenges presented by students with special needs and the educational implications of planning for differences in race, gender, religion, culture, sexual orientation, SES, and student with disabilities. Introduction to formal lesson and unit planning and investigate methods of student assessment related to instruction, curriculum, and standards. Prerequisite: EDUN 201. EDUN 315 Practicum I (Field Experience/Mentorship) (K-3) (1) or (7-8) (1) Supervised field experiences at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities integrated with campus coursework and assignments; clinical experience through selected tutorial and assisting activities and through initial teaching and managing responsibilities. Prerequisite: EDUN 204 or EDUC 205.

126 Holy Family University EDUN 316 Practicum II (Field Experience/Mentorship) (4-6) (1) or (9-12) (1) Continuation of supervised field experiences at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities are integrated with campus coursework and assignments; clinical experience through selected tutorial and assisting activities and through initial teaching and managing responsibilities. Prerequisites: 204 or EDUC 205. EDUN 320 Classroom Management (3) Assist pre-service teachers in the examination of models for effective classroom management based on several theoretical approaches. Field practicum experience provides students with practical experiences and approaches for dealing with classroom organization and management. Emphasis placed on students’ analyses of classroom management issues. Develops an awareness of instructional activities in a classroom with a library/Internet research-based assignment. Course provides a background in current research and theory on which each student will begin to develop his/her personal philosophy for classroom management. Case studies inclusive of diverse student populations that encompass a broad range of personal needs and interests will enhance students’ critical reflection in their analysis and discussion of possible causes of identified classroom problems. Written analysis of a dilemma-based case study demonstrates students’ development of important problem-solving and decision- making skills. Prerequisites: (EDUN 325) is part of the Junior Block of methods courses. To be eligible for this course, students should have applied to the Holy Family School of Education and received admission or a one-semester waiver. EDUN 331 General Secondary Methods and Technology (3) This course is designed to prepare prospective teachers in the art and science of teaching in the secondary school. The course will focus on the following areas: planning, lesson design, classroom management, motivation, learning styles, teaching/thinking models, teaching techniques, differentiated instructions, and evaluation. In addition, the use of technology as a learning/presentation tool will be an integral part of activities and assignments. Students will develop and present a website and a technology-based lesson designed to support their specific content areas. In a laboratory setting, students will participate in discussions and provide feedback for their peers. EDUN 332 Secondary Education Curriculum in the Content Area (3) This course is designed to use the skills acquired in EDUN 331 and incorporate them into the development of technology-based lessons and units in students’ specific content areas. The course will concentrate on the following: the creation of a portfolio, a virtual field trip, the evaluation and selection of appropriate internet materials and sites, the review of local and national standards, and the continuing development of the student’s website which was originated in EDUN 331. Students utilize various teaching methods and assessment tools including peer review.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 127 EDUN 412 Student Teaching – SEC ED (6) Student teaching in tandem with Senior Seminar provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply theoretical constructs of the teaching- learning process, full-time for an entire semester. Collaborative experience with the student teacher receiving support from both cooperating teachers and a university supervisor. Successful completion of student teaching required for teacher certification. (Student must have completed all Education requirements before enrolling in this course.) EDUN 414 Senior Seminar – SEC ED (3) The purpose of the Senior Seminar in Education is to address critical issues in Education, deal with job related topics, and define the nature of professional experience. The course will include a series of speakers addressing critical issues related to teaching typical and special needs children of all ages. All student teachers must enroll for this course at the time they enroll for EDUN 412.

Course Offerings: Elementary Education EDUN 105 Introduction to Teaching in a Diverse Society (3) Provides students who are considering a career in Education with the information they need to make an informed decision. Students explore challenges in society and diversity in schools from historical and philosophical perspectives. Through active and interactive classroom experiences, students become knowledgeable about the role of the teacher in today’s classrooms. EDUN 201 Educational Psychology (3) Course provides the foundation on which to build knowledge of learners, learning and teaching, in an effort to understand and to improve the teaching and learning process. Encompasses theories and principles related to learning and motivation, child and adolescent development, individual and group differences as well as assessment, and more specifically how such topics relate to teaching. Instructional activities focus on principles of effective teaching and learning based upon current research. Introductory level course integrates technology and provides the framework on which to build further educational coursework. Prerequisite: PSYC 206. EDUN 202 Introduction to Curriculum, Planning, and Assessment (3) Required for all undergraduate students seeking certification in Elementary Education and/or dual majors (Special Education and/or Early Childhood). A comprehensive overview of strategies in planning and assessing instruction for all learners. Emphasis placed on recognizing challenges presented by students with special needs and the educational implications of planning for differences in race, gender, religion, culture, sexual orientation, SES, and student with disabilities. Introduction to formal lesson and unit planning and investigate

128 Holy Family University methods of student assessment related to instruction, curriculum, and standards. Assignments coordinate with the field-based observation lab. Observe on and reflect on instructional practices that meet the needs of all learners. Interaction with professionals in the field. Prerequisites: EDUN 105; EDUN 201. EDUN 203 Developmental Reading (3) A theory-based course where students are exposed to in-depth study of prevalent schools of thought in the field of reading instruction, K-6. Emphasis on an understanding of theory in order to evaluate major techniques for teaching reading such as the directed reading activity (DRTA) guided reading, shared book experiences, and the language experience approach (LEA). Application of these approaches across disciplines and with various materials. Technology is also integrated where appropriate. Field experience required. Offered Fall and Summer session I. Prerequisite: PSYC 206. EDUN 204 Reading Assessment and Instruction (3) Emphasizes the application of techniques acquired in previous coursework as well as the mastery of assessment theory in practice. Formal, informal, and portfolio assessment are covered in order to assist pre-service teachers in constructive evaluation. Methods and materials are examined and selected that are congruent with the findings of their assessment. Case studies and current experiences are integrated throughout the course. Field experience required. Offered Spring semester and Summer session II. Prerequisite: EDUN 203. EDUN 210 Observation I (1) Field experience at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities integrated with university coursework and assignments. EDUN 211 Observation II (1) Field experience at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities integrated with university coursework and assignments. EDUN 315 Practicum I (Field Experience/Mentorship) (K-3) (1) or (7-8) (1) Supervised field experiences at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities integrated with campus coursework and assignments; clinical experience through selected tutorial and assisting activities and through initial teaching and managing responsibilities. Prerequisite: EDUN 204 or EDUC 205. EDUN 316 Practicum II (Field Experience/Mentorship) (4-6) (1) or (9-12) (1) Continuation of supervised field experiences at selected school sites and varied grade levels; observation and analysis activities are integrated with campus coursework and assignments; clinical experience through selected tutorial and assisting activities and through initial teaching and managing responsibilities. Prerequisites: 204 or EDUC 205.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 129 EDUN 320 Classroom Management (3) Assist pre-service teachers in the examination of models for effective classroom management based on several theoretical approaches. Field practicum experience provides students with practical experiences and approaches for dealing with classroom organization and management. Emphasis placed on students’ analyses of classroom management issues. Develops an awareness of instructional activities in a classroom with a library/Internet research-based assignment. Course provides a background in current research and theory on which each student will begin to develop his/her personal philosophy for classroom management. Case studies inclusive of diverse student populations that encompass a broad range of personal needs and interests will enhance students’ critical reflection in their analysis and discussion of possible causes of identified classroom problems. Written analysis of a dilemma-based case study demonstrates students’ development of important problem-solving and decision-making skills. Prerequisites: (EDUN 325) is part of the Junior Block of methods courses. To be eligible for this course, students should have applied to the Holy Family School of Education and received admission or a one-semester waiver. EDUN 321 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Social Science Instruction (3) Develop in preservice teachers the knowledge, attitudes, and skill necessary for teachers of Elementary social studies. Designed to allow preservice teachers to experience elements of constructivist social studies learning and to develop skill in planning learning for children which utilizes the same elements. Elements of constructivist Education include: reflection; learner-centered instruction; collaborative learning; inquiry; problem-solving; and authentic assessment constructivist learning. Develop skills in planning for student learning which encourages full participation in a democratic and diverse society. Develop skills in planning, implementing, and assessing social studies teaching and learning. Field placements required. Prerequisites: (EDUN 321) is part of the Junior Block of methods courses. To be eligible for this course, students should have applied to the Holy Family School of Education and received admission or a one-semester waiver. EDUN 322 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Mathematics Instruction (3) A study of teaching techniques and materials used in contemporary Elementary mathematics programs. Focus on skills of inquiry and deductive reasoning through hands-on work with experiments and manipulatives. Content strands: Data and Chance; Geometry; Measurement and Reference Frames; Numeration; Operations and Computation; and Patterns, Functions, and Algebra. Themes: Algorithmic and Procedural Thinking; Estimation Skills and Number Sense; Mental Arithmetic Skills; Reasoning and Proof; Communication; Connections; and problem-solving. Study of issues related to

130 Holy Family University assessment, student diversity, and organizing for teaching mathematics in a K-6 setting. Integration with reading, language arts, social sciences, health, nutrition, and the visual and performing arts. Prerequisites: (EDUN 322) is part of the Junior Block of methods courses. To be eligible for this course, students should have applied to the Holy Family School of Education and received admission or a one-semester waiver. EDUN 323 A Student-Centered Approach to Elementary Science Instruction (3) Provides an overview of the curriculum reform affecting contemporary Elementary science Education. Goal: to prepare teachers for effective Elementary science instruction in the 21st century. Teachers become comfortable and confident in presenting content in an innovative manner through the use of Inquiry/Discovery strategies, so that students will be motivated by instruction that is relevant by hands-on/minds-on activities. EDUN 324 Language Arts and Technology (3) Presents an understanding of teaching the listening/speaking/reading/writing curriculum through an integrated approach. Covers a strong theoretical base and applies theory to practice to show how students acquire and develop language skills in grades K-6. Children’s literature and trade books examined and used as models for making the reading/writing connection. Emphasis on multicultural literacy. Elements of the writing process will be a central focus supported by instructional technologies. EDUN 402 Student Teaching – ELED (12) Student teaching in tandem with Senior Seminar provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply theoretical constructs of the teaching- learning process: full-time for entire semester. Collaborative experience with the student teacher receiving support from both cooperating teachers and a college supervisor. Successful completion of student teaching required for teacher certification. (Students must have completed all Education requirements before enrolling in this course.) EDUN 404 Senior Seminar (3) The purpose of the Senior Seminar in Education is to address critical issues in Education, deal with job related topics, and define the nature of the professional experience. The course will include a series of speakers addressing critical issues related to teaching typical and special needs children of all ages. All student teachers must enroll for this course at the time they enroll for EDUN 402, EDUN 412, EACN 402, or SPEN 403.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 131 Course Offerings: Early Childhood Education EACN 202 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) Provides a foundation of knowledge for students preparing to teach young children. Focuses on the history of early childhood Education, as well as current theories that impact students’ knowledge of the development and Education of young children. Current issues related to the field of early childhood Education are explored. Field observations designed to assist students in relating theory to practice in the field of early childhood Education. Offered Fall semester only. EACN 301 Infant/Toddler Curriculum (3) Combines theoretical background with practical applications to offer students a solid foundation in infant/toddler care and Education for both home and center-based settings. Historical overview, infant/toddler development, and current theories related to early learning. Parent/caregiver partnerships discussed along with public Education and business interaction. Field experiences complement class discussions related to health, nutrition, safety, developmental issues, curriculum, staffing, and the nurturing of children’s language, social, and motor ability. Offered Spring semester only. EACN 302 Preschool Curriculum (3) Expands students’ understanding of the developing child. The physical-motor, social-affective, and cognitive development of children as the foundation for all teaching decisions. Students plan, implement, and evaluate learning center activities that are developmentally appropriate and that integrate the total curriculum. Field-based experiences. Offered Fall semester only. EACN 401 Inclusion in Early Childhood (3) Increases knowledge about children with disabilities and builds competencies in applying this information in a teaching situation. It assumes that appropriate programming requires a knowledge of how children grow and develop and that children with disabilities should be included in all early childhood settings. Early identification, diagnosis and assessment, and ways to include individualized program plans in general planning for preschoolers, infants, and toddlers are explored. Assumes that families are an integral part of early childhood Education and suggests methods of involvement and Education. Field-based experiences. Offered Fall semester only. EACN 402 Student Teaching-ELED/EACN (12) Student teaching in tandem with the Senior Seminar provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply theoretical constructs of the teaching- learning process. This experience is a collaborative one with the student teacher receiving support from both cooperating teachers and a college supervisor. Successful completion of student teaching is required for teacher certification. (Students must have completed all Education requirements before enrolling in this course.)

132 Holy Family University Course Offerings: Special Education SPEN 202 Issues in Special Education (3) Introduces the Education major to core issues such as legislation/litigation, inclusion, service delivery models including collaborative/consultative models, types and levels of disabilities, and working with parents. Current or topical issues are discussed. Basis for course competencies is the CEC Common Core of Knowledge and Skills Essential for All Beginning Special Education Teachers (1992). Prerequisite: EDUN 201. SPEN 301 Assessment, Evaluation, and Instruction I (3) First of a two course sequence focused on assessment and instruction of students with mild to moderate learning support needs. An in-depth theoretical and practical look at assessment: formal, informal, curriculum-based, and ecological systems of assessment. Development of individual Education plans is introduced. Computer-scored measures and computer IEP formats are explored. Basis for course competencies is the CEC Common Core of Knowledge and Skills Essential for All Beginning Education Teachers (1992). Prerequisites: SPEN 202 and EDUN 204. SPEN 302 Assessment, Evaluation, and Instruction II (3) Second of a two course sequence focuses on assessment and instruction of students with mild to moderate learning support needs. This is an in-depth theoretical and practical look at instructional and remedial strategies and materials. Relevant assistive technology and computer software are reviewed. Students apply knowledge learned in the supervised field placement. Basis for course competencies learned is the CEC Common Core of Knowledge and Skills Essential for All Beginning Education Teachers (1992). Prerequisite: SPEN 301. SPEN 401 Teaching People with Severe and Profound Disabilities (3) Course addresses the assessment, placement, instruction, and behavior support of people with severe and profound disabilities. Normalization, deinstitutionalization, and inclusion are discussed as well as strategies for systematic instruction, partial participation, and social skills instruction. Issues of collaborative teaming, working with paraprofessionals, and the impact of children with severe disabilities on families are discussed. Visits to services and programs for people with high support needs are required. Basis for course competencies is the CEC Common Core of Knowledge and Skills Essential for All Beginning Education Teachers (1992). Prerequisite: SPEN 302. SPEN 402 Management Strategies for Special Educators (3) Course is based on the premise that proactive management is most effective. Building on the foundation laid in classroom management, this course examines strategies for goal-setting, self-monitoring, and contracting. Investigations are made of the theoretical and practical implications of those strategies often used

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 133 in programs for students with learning, behavioral, and emotional support needs. Basis for course competencies is the CEC Common Core of Knowledge and Skills Essential for All Beginning Education Teachers (1992). Prerequisite: SPEN 302. SPEN 403 Student Teaching-ELED/SPED (12) Student teaching in tandem with the Senior Seminar provides students with the opportunity to integrate and apply theoretical constructs of the teaching- learning process. This experience is a collaborative one with the student teacher receiving support from both cooperating teachers and a college supervisor. Successful completion of student teaching is required for teacher certification. (Students must have completed all Education requirements before enrolling in this course.)

134 Holy Family University English Objectives • To provide the student with two options of concentration: Literature or English-Secondary Education • To attain the objectives of correct and effective expression in writing and speaking, meaningful literary comprehension, and understanding of the function of language in written and oral communications • To develop critical ability to recognize cultural implications and interrelationships • To further the student’s career goals and to expand his or her professional options. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Courses taken as part of the core: ENGL 101, 102 Writing I,II...... 3, 3 or 103, 104 Honors Writing I,II ...... 3, 3 115 Public Speaking ...... 3 Concentration All concentration requirements are taken in addition to core requirements. Requirements ENGL 201, 202 World Literature I, II ...... 3, 3 203, 204 American Literature I, II...... 3, 3 205, 206 British Literature I, II ...... 3, 3 309 Creative Writing ...... 3 327 Junior Seminar: Literature...... 3 400 The English Language ...... 3 425 Senior Seminar: Literature ...... 3 Elective courses (credits)...... 15 Fifteen credits to be distributed in the following way: English Elective #1: Choose from among 200-level literature courses English Elective #2 and #3: Choose from among 300-level literature courses [English 302, Shakespeare, strongly recommended] English Elective #4 and #5: Choose from among 400-level literature and writing courses.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 135 Optional ENGL 350 Cooperative Education Option I...... 2-4 351 Cooperative Education Option II ...... 2-4 Other requirements • A comprehensive examination. Secondary Certification (Grades 7-12) For teacher certification requirements in English, see School of Education.

Minor in English Literature: see page 241 under minors

Minor in American Studies: see page 237 under minors

Course Offerings: Written and Oral Communications ENGL 101 Writing I (3) A course in writing based upon reading, discussion and extensive writing of texts including fiction, non-fiction, drama and poetry. Essays reflect such rhetorical modes as description, exposition analysis and argumentation as well as literary criticism. Introduction to research methods including evaluation of sources and citation. Assessment of student work through criteria. Prerequisite: Placement test. Core requirement (FRBL). ENGL 102 Writing II (3) A course in writing that continues the development of reading and writing skills initiated in Writing I. Emphasis is on research technique. Instruction in the development of the research paper, from topic selection to the final draft and oral presentation to the class. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. Core requirement. (FRBL) ENGL 103 Honors Writing I (3) Intended for the advanced writer. Emphasis on refining critical writing and thinking skills through a variety of challenging texts. Prerequisite: Placement by writing rubric. Satisfies core requirement. (FRBL) ENGL 104 Honors Writing II (3) Intended for the advanced writer. Further emphasis on academic writing with focus on research methods including evaluation and syntheses of primary and secondary sources and MLA citation method. Prerequisite: ENGL 103. Satisfies core requirement. (FRBL) ENGL 115 Public Speaking (3) This course develops the communication skills necessary for effective oral communication in both academic and professional settings. Emphasis is placed upon building self-confidence, organizing messages, and making presentations, oral and written self-and peer-critiquing; individual attention as needed. Offered all semesters. Core requirement. (FRBL)

136 Holy Family University ENGL 235 Understanding Movies (3) Exploration of American feature films. Examination of the cinematic and thematic elements of movies. Study of the evolution of genre and non-genre films within larger cultural contexts in which they are produced. Screening of films. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) ENGL 309 Creative Writing (3) Analysis of the creative forms of writing, such as short story, drama, and poetry. Workshop assignments provide experiences in critical evaluation and editing. Outstanding creative works printed in Folio, the University literary journal. Prerequisite: ENGL 102 or its equivalent. Offered in the Fall semester. ENGL 350 Cooperative Education Option I (3) Internship in communications that offers students options to explore career opportunities in an off-campus professional setting. Regular meetings with campus supervisor, periodic reports, as well as a final paper relating to the work experience are required. Prerequisite: Senior status. ENGL 351 Cooperative Education Option II (3) Second semester of Cooperative Education. Prerequisite: ENGL 350. ENGL 400 The English Language (3) Examination of the history and structure of English. Includes a sampling of the literature of Old and Middle English. Provides students with a knowledge of the development of English within the larger framework of language. Addresses phonology, morphology, grammar, and syntax. Prerequisite: ENGL 102 or its equivalent. Offered in the Fall semester. ENGL 410 Advanced Writing Workshop (3) Intensive examination of the writing process and the dynamics of composing. Focuses on the interrelated aspects of writer, subject, reader, and form as these aspects pertain to nonfiction writing. Instruction in packaging and submitting manuscripts and selecting markets for potential publication. Workshop setting fostering a supportive community of writers intent on skill development. Prerequisite: ENGL 102 or its equivalent. Offered in the Fall semester.

Course Offerings: Literature ENGL 201 World Literature I (3) Study of representative works from the ancient world through the Renaissance. Offered in the Fall semester. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) ENGL 202 World Literature II (3) Study of representative works from Neo-Classicism through the Modern Age. No prerequisites. Offered in the Spring semester. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 137 ENGL 203 American Literature I (3) Study of American literary development from the Colonial Period through the 18th Century, and to the Romantic Age, represented in the writings of major authors. Offered in the Fall semester. ENGL 204 American Literature II (3) Study of American literary development from Whitman and Dickinson through Local Color, Realism and Naturalism, to the Modern Age, represented in the writings of major authors. No prerequisites. Offered in the Spring semester. ENGL 205 British Literature I (3) Study of British literature from Beowulf through the 18th century, represented in the writings of major authors. Offered in the Fall semester. ENGL 206 British Literature II (3) Study of British literature from the Romantic period through the 20th century, represented in the writings of major authors. No prerequisites. Offered in the Spring semester. ENGL 241-299 Readings in Literature (3) Exploration of a theme, major author, genre, movement, etc. Courses vary in content from year-to-year. ENGL 242 The Short Story (3) Exploration of the short story as an art form and as a reflection of the human condition. Consideration given to short fiction from different periods and diverse cultures. ENGL 245 Modern American Novel (3) Examination of modern novels that reveal through their form and content the moral, ethical, and spiritual conflicts inherent in the American experience. ENGL 247 Irish Literature (3) Study of modern Irish works, their relation to Ireland’s literary and historical past, and their portrayal of Irish character and culture. ENGL 248 Modern Drama (3) Examination of representative plays of the modern era through print and film. Emphasis on movements and counter-movements in the drama from the late 19th century to the present. ENGL 256 American Tales of Terror (3) A study of the nature and history of the tale of terror in America: the types of tales of terror that have been popular and important in the past and those that are popular and possibly significant today. Analyzes and discusses the appeal of the tale of terror in the light of the psychological depths from which it arises and the needs (some of which may be religious) to which it responds.

138 Holy Family University ENGL 257 Coming of Age in Fiction (3) Exploration of the maturation theme in fiction. Emphasis on the handling of this theme in classic and realistic modern novels, as well as in horror and fantasy fiction. ENGL 259 Medicine in American Literature (3) The theory and practice of medicine has changed rapidly and radically during the 19th and 20th centuries, as have literary theory and conventions. The course will study through fiction and essays the interaction of changing perceptions of the nature of health, of the healer, and of doctor-patient relations as reflected in the forms and values of modern literature. ENGL 263 Honors American Studies (3) Through the content and methods of several academic disciplines—history, literature, art, and the social sciences—the concept of “covenant” is used to discover and analyze basic patterns and values in American culture. See HIST 263. ENGL 264 Readings in Christian Spirituality (3) Study of select Christian writers and their visions of spirituality. Emphasis on writers who explore the nature of the good life, the conflict between good and evil, and the moral dilemmas that confront a spiritual person in a secular world. ENGL 265 Contemporary Fiction (3) Exploration of form and content in postmodern fiction. Consideration given to questions of gender and culture, as well as to the psychological, sociological, political, and spiritual content of assigned novels. ENGL 266 Love in Modern Fiction (3) Investigation of the theme of love and its aberrations in modern fiction. Emphasis on the differing ways authors express their visions of this abstract and complex concept through both the form and content of their works. ENGL 301 Early British Literature (3) Exploration of Old and Middle English Literature from its beginnings to 1500. Emphasis on Beowulf, Chaucer and medieval drama. Consideration of social, cultural, and religious background of the period and the heroic and chivalric codes. ENGL 302 Shakespeare (3) Examination of Shakespeare as poet and playwright. Concentrated reading of selected plays and previewing of selected films against the background of the Elizabethan age. ENGL 304 Renaissance Literature (3) Study of representative writers of the English Renaissance excluding Shakespeare. Consideration of the social and cultural background of the period. ENGL 305 Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) Study of representative British writers of the 17th century. Emphasis on the Jacobean drama, metaphysical poets and Milton.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 139 ENGL 306 Eighteenth-Century Literature (3) Investigation of literary productions in the Age of Reason from the beginnings of Neo-Classicism through Pre-Romanticism with emphasis on the philosophic mindset and satiric spirit. Consideration of the rise of the novel and its growing popularity as a literary genre. ENGL 310 Mythology (3) Study of myths from selected cultures in relation to origin, function, and myth’s place in the world today. Typical patterns, characters, and symbols are addressed. Offered in Spring semester. ENGL 327 Junior Seminar: Literature (3) In-depth investigation of a specific author or literary movement. Emphasis on literary analysis and criticism. May be interdisciplinary, with the subject of investigation varying from year to year. Qualified students from other concentrations invited. Offered in the Fall of each year. ENGL 401 The Romantic Period (3) Exploration of the Romantic imagination and sensibility, as exemplified in Gothic literature and the prose and poetry of transitional writers, such as Blake, Auster, and the major romantic poets: Wordsworth, Coleridge, Bryon, Shelley, and Keats. ENGL 402 The Victorian Period (3) The spirit of the age explored through representative British writers of prose, poetry, and fiction from 1832 to 1901. Consideration of the connections between Victorian concerns and modern problems. ENGL 403 Twentieth-Century Poetry and Drama (3) Selected poetry and drama of the 20th century. Study of representative American, British, and Irish writers. ENGL 404 Twentieth-Century Novel (3) Study of early to mid-20th century British and/or American novelists, their literary techniques and visions of reality. ENGL 425 Senior Seminar: Literature (3) Intensive investigation of an author. Emphasis on literary analysis and criticism. May be interdisciplinary. Qualified students from other concentrations invited. ENGL 426 Senior Project (3) With permission of the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences and a faculty mentor who agrees to supervise the project, the student creates a research proposal that will advance her or his understanding of a specific author or genre and completes the approved project.

Course Offerings: Theater Refer to Fine Arts section for courses in acting and scene study.

140 Holy Family University Finance Objectives The concentration in Finance develops the skills necessary for decision-making in all areas of finance in a dynamic, integrated global economy, in both the private as well as public sectors: • Asset management; • Commercial and investment banking in an international context; • The financial management (‘treasury function’) of commercial and industrial enterprises as well as financial institutions; • The financial aspects of venture capital as well as mergers and acquisition; • And in most aspects of management consulting in both the domestic as well as the international sectors. In addition, concentrating in finance equips students for careers in law and government, and not simply in the private sector. The program also instills an understanding of business ethics and the social responsibility of the profession. Furthermore, students are strongly encouraged to pursue Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA®) designation. CFA materials are extensively incorporated into the curriculum. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (Credits)...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics ` and Business II ...... 3 320 Business Law I ...... 3 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 141 Concentration ACCT 413 Introduction to Taxation ...... 3 ECON 303 Money and Banking (Monetary Theory) ...... 3 FINC 301 Financial Management I ...... 3 302 Financial Management II ...... 3 303 Investments ...... 3 305 Mergers and Acquisitions ...... 3 401 Options and Futures Markets ...... 3 403 Asset Management ...... 3 415 International Finance ...... 3 420 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management ...... 3 439 Senior Seminar - Finance/Accounting ...... 3 One Restricted Elective: FINC 350 or 351 Cooperative Education-Finance, BUSA 416 International Business or FINC 425 Risk Management. Other Requirements • Competency in computer business applications • A comprehensive examination. Course Offerings FINC 301 Financial Management I (3) Development of the student’s logic and methodology in identifying factors in corporate financial decision-making situations and in analyzing those factors to reach supportable conclusions compatible with the objectives of the firm. Focus of the course is on forms of business organization, financial statement and cash flow analysis, risk assessment, capital budgeting, the time value of money, and bond and stock valuation. Prerequisites: ECON 201, ECON 202, ACCT 206, BUSA 102. FINC 302 Financial Management II (3) A concentration of the methodology established in FINC 301. Emphasis is on working capital management, capital structure and leverage, dividend policy, hybrid financing, forecasting, and short-term and long-term credit. Prerequisite: FINC 301. FINC 303 Investments (3) The fundamentals of investing in stocks, bonds, and other negotiable instruments are covered. Major topics include trading on securities markets, mutual funds, international investing, margin accounts, short sales, determinants of securities prices, and risks. Implications of taxes on investment decisions also are considered. Prerequisites: FINC 301, ECON 303. FINC 305 Mergers and Acquisitions (3) This course will familiarize students with major concepts and applications in corporate restructuring. Special attention will be given to analyzing developments of the last decade. Valuation models and innovative financing techniques have widespread applications in this field. Students will study and analyze the results of the more publicized mergers and corporate restructurings of the last decade. Prerequisites: ACCT 206, FINC 301. 142 Holy Family University FINC 350, 351 Cooperative Education - Finance (2-4) Offers the student an opportunity to put classroom theory into practice in a paid or unpaid study-related position under guidance of cooperating employers with approval of the School of Business Administration faculty and Director of Cooperative Education. Prerequisite: Junior status, appropriate business coursework. (Must enroll for at least three credits if course is used as a program elective.) FINC 401 Options and Futures Markets (3) An introduction to futures and options trading. The course traces the evolution of the current commodities and futures marketplace; covers technical and fundamental market analysis; practical approaches to trading, such as spreads and arbitrage; reviews the important legal and regulatory aspects of commodity contracts and trading. Prerequisites: FINC 302, FINC 303. FINC 403 Asset Management (3) By using a case and problem-solving orientation, selected topics will be examined. Emphasis is on the evaluation of corporate investment projects. Topics include the analysis of risk and return, cash flows of projects, capital budgeting techniques, leasing, and cost of capital. Prerequisite: FINC 302. FINC 415 International Finance (3) Capital movements, gold flows, foreign exchange elasticities, country risk management, evaluation of foreign investment opportunities, restrictive exchange and trade practices, international monetary organizations, and problems engendered by conflicting internal economic policies. Prerequisite: ECON 303. FINC 420 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) Application of the concepts and techniques of investment analysis and portfolio theory. Topics include analysis and forecasts of business conditions, market interest rates, international opportunities, and corporate profits. Emphasis is placed on the valuation of securities, stock selection, investment timing, and management of risk. Prerequisites: FINC 303, FINC 401. FINC 425 Risk Management (3) An introduction to methods used in analyzing and managing risk with alternative tools and techniques such as loss control, risk retention, and risk transfer. Concepts of risk are considered from both a business and personal perspective. Potential losses facing business are reviewed, as well as the general risk management process and alternative risk management tools. FINC 439 Senior Seminar - Finance (3) Analysis of topics and issues in finance through discussion of current domestic and international issues, reading, case analysis, and research. Course is limited to Senior majors in finance who have received advisor’s permission to enroll. The course will include a project.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 143 Fine Arts Studio Art, Art Education, Pre-Art Therapy, Music, Theater Objectives • To offer students experiential opportunities to recognize that “from the greatness and beauty of created things, their original author, by analogy is seen” (Wis. 13, 5) • To prepare students for an intelligent understanding of the art cultures of the past and their relation to the contemporary world • To prepare students for further study in the field • To contribute to the liberal arts curriculum by offering a variety of courses in the Fine Arts.

Studio Art Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits)...... 45 Concentration Studio Arts (36 credits + 12 elective credits)...... 48 All concentration requirements must be taken in addition to the core requirements. ARTS 102 Art Appreciation ...... 3 213 Art History: Ancient to Renaissance ...... 3 214 Art History: Renaissance to Modern...... 3 217 Sculpture I ...... 3 223* 2-Dimensional Design ...... 3 224* 3-Dimensional Design ...... 3 225 Drawing and Composition...... 3 226 Drawing from the Model...... 3 319 Painting I ...... 3 325 or 326 Seminars in Art History...... 3 327 Advanced Studio Art III ...... 3 427 Research Seminar...... 3 428 Independent Project ...... 3 *ARTS 223 and 224 are prerequisite requirements for all majors. Twelve credits of art electives chosen from among the following: ARTS 210, 211 Watercolor I, II ...... 3, 3 218 Sculpture II ...... 3 320 Painting II ...... 3 321, 322 Ceramics I, II ...... 3, 3 323, 324 Printmaking I, II ...... 3, 3 431-499 Special Topics...... 3

144 Holy Family University Other Requirements • A Senior exhibit • Comprehensive examination in Art History • Portfolio presentation.

Art Education K-12 Certification — to teach Art in Grades K-12: see requirements under Education.

Pre-Art Therapy Concentration: Pre-Art Therapy. All concentration requirements must be taken in addition to the core requirements...... 39 ARTS 213 Art History: Ancient to Renaissance ...... 3 214 Art History: Renaissance to Modern ...... 3 217 Sculpture I...... 3 221 Introduction to Art Therapy...... 3 223* 2-Dimensional Design ...... 3 224* 3-Dimensional Design ...... 3 225 Drawing and Composition ...... 3 226 Drawing from the Model ...... 3 319 Painting I ...... 3 321 Ceramics I...... 3 325 or 326 Seminars in Art History ...... 3 327 Advanced Studio Art III...... 3 427 Research Seminar** ...... 3 * ARTS 223 and 224 are prerequisite requirements for all majors. Psychology ...... 12 101 General Psychology ...... 3 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 345 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 Psychology Elective ...... 3 (May not be PSYC 207 or PSYC 208) Six credits of art electives chosen from among the following: ARTS 210 Watercolor I ...... 3 218 Sculpture II ...... 3 320 Painting II ...... 3 322 Sculpture II ...... 3 323 Printmaking I ...... 3 431-499 Special Topics ...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 145 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • Portfolio presentation.

Minor in Art – Studio: see page 238 under minors

Course Offerings All art courses are open to non-concentrators without prerequisites. ARTS 102 Art Appreciation (3) Develops a critical and appreciative attitude toward historical and contemporary painting, sculpture, and architecture. Lectures, slides, museum visits, and studio experiences enhance study of basic elements of the visual arts. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) ARTS 210, 211 Watercolor I, II (3, 3) Exploration of the technical and creative properties of watercolor as a pictorial medium. Attention to color, line and composition, transparent layers of color, and the dry brush technique. Offered in the Spring semester. ARTS 213 Art History: Ancient to Renaissance (3) General survey of major developments in architecture, painting, and sculpture from prehistoric times to the Renaissance. Offered in the Fall semester. ARTS 214 Art History: Renaissance to Modern (3) General survey of major developments in architecture, painting, and sculpture from the Renaissance through Impressionism. Offered in the Spring semester. ARTS 217, 218 Sculpture I, II (3, 3) Course structured to give students an understanding of the formal elements of sculpture. Designed to allow students to investigate form, material, and content through projects, slides, field trips, and discussions. Opportunities to investigate and critique historical and contemporary sculpture with an experience of materials and processes that encourages independent thinking and experimentation. Prerequisite: For Art majors ARTS 224. Offered every semester. ARTS 221 Introduction to Art Therapy (3) An introduction to the field of Art Therapy with a focus on the historical and philosophical bases of the field. Seminars, lectures, and study of artistic production in a therapeutic milieu. Offered every semester. ARTS 223 Two-Dimensional Design (3) Consideration of design, elements, and principles of organization through creative problems in line, color, and form. Study of the functions of design and use of images in visual communication. See COMM 223.

146 Holy Family University ARTS 224 Three-Dimensional Design (3) An investigation of the elements of spatial design and the definition, organization and manipulation of three-dimensional space. Projects explore the inter-relationship of materials, concepts and techniques in the exploration of structural and volumetric form. Prerequisite for ARTS 217 for art majors. ARTS 225 Drawing and Composition (3) Drawing considered as the organization of the visual elements of line, space, shape, value, and texture on paper. Variety of media including pencil, charcoal, pen and ink, and pastel. Work from still life, models, and landscape. Individual creative solutions to drawing problems encouraged. ARTS 226 Drawing from the Model (3) Concentrates on rendering the human figure with emphasis on composition, anatomical correctness, and individual observation. The exploration of diverse drawing materials and of personal expression is encouraged. ARTS 310 Elementary Art Education (3) The focus of Elementary Art Education provides students with theoretical and practical foundations in teaching art in the elementary classroom setting through looking and talking and making art. In this course the art activities and productions are important, not only for the direct learning about art, but also as a tool that can be integrated with other subjects in the elementary school setting. ARTS 311 Art in the Secondary School (3) This course is designed to equip the Art Education student with the professional knowledge, skills and practice for art on the Secondary level. The focus is on teaching strategies in developing appropriate curriculum and activity materials, developing assessment techniques, developing classroom management techniques and professional classroom methods. The course will deal with teaching and understanding techniques for Disciplined Based Art Education (DBAE). ARTS 315 Graphic Design (3) Graphic Design focuses on the interaction of text and image, the basic components of graphic communication. Students will develop skills in working with text and image as they create solutions to design assignments. Studio work will be supported by exposure to contemporary design issues and graphic design history. Students will work at both the drawing table and at the computer. ARTS 317 Computer Illustration/Photography (3) Introductory concepts and applications of computer graphics and image manipulation using free hand drawings, scanned images, and digital photography. Basic technical principles using PhotoShop, Illustrator, and Paint programs. Prerequisite: Arts 223. See COMM 317. Offered in the Spring semester.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 147 ARTS 319, 320 Painting I, II (3, 3) Study and practice of basic techniques and materials of oil or acrylic painting. Work in representational and non-representational concepts from the figure, still life, and invented forms. Attention directed to the concepts and stylistic innovations of contemporary painting. Offered every semester. ARTS 321, 322 Ceramics I, II (3, 3) Fundamental techniques of clay building: pinch, coil, and slab. A variety of surface embellishments: stains, underglaze, glazing, painting, burnishing, and bas-relief. Studio instruction supplemented with demonstrations and slides. Offered every semester. ARTS 323, 324 Printmaking I, II (3, 3) Introduction to processes of transferring drawings into prints. Investigation of color, texture, papers, and tools as they relate to the production of prints. Woodcuts, linoleum, and silk screen techniques. Textile printing considered. Offered in the Fall semester. ARTS 325, 326 Seminars in Art History (3, 3) In-depth study of a particular movement or era in the history of art. Offered in the Spring semester. ARTS 327 Advanced Studio Art III (3) In-depth study of the student’s area of specialization. Formulation of individual goals related to the possibilities inherent within a given medium. Emphasis on the development of mature skills and individual point of view. Offered every semester. ARTS 350, 351 Cooperative Education (2-4), (2-4) Internship at a business that provides students with hands-on experience in commercial art under the supervision of an art teacher and the coordinator of the program. Offered every semester. ARTS 427 Research Seminar (3) Individualized study and research techniques related to the student’s area of interest culminating in a paper as well as a written proposal for an independent project. Prerequisite: ARTS 327. Offered as needed. ARTS 428 Independent Project (3) Production and completion of a creative project in the student’s area of specialization. Prerequisite: ARTS 427. Offered as needed. ARTS 431-499 Special Topics (3) Series of courses, each focuses on one specific area related to either art history or studio content. Courses vary in content.

148 Holy Family University Music MUSC 102 Music Appreciation (3) Study of the evolution of western music in a historical, moral, and social sense through lectures, recordings, and discussions. Acquaints students with the rudiments of music through perceptive listening to masterworks from the past to present. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) MUSC 204 Interpretation of the Opera (3) An introduction to the opera as a unique art form. Content delineates the basic elements, characteristics, and contrasting styles of the opera as the form has evolved, using libretto, audio and video tapes of selected operas. When possible, student will attend a live opera performance. Offered in the Spring semester.

Theater THEA 201 Acting (3) Introductory acting course. Improvisation and basic acting exercises. Rehearsal and performance of short scenes. Emphasis on characterization. Study of special topic: character study or drama criticism. Fulfills fine arts requirement. No prerequisite. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) THEA 203 Scene Study (3) Performance-based course with focus on play analysis and staging techniques. Rehearsal and performance of monologues and/or scenes. Study of special topic: major playwrights’ works or modern dramatic traditions. Fulfills fine arts requirement. No prerequisite.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 149 Fire Science and Public Safety Administration Objectives • To prepare students for leadership positions in the fire service and public safety fields by developing emergency management safety administration, critical thinking, communication, leadership, and decision-making skills • To utilize fire science and public safety education to better serve the needs of a diverse society • To provide those in the fire service and public safety fields a liberalized and ethical component to their technical knowledge • To prepare students in the fire service and public safety fields for graduate study. Those wishing to take FSPS courses for non-degree enrichment must secure the school Dean’s permission to enroll. Requirements A student must earn 27 credits in Fire Science or Public Safety Administration from an accredited institution of higher education in order to enroll in the fire science or public safety administration program at Holy Family University. In order for these credits to transfer, the student must have attained a minimum grade of C or better in each course. Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C: Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 Concentration Minimum of 27 credits in transfer from an accredited institution of higher learning FSPS 330 Major Incident Analysis ...... 3 331 Public Risk Analysis 350 or 351 Cooperative Education* ...... 3 425 Seminar: Emergency Services Administration ...... 3 426 Seminar: Contemporary Public Safety Issues ...... 3 *FSPS 350 or FSPS-351 may be substituted for FSPS 331, 425 or 426. Only one course may be substituted.

150 Holy Family University Other requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Course Offerings FSPS 330 Major Incident Analysis (3) This course introduces the student to the challenges facing the incident commander at a complex emergency scene. Throughout the semester students examine incidents such as transportation accidents, extra-alarm fires, and hazardous-material incidents and explosions to gain valuable experience in emergency scene management. Recent case studies include the Pang fire, the Pier 34 collapse and the Edison, NJ, high-pressure gas pipeline explosion. FSPS 331 Public Risk Analysis (3) The course will examine the inherent public safety liabilities of high-rise buildings, mega malls, refineries, convention centers, retail distribution centers, chemical plants, and manufacturing plants. The student will evaluate steps available to the public safety official to recognize and minimize these risks and make the community a safer environment. FSPS 350 or 351 Cooperative Education (3) Credit may be given to selected students for actual on the job application of fire protection and/or public safety administration principles in either municipal, industrial, commercial, or institutional settings. Supervision and credit arranged on an individual basis allows the student to put classroom theory into practice in paid or unpaid study related positions under the guidance and supervision of cooperating employees with approval of School of Business Administration’s faculty and coordinator of the program. Prerequisite: Junior status; appropriate business and public safety coursework. FSPS 425 Seminar: Emergency Services Administration (3) Focuses on the administrative support services required to maintain a large urban fire suppression and emergency medical services delivery system. Also discussed are the most recent legal and managerial issues pertaining to contract negotiations, funding, recruitment and hiring, discipline and dismissal, employee benefits, promotions and testing, apparatus and equipment procurement, evaluating fire suppression and EMS delivery systems effectiveness, and employee relations issues. FSPS 426 Seminar: Contemporary Public Safety Issues (3) This seminar examines contemporary fire service and emergency medical systems issues, along with the challenges facing public service administrators. Issues to be discussed include staff reductions and the effects on fire suppression and EMS, the arguments for and against minimum manning, alternative EMS and fire suppression delivery systems, arson prevention and investigation programs, the impact of fire and building code requirements upon public safety, building inspection programs, fire fighter and paramedic occupational safety and health issues, and community fire safety initiatives.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 151 First Year College Success First-Year College Success is an interdisciplinary course designed to introduce students to the academic culture, values and expectations of Holy Family University. For that reason, the framework guiding this experience is the Mission and core values of the University. Throughout the first year, students will meet with faculty, staff, and student mentors and engage in co-curricular and extracurricular activities. FEXP 100 is designed to help new students develop personal, academic and social skills needed to succeed in college and in future endeavors. Students will be able to: • Identify the Holy Family University Mission and Core Values in relationship to the college-student experience and their own personal lives • Locate Holy Family University resources and services and relate them to their personal circumstances • Examine common college-student issues and relate them to their personal circumstances • Define and practice behaviors and strategies which facilitate effective group work and achieve common objectives.

Course Offering FEXP 100 First-Year College Success (1) An interdisciplinary course which seeks to acquaint students with the academic culture, values, and expectations of Holy Family University. Students will meet with assigned mentors and engage in co-curricular and extra-curricular activities that will help them to develop the personal, academic, and social skills needed for current and future success.

152 Holy Family University History Objectives • To further the analytical examination of evidence based on a sound historical methodology • To develop frames of reference that will enable the student to view himself or herself in relation to mankind, and his or her historical knowledge in relation to other disciplines • To enrich and expand the student personally and civically through knowledge of the Western heritage upon which democratic society is built • To emphasize the continuity of society in all its forms and to be aware of the process and the necessity of change • To prepare the concentrator for: graduate study; law school; a teaching career in history; or public service-related professions, such as civil service, journalism, legal research, and insurance. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration All concentration requirements must be taken in addition to core requirements. HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E...... 3 109 Global History 500-1700 ...... 3 203 American History to 1820 ...... 3 204 American History, 1820-1920...... 3 205 U.S. History Since 1920 ...... 3 208 Global History, 1700-present ...... 3 351 History Seminar I ...... 3 451 History Seminar II ...... 3 Four history electives, including at least one course in non-Western history ...... 12 POLS 103 Introductory Politics ...... 3 Recommended GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. Secondary Ceritification (Grades 7-12) For teacher certification requirements in Citizenship (History) or History/Social Studies, see School of Education.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 153 Minor in History: see page 241 under minors

Minor in American Studies: see page 237 under minors

Course Offerings HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E. (3) Global History to 500 C.E. is an examination of the development of civilizations through the impact of migrations and the development of global trade in Asia, Africa, the Near East, and Europe from the Paleolithic Period to 500 C.E. Offered every semester. Replaced HIST 105. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) HIST 109 Global History 500-1700 (3) This course is a historical examination of the interconnection of Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and Europe during the Middle Ages, the High Middle Ages, and the Early Modern Period. Focus is on the economic, political, social, and epistemological foundations of modern institutions and thought. Offered every semester. Replaced HIST 106. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) HIST 203 American History to 1820 (3) Analysis of American History from the development of pre-contact Native American cultures through the period of European exploration and first contact, the colonial era, the American Revolution, and the Early Republic. Offered every semester. Replaced HIST 201. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) HIST 204 American History 1820 to 1920 (3) Analysis of American History from the growth of sectionalism, the Civil War, and Reconstruction through the period of industrialization and overseas expansion as the United States moved toward great-power status. Offered in Fall semester, odd numbered years. Replaced HIST 202. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) HIST 205 American History Since 1920 (3) Analysis of American History examining the rise of the United States to superpower status. Topics to be studied include American foreign policy, economic development, the creation of the welfare state, civil rights and women’s rights, and American political trends. Offered every semester. Replaced HIST 434. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) HIST 208 Global History 1700-Present (3) An examination of global dynamics of the modern period including the Enlightenment and its philosophical successors, colonization, industrialization, nationalism, and global warfare. Decolonization, the emergence of the third world, and globalization will also be a focus of the course. Offered in the Spring semester. Replaced HIST 409. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC)

154 Holy Family University HIST 211 China in the Twentieth Century (3) A course devoted to the study of the impact of Western imperialism upon traditional Chinese values; Nationalist and Communist movements; the People’s Republic of China as a world power. (Non-Western history selection.) HIST 212 The Middle East in Modern Times (3) An examination of the political evolution of the Middle East. The course focuses on Arab nationalism, creation of the state of Israel, Arab-Israeli wars and peace efforts, the revolution in Iran, the Iran-Iraq War, great powers involvement, oil diplomacy, terrorism, and the prospects of area and global peace. (Non-Western history selection.) HIST 263 Honors American Studies (3) Through the content and methods of several academic disciplines—history, literature, art, and the social sciences—the concept of “covenant” is used to discover and analyze basic patterns and values in American culture. See ENGL 263. Offered in the Spring semester, even-numbered years. Permission required of the School of Arts and Sciences/Foundation course for Minor in American Studies. HIST 301 Medieval Life and Thought (3) An exploration of medieval civilization with a focus on such institutions as feudalism and manorialism, the concept of “Christendom,” the synthesis of barbarian culture with the remnants of classical civilization, and the Renaissance of the 12th century. HIST 304 Jeffersonian and Jacksonian Democracy (3) This course examines the economic, social, and political decisions that both forged a new nation and laid the groundwork for its possible destruction as a result of the Civil War. Offered in Fall semester, odd numbered years. HIST 309 Renaissance and Reformation (3) An analysis of the cultural and social trends in Renaissance Italy and Northern Europe with emphasis on religious movements and social, political, and economic factors in the Protestant and Catholic Reformations. HIST 310 Early Modern Europe (3) A development of the social and intellectual movements leading to the French Revolution, including diplomacy and balance of power politics from the Thirty Year’s War through the Age of Napoleon. HIST 311 Nineteenth-Century Europe (3) An examination of the reactionary and reform movements which affected the social, political, economic, and intellectual developments of the 19th century: conservatism, liberalism, romanticism, socialism, Darwinism, and German and Italian unifications. Prerequisite: HIST 105 or 106 or divisional permission.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 155 HIST 312 American Immigration History (3) This course addresses a defining aspect of American history, immigration. This course will survey the forces that have brought migrants to America, their experiences in America, and the reactions of native-born citizens to the new inhabitants. HIST 313 Women in America (3) A survey of women’s history in America, from pre-contact through the present. This course will encourage students to consider how women have shaped and been shaped by American history, to examine changing definitions of womanhood, and to explore the diversity of women’s experiences. Offered in Spring semester, odd numbered years. HIST 315 History of Pennsylvania (3) This course examines the development of Pennsylvania from a multi-ethnic Native American and European colonial settlement to the industrialized, urbanized, and heterogeneous state that exists today. The course will give attention to Pennsylvania’s religious, political, economic, and social development. Required of History/Citizenship certification majors. Offered in the Fall semester. HIST 316 American Foreign Policy (3) Through its position on the UN Security Council, its role in NATO, its economic power, and its cultural influence, the U.S. has had a dominant role in world affairs. This course will consider how the U.S. has risen to this dominant position by examining the political, military, economic, and cultural facets of American foreign policy. Offered in Spring semester, even numbered years. HIST 317 Revolutionary America (3) Students in this course will use primary and secondary sources to investigate the causes and consequences of the American Revolution, including the political and economic foundations of the United States, and the disparate impact the revolution had on Americans of different ethnicities, classes, sexes, regions, and political loyalties. Offered in Spring semester, odd numbered years. HIST 318 Atlantic Worlds (3) This course will encourage students to consider how the interaction among European, American, and African peoples has impacted the history and development of each of these groups of people, to study the foundations of American political, economic, and cultural history, and to examine how these foundations laid in the 15th through 17th centuries have influenced subsequent United States history. Replaced HIST 432. Offered in Fall semester, even numbered years. HIST 351 History Seminar I (3) A course devoted to research on a historical topic. Historical methodology to be determined by topic, period, or movement. See HIST 451.

156 Holy Family University HIST 400-449 Special Topics (3) Course treats one special historical topic, period, problem, or interpretation. Content material and focus differ each time; several in the series may be taken for credit. HIST 401 Modern European Thought (3) Interpretation of continuity and change in ideas from 1600 to 1950. Emphasis upon English, French, and German thinkers. Prerequisite: HIST 106 or 311. HIST 402 Social Movements in History (3) Analysis of selected topics in either European or American social movements: communitarianism, religious revivalism, feminism, anarchism, socialism, and radicalism. HIST 404 History of Latin America (3) A topical analysis of the beliefs, values, customs, and traditions that have determined and characterized the history of the peoples of Latin America. (Non-Western History selection.) HIST 405 Contemporary Society (3) A study of how scientific and technological advances have created an interdependent, post-industrial world in which the undermining of traditional values has led to increasing pressures in all areas of life. HIST 423, 424 Independent Study (3, 3) An independent study of a special topic is open to Junior or Senior concentrators with a GPA of 3.5 or above. Permission of the school Dean is required one semester in advance of taking the course. HIST 428, 429 Cooperative Education Option I, II (2-4) Internship that offers students options to explore career opportunities in city, state, or federal government, as well as historical associations. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and school permission. HIST 451 History Seminar II (3) A course devoted to research on a historical topic. Historical methodology to be determined by topic, period, or movement. See HIST 351.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 157 Interdisciplinary Humanities Objectives • To provide a flexible interdisciplinary program that offers direction in the liberal arts for students who wish to pursue a curriculum based in more than one discipline • To counteract a parochial, departmentalized view of intellectual inquiry • To integrate the various disciplines and to affirm the value of a broad-based Education that cultivates habits of mind and breadth of outlook, and demands a tolerance for diverse views • To produce within the student a capacity to adapt without surrendering essential standards • To evoke meaningful, lifelong learning in terms of human fulfillment. Requirements In addition to the core requirements, at least one course from each Humanities discipline: Fine Arts, History, Literature (English or Foreign), Philosophy, Religious Studies; four additional courses in the student’s chosen area of study; five additional Humanities courses; seminars in both Junior and Senior year, at least one of which is in the area of study. Areas of Study • American Studies: courses from American literature and American History • Studio Art/Art History: any studio courses plus ARTS-213 and ARTS-214 • Catholic Studies: courses in religious studies that focus on Catholic teaching • European Studies: courses from European History, Art Appreciation, Music Appreciation, and Opera • Ethical Studies: combination of courses in philosophy and religious studies. Fine Arts: combination of courses in Music, Theater (Film, Acting, Visual Arts) • History: combination of history offerings • Literature: combination of courses in English literature • Philosophy: any Philosophy offerings beyond core requirements • Religious Studies: any combination of Religious Studies offerings beyond core requirements. Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration One course from each of the following areas: Art...... 3 History ...... 3 Literature ...... 3

158 Holy Family University Philosophy ...... 3 Religious Studies...... 3 Four additional courses in area of study ...... 12 Five additional courses in the Humanities ...... 15 Seminars (including at least one in area study)...... 6 Refer to specific disciplines in this catalog for course offerings appropriate to this major. Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Course Offerings See Fine Arts, English, History, Philosophy, Religious Studies.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 159 International Business Objectives • Provide students with basic functional skills in accounting, economics, management, law, and marketing applicable to international business • Prepare students for international assignments in banking, government and multinational firms, as well as developing necessary skills for entry-level positions with international service organizations • Provide an understanding of the influence of culture on business through broad and varied courses in humanities and social science. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration-RELATED HIST 208 Global History 1700 to Present ...... 3 POLS 321 Comparative Political Systems ...... 3 RELS 104 World Religions ...... 3 Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II ...... 3 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 320 Business Law I ...... 3 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 Each course in the common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. International Business Requirements GEOG 205 Principles of Geography ...... 3 BUSI 416 International Business ...... 3 432 International Marketing ...... 3 439 Seminar in International Business...... 3

160 Holy Family University Course Offerings See Accounting, Business Administration, Computer Management Information Systems, Economics, and Management-Marketing. BUSI 416 International Business (3) An introduction to the study of business in the international setting, including the opportunities and problems of marketing and management. Questions of culture, trade barriers, international payments, and other factors of the international environment are considered in light of current events. Prerequisite: ACCT 206, MNMK 305, 312; ECON 201, 202. BUSI 432 International Marketing (3) This course provides documentation skills, which are the practical aspect of international import and export. It will also develop decision-making skills in international marketing. The course emphasizes a team approach to problem- solving. The computer will facilitate quantitative evaluations and on-line searches. Prerequisite: BUSI 416. BUSI 439 Seminar in International Business (3) This course focuses on the influence of culture and other factors on international business. It also provides students with the opportunity to research a current international business entity.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 161 Management-Marketing Objectives • To develop highly competent business professionals who combine their specialized skills in management-marketing with broad business knowledge • To provide effective skills in communication, human relations, and leadership • To combine classroom theory with current management-marketing studies and events • To prepare students for graduate studies and professional schools in business administration and related fields. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II ...... 3 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 320 Business Law I ...... 3 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 BUSI 416 International Business ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management ...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 Concentration BUSA 402 Labor and Employment Law ...... 3 MNMK 315 Operations Management...... 3 403 Human Resource Management...... 3 413 Quantitative Methods for Decision-Making 3 421 Strategic Marketing ...... 3 439 Senior Seminar in Management and Marketing...... 3 Plus two courses from the following: MNMK 306 Industrial and Organizational Psychology...... 3 350 Cooperative Education I ...... 3

162 Holy Family University 351 Cooperative Education II ...... 3 405 Principles of Advertising ...... 3 406 Consumer Behavior ...... 3 407 Principles of Marketing Research ...... 3 410 Organizational Behavior ...... 3 BUSI 432 International Marketing ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Minor in Management-Marketing: see page 242 under minors

Course Offerings MNMK 305 Principles of Management (3) Introduction to business organizations, how they work, and how they can be made to work more effectively. Emphasis on the managerial process of planning, organizing, leading and control of modern business firms, with particular attention to individual motivation, communication, human relations skills, and social responsibility. MNMK 306 Industrial and Organizational Psychology (3) Use of psychological principles to deal with work problems; demonstration via case studies. Consideration of employee selection and training, behavior modification in industry, leadership styles, and motivational techniques. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. MNMK 312 Principles of Marketing (3) Analysis of marketing as a “total system” of business action. Topics include identification of the target market and management of the marketing mix: product, price, promotion, and distribution. Consumer motivation, marketing research, and advertising techniques are also considered. Prerequisite: ECON 201 or ECON 103; Corequisite: ECON 202. See COMM 312. MNMK 315 Operations Management (3) Managerial activities and techniques associated with planning, controlling, and organizing the operations and the operating resources of an enterprise, including topics such as forecasting, facility location, break-even analysis, project planning and scheduling, inventory management, capacity planning, standards, and quality control. Prerequisites: ACCT 206, BUSA 102, MATH 130, MNMK 305. MNMK 350, 351 Cooperative Education (2-4, 2-4) Offers the student opportunity to put classroom theory into practice in paid or unpaid study-related positions under guidance and supervision of cooperating employers with approval of Business School Faculty and the Director of Cooperative Education. Prerequisites: Junior status, appropriate course work in Business Administration. (Must enroll for at least three credits if course is used as a program elective.)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 163 MNMK 403 Human Resource Management (3) Analysis of individual, group, and organizational patterns and behavior. Emphasis on the human aspect of management through the incorporation of job analysis, interpersonal skills, development of people, evaluation criteria, motivation, goal management, the social environment, governmental regulations, and unions. Prerequisite: MNMK 305. MNMK 405 Principles of Advertising (3) Theory and practice relating the purchase and use of advertising as part of the marketing mix. Emphasis on practical applications in message development and campaign management. This course also considers the various media in terms of effectiveness and cost. Prerequisite: MNMK 312; student must have received a minimum grade of C in MNMK 312. See COMM 405. MNMK 406 Consumer Behavior (3) Study of consumer behavior considers the mental, emotional, and physical activities that people engage in when selecting, purchasing, using, and disposing of products and services so as to satisfy needs and desires. This course offers an opportunity to observe consumers’ behavior and provides insight into purchasing behavior. Important to the Marketing professionals for developing a marketing mix focused on the needs of the target market. Prerequisite: MNMK 312. MNMK 407 Principles of Marketing Research (3) Comprehensive and practical discussion of the design, execution, and analysis of research for marketing decision-making. Examination of decision theory and analysis in the design and conduct of marketing research; use of computer programs in the analysis and interpretation of marketing research. Prerequisites: MATH 105, MNMK 312. MNMK 410 Organizational Behavior (3) In-depth coverage of the history and theory of organizations, goal setting, motivation, leadership, and decision-making. Contemporary topics include power, networking, mentoring, and future models of organization. Prerequisites: MNMK 305, PSYC 101. See SPMM-410. MNMK 413 Quantitative Methods for Decision-Making (3) Decision-making in business environments with emphasis on quantitative techniques and optimization models such as linear programming, decision trees, expected monetary values, probability concepts, statistical estimation, and computer solutions. Prerequisites: ACCT 206, BUSA 102, MATH 130, ECON 202, MNMK 305. MNMK 421 Strategic Marketing (3) Emphasizes the study of several formal strategic marketing planning frameworks, and provides the student opportunities to apply these frameworks to a series of case studies, team projects, and oral presentations. Limited to Senior students majoring in Management-Marketing who have received their advisor’s permission to enroll.

164 Holy Family University MNMK 439 Senior Seminar in Management and Marketing (3) Analysis of topics and issues in management and marketing through the discussion of current domestic and international issues, through case analysis, business simulation, and through research. Limited to Senior students majoring in Management-Marketing who have received their advisor’s permission to enroll. Prerequisites: BUSA 435.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 165 Mathematics Objectives • To form systematic, orderly, and exact habits of student thought • To help instill an appreciation of the natural origin and evolutionary growth of the basic mathematical ideas • To provide a wide cultural and scientific background for science students for whom a knowledge of mathematics is necessary • To give interested students a knowledge of the basic mathematics needed for more advanced study in the field • To introduce technology to enhance learning and empower the student to become a better problem solver. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration MATH 211, 212, 213 Calculus I, II, III...... 4, 4, 4 220 Linear Algebra with Applications ...... 4 221 Ordinary Differential Equations ...... 4 250 Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 308 Probability ...... 3 316 Modern Algebra I ...... 3 403 Advanced Calculus ...... 3 430 Senior Seminar ...... 3 Plus five courses from the 300 or 400 level MATH offerings. Other Required Courses CMIS 107 Structured Programming...... 3 PHIL 202 Logic ...... 3 PHYS 201, 201L, 202, 202L General Physics I, II ...... 4, 4 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination • Continuation in the major requires a GPA of 2.5 in all completed math courses • At least nine credits in upper-division courses (numbered 220 or higher) must be completed in the division to meet degree requirements.

Minor in Actuarial Science: see page 235 under minors

Minor in Mathematics: see page 242 under minors

Minor in Middle School Mathematics: see page 243 under minors

166 Holy Family University Course Offerings MATH 106 Introduction to College Mathematics (3) This course is designed to develop skills in the basic concepts of arithmetic in a lecture/laboratory setting (ALEKS). This course does not satisfy the core Math requirement. Enrollment by placement testing only. MATH 107 Introduction to College Algebra (3) This course is designed specifically for those students who need to develop a proficiency in algebraic skills that are essential for subsequent Math courses. Topics include: operations with signed numbers, solving equations and inequalities, the arithmetic of polynomials, factoring polynomials, rational functions, graphing exponents, and radicals. This course does not satisfy the core Math requirement. Enrollment by placement testing only. MATH 121 Contemporary Mathematics (3) Introduces the student to numerous mathematical topics and their applications in the modern world. The main emphasis is on developing quantitative reasoning, that is, an ability to read and write mathematics, as well as on developing an appreciation for the role of mathematics in contemporary society. Topics include: graph theory, mathematical modeling, consumer mathematics, descriptive statistics, geometry, and symmetry. Satisfies core requirement. (MATH) MATH 122 Mathematics for Education Majors (3) Through lecture, discussion, and collaborative projects, students will explore some of the basic areas of mathematics including sets, logic, probability, statistics, and mathematical systems. Emphasis will be placed on problem- solving throughout the course and real world examples will be used insofar as possible Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. MATH 130 Elementary Statistics (3) Introduction to collection, presentation, and analysis of statistical data. Includes descriptive and inferential statistics. Emphasizes applications of statistical techniques, rather than mathematical derivations. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. MATH 150 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) Fractional equations, roots, algebraic equations and inequalities, polynomial functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, applications, introduction to trigonometric functions, applications of trigonometric functions. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. Satisfies Core Requirement (MATH) *MATH 211 Calculus I (4) An introduction to limits and their properties, differentiation, applications of differentiation, indefinite integration, the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, numerical integration and applications of integration. Prerequisite: High school precalculus, or MATH 150. Satisfies Core Requirement (MATH)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 167 *MATH 212 Calculus II (4) Further applications of integration, transcendental functions, methods of integration, indeterminate forms and L’Hopital’s Rule, improper integrals, and infinite series. Prerequisite: MATH 211. *MATH 213 Calculus III (4) Plane curves, parametric equations and polar coordinates, vectors and vector- valued functions, partial differentiation with applications, multiple integration with applications, and vector analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 212. *MATH 220 Linear Algebra with Applications (4) An introduction to the concepts and applications of linear algebra with emphasis on employing graphing calculators and MAPLE as analytical tools. Topics include matrices and systems of equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, orthogonality, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, numerical linear algebra. Offered in the Spring of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 211. *MATH 221 Ordinary Differential Equations (4) An introduction to the methods of solution of differential equations. Analytical, numerical, and graphical solutions will be studied. Emphasis will be on mathematical models using ODE’s, with applications for a variety of fields of interest. Topics include first and second order linear ODE’s, nonlinear ODE’s, the phase plane. Offered in the Spring of odd-numbered years. Prerequisites: MATH 212 and MATH 220. MATH 250 Discrete Mathematics (3) An introduction to topics encountered in advanced mathematics courses with emphasis on mathematical notation, reasoning, and methods of proof. Topics include Logic, Methods of Proof, Set Theory, Relations, Functions, Boolean Algebra, Basic Combinatorics, and Elementary Graph Theory. Prerequisite: MATH 211. MATH 303 Modern Geometry (3) Axiomatic systems and finite geometries, finite projective planes, non-Euclidean geometries and their significance, and transformations of the Euclidean plane. Offered in the Spring of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 211. MATH 305 Theory of Numbers (3) Divisibility, prime numbers, linear congruences, continued fractions, Diophantine equations, perfect numbers, Pell’s equation and public-key cryptography. Offered in the Fall of odd-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 211 and MATH 250. MATH 308 Probability (3) Topics include basic probability and counting principles, discrete and continuous random variables, expectation, probability distributions, joint distributions, and the central limit theorem. Emphasis on problem-solving. Offered in the Fall of odd-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 212. 168 Holy Family University MATH 309 Graph Theory (3) Graph Theory is a subject on the cutting edge of mathematics and has applications to such diverse subject areas as operations research, economics, chemistry, sociology, computer science, and genetics. This course will provide a thorough introduction to graph theory. Topics to be covered include: paths, cycles, trees, planar graphs, graph colorings, digraphs and applications to optimization problems. MATH 316 Modern Algebra I (3) An introduction to the theory of Groups, Rings, and Fields. Understanding and writing mathematical proofs will be emphasized. Topics include Groups and Subgroups, Permutation Groups, Cyclic Groups, Homomorphisms and Isomorphisms, Factor Groups, Rings, Fields and Integral Domains. Offered in the Fall of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 250. MATH 317 Modern Algebra II (3) A study of advanced topics in the field of Abstract Algebra. The main goal of this course will be to prove the insolvability of the quintic. Topics include Rings of Polynomials, Factor Rings, Ideals, Unique Factorization, Domains, Extension Fields, Geometric Constructions, Splitting Fields, and Galois Theory. Offered in the Spring of odd-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 316. MATH 327 Junior Seminar - History of Mathematics (3) In-depth study of the historical development of mathematics. Course open to majors and minors. Mathematics Prerequisites: MATH 211 and permission of the instructor. Offered in the Spring of odd-numbered years. MATH 401 Statistics (3) Sampling distributions, point estimates, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, nonparametric methods, contingency tables, and goodness-of-fit. Offered in the Spring of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 308. MATH 403 Advanced Calculus (3) Topological concepts underlying the calculus, properties of continuous functions, infinite series and uniform convergence, theory of integration, and general transformations. Offered in the Spring of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 213. MATH 404 Introduction to Complex Variables (3) Theory of functions of a complex variable, analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann conditions and integration, Cauchy’s theorem and formulae, Taylor and Laurent expansions. Offered in the Fall of even-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 213. *MATH 405 Numerical Analysis (3) Floating point arithmetic, iterative methods, finite differences, polynomial approximations, least squares approximations, interpolation theory, numerical differentiation and integration, matrix operations, Gaussian elimination,

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 169 numerical solutions to differential equations, and error analysis. Offered in the Fall of even-numbered years. Computer programming skill is strongly recommended. Prerequisites: MATH 213, 220. MATH 410 Operations Research (3) Introduction to the implementation of Operations Research methods for analyzing systems in the real world with emphasis on linear programming models, dynamic programming models, and probabilistic models. Topics include Simplex Method, Duality Theory, the Assignment Problem, the Transportation Problem, game theory, Markov Chains, queuing theory, forecasting, decision analysis, and simulation. Offered in the Fall of odd-numbered years. Prerequisite: MATH 220. MATH 427 Cooperative Education (2-4) Opportunity for students to participate in off-campus internship experience geared toward putting classroom theory into practice. Efforts coordinated jointly by internship advisor and cooperating employers. Prerequisites: completion of 18 credits in major-level math courses (including Calculus I, II, and III), school approval and approval of the Director of Cooperative Education. MATH 430 Senior Seminar (3) The emphasis of this course will be to introduce students to 2 essential topics in advanced mathematics: problem-solving and mathematical research techniques. Topics will vary with student interest. Prerequisites: Senior-level status or permission of the instructor. *Courses require students to purchase and use graphing calculator.

170 Holy Family University Medical Technology/Clinical Laboratory Science Program Objective • To provide a foundation of personal, academic, and professional experiences that will facilitate the development of competent technologists and effective leaders in health care as well as in pure and applied research. The Program In order to prepare well-rounded professionals, the Medical Technology program combines a foundation in the liberal arts and basic sciences with formal clinical laboratory training. At Holy Family University, students complete the core courses mandated by the liberal arts curriculum. Basic science courses consistent with standards set by the accrediting agencies for programs in clinical laboratory science as well as specific offerings required by the University in the concentration area are also completed on campus. Training in Medical Technology/Clinical Laboratory science is undertaken during the Senior year in the facilities of an accredited hospital program. At the present time, Holy Family University enjoys an affiliation agreement with St. Christopher’s Hospital. One criterion for admission to the clinical year is acceptable academic performance. Applicants must maintain a cumulative average of 2.5 as well as a grade of at least C+ in each science prerequisite. Evaluation of candidates, however, is not based solely on academic achievement, but also includes consideration of relevant recommendations and personal interviews. Admission to the clinical portion of the program is competitive; the clinical laboratory science staff reserves the right to select those applicants who seem best qualified to complete the program. During their clinical training, students are expected to comply with requirements imposed by the hospital affiliate. Upon fulfillment of university and clinical requirements, students are awarded a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology. Students who complete the clinical internship are also eligible to take various certification examinations that are recognized by the profession.

Challenge Program Designed for Medical Laboratory Technicians An advanced placement program is available for those applicants who possess an associate degree in medical laboratory technology (M.L.T.) and a recognized certification in this area. Each student’s status will be evaluated individually, and a suitable program of challenge examinations and/or accelerated rotations in Medical Technology will be designed to address the background of the applicant

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 171 as well as the requirements of the clinical affiliate and the University. Credit earned in this way and acceptable transfer credits may be applied toward completion of the Bachelor of Science degree at Holy Family University. Requirements Core Curriculum: BS Requirements (credits)...... 45 Concentration BIOL 120, 121 Biological Principles I,II...... 4, 4 206 Microbiology ...... 4 207, 208 Anatomy and Physiology I, II ...... 4, 4 209 Cell Biology...... 3 210 Introduction to Scientific Techniques ...... 3 330 General Immunology ...... 3 CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I, II ...... 4, 4 207, 208 Organic Chemistry I, II ...... 4, 4 415, 416 Modern Concepts in Biochemistry I, II ....3, 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 211 Calculus I ...... 4 MEDT 413* Clinical Hematology/Coagulation ...... 6 414* Clinical Immunohematology...... 4 416* Clinical Chemistry ...... 8 417* Clinical Microbiology ...... 8 418* Clinical Immunology/Serology ...... 3 420** Clinical Seminar ...... 3 PHIL 205 Bioethics ...... 3 Recommended BIOL 304 Principles of Genetics ...... 3 CHEM 203 Analytical Chemistry ...... 4 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. *Courses/experiences completed at the accredited clinical affiliate site.

Course Offerings MEDT 413 Clinical Hematology/Coagulation (6) Composition and function of blood, diseases related to blood disorders, and the role of platelets and coagulation. Manual and automated techniques of diagnostic tests for abnormalities. MEDT 414 Clinical Immunohematology (4) Blood antigens, antibodies, crossmatching, hemolytic diseases, and related diagnostic tests. In-depth study of blood donor service and its many facets such as transfusions, medico-legal aspects, etc.

172 Holy Family University MEDT 416 Clinical Chemistry (8) Enzymology; endocrinology; Biochemistry of lipids, carbohydrates, and proteins; metabolism of nitrogenous end products; physiology and metabolism of fluids and electrolytes; and toxicology as related to the body and diseases. Technical procedures include calorimetry, spectrophotometry, electrophoresis, automation, chromatography, and quality control. MEDT 417 Clinical MicroBiology (8) Identification and clinical pathology of bacteria, fungi, viruses, and parasites. Techniques to isolate, stain, culture, and determine antimicrobial susceptibility. Instrumentation; quality control. MEDT 418 Clinical Immunology/Serology (3) Immune response, immunoglobulins, autoimmunity and complement, and related tests and diseases. Survey and demonstration of serological diagnostic tests. MEDT 420 Clinical Seminar (3) Emphasis on clinical coordination conferences. Includes other topics that are unique to the individual hospital program.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 173 Modern Languages Holy Family University offers the following languages that fulfill general Education requirements for language study as well as a minor in Spanish. Objectives • To develop an appropriate level of competence in listening comprehension, speaking, reading comprehension in the target language chosen among those offered by the University • To implant an appreciation of the culture of the target language and its contribution to the Western world • To cultivate a global perspective that fosters international understanding and appreciation of diversity • To promote an awareness of the importance of foreign-language learning for career and professional use in a global society.

Course Offerings French FREN 101, 102 Introductory French I, II (3, 3) Fundamental proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended for beginners. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for FREN 102: FREN 101 or permission of school. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) FREN 103, 104 Intermediate French I, II (3, 3) Progressively increased proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended as a continuation of previous study. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for FREN 104: FREN 103 or permission of school. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) FREN 201, 202 Grammar and Conversation I, II (3, 3) Emphasis on syntax and style to achieve mastery in both oral and written expression. Intensive conversational and writing exercises. Prerequisites: FREN 103, 104, or permission of school. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) German GERM 101, 102 Introductory German I, II (3, 3) Fundamental proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended for beginners. Prerequisite for GERM 102: GERM 101 or permission of the faculty. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC)

174 Holy Family University GERM 103, 104 Intermediate German I, II (3, 3) Progressively increased proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended as a continuation of previous study. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for GERM 104: GERM 103. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) GERM 201, 202 Grammar and Conversation I, II (3, 3) Emphasis on syntax and style to achieve mastery in both oral and written expression. Intensive conversational and writing exercises. Prerequisites: GERM 103, 104, or permission of the School. Italian ITAL 101, 102 Introductory Italian I, II (3, 3) Fundamental proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended for beginners. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for ITAL 102: ITAL 101 or permission of faculty. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) ITAL 103, 104 Intermediate Italian I, II (3, 3) Progressively increased proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended as a continuation of previous study. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for ITAL 104: ITAL 103 or permission of faculty. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) ITAL 201, 202 Grammar and Conversation I, II (3, 3) Emphasis on syntax and style to achieve mastery in both oral and written expression. Intensive conversational and writing exercises. Prerequisites: ITAL 103, 104, or permission of faculty. Polish PLSH 101, 102 Introductory Polish I, II (3, 3) Fundamental proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended for beginners. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for PLSH 102: PLSH 101 or permission of the faculty. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) PLSH 103, 104 Intermediate Polish I, II (3, 3) Progressively increased proficiency in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Intended as a continuation of previous study. One hour per week required in language laboratory. Prerequisite for PLSH 104: PLSH 103 or permission of the faculty. PLSH 201, 202 Grammar and Conversation I, II (3, 3) Emphasis on syntax and style to achieve mastery in both oral and written expression. Intensive conversational and writing exercises. Prerequisites: PLSH 103, 104, or permission of the faculty.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 175 Spanish SPAN 101, 102 Introductory Spanish I, II (3, 3) Fundamental skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Weekly session in language laboratory required. Prerequisite for SPAN 102: SPAN 101 or permission of the faculty. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) SPAN 103, 104 Intermediate Spanish I, II (3, 3) Review and improvement of listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. Weekly session in language laboratory required. Prerequisite for SPAN 104: SPAN 103 or permission of the school. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC) SPAN 201, 202 Advanced Grammar and Conversation I, II (3, 3) Review of grammatical concepts and development of oral and writing skills. Prerequisites of SPAN 201-202: SPAN 103-104 or permission of the faculty. Satisfies core requirement. (WNCC)

Minor in Spanish: see page 248 under minors

Course Offerings SPAN 201, 202 Advanced Grammar and Composition I, II (3) See description above. SPAN 204 Spanish-American Civilization (3) Examination of the social, political, and artistic characteristics of Spanish- American civilization from historical and contemporary perspectives. Prerequisites: SPAN 201-202 or permission of the faculty. Offered Spring semesters as needed. SPAN 302 Hispanic Influences in the United States (3) Study of Hispanics in the United States and their contributions in politics, social development, the arts, and popular culture. Taught in English. SPAN 308 Applied Linguistics (3) Introduction to the concepts of linguistic theory and their applications in foreign language teaching. Prerequisites: SPAN 201-202 or divisional permission. SPAN 309, 310 Conversation and Language Activities I, II (3, 3) Development of conversational competence and those skills necessary to communicate successfully in a range of social and professional contexts. The 2 courses are not sequential; SPAN 309 is not a prerequisite for SPAN 310. Prerequisites: SPAN 201-202 or permission of the school. SPAN 311 Spanish Non-Fiction (3) Analysis of authentic Spanish-language texts selected from films, print, and electronic media. Prerequisites: SPAN 201-202 or permission of the school.

176 Holy Family University SPAN 315 Literary Analysis (3) Introduction to the terms, concepts, characteristics, and evolutionary highlights of the different literary genres in Spanish. SPAN 449 Special Topics: Reading in Spanish (3) Capstone course exploring a specific topic. In-depth exploration of a theme, an author, a genre, or a significant non-literary subject. Course, but not topic, may be repeated for credit.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 177 Natural Sciences Objectives • To understand the theoretical and empirical nature of the natural sciences • To study concepts in science that deal with environmental issues • To become aware of global population issues and problems, and social and religious influences involving human welfare • To develop an appreciation of our responsibility for the health of the earth.

Minor in Natural Sciences: see page 244 under minors

Course Offerings GSCI 104 Biology and the Natural World (3) This course provides an introduction to Biology for the non-science major, focusing on the common connections of all living things in Biochemistry, structure and function of cells, and genetics. The process of scientific discovery serves as a backdrop for the inquiry-based lab experiences. The responsibility of humans for all things living on earth will also be addressed through the lecture/discussions. Two hours of lecture and two hours of lab. No prerequisite. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (KNS) GSCI 105 Living in the Environment (3) This course provides the non-science major with the basic knowledge of the principles of ecology. The topics include populations, communities, and species interactions. Pollution of both the air and water are related to effects on human health, on food production, and on the biosphere. Three hours of lecture. No prerequisite. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (KNS) GSCI 106 Chemistry and the Environment (3) Designed for the non-science major, this course addresses basic chemical principles in the context of environmental issues. In modular form, students explore a series of topics including air pollution, ozone depletion, global warming, and water quality. Each module enhances the students’ understanding of the chemical aspects of each issue as well as the interconnection between chemical principles and social, political, and economic realities. Three hours of lecture. No prerequisite. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (KNS) GSCI 107 Fundamental Concepts in Biology and Chemistry (3) Biology for the non-science major but RECOMMENDED for Nursing and Allied Health. This course emphasizes the commonalities of all living things in their Biochemistry, cellular structure and function, genetics, and gene expression. Three hours of lecture, no lab.

178 Holy Family University GSCI 108 The Environment of Planet Earth (3) Earth Science for non-science majors. This course focuses on the dynamic nature of the interactions of the physical factors of the Earth and Space; Physical Geology, Historical Geology, Oceanography, Meteorology , and Astronomy. Emphasis will be placed upon the environment of the earth, and human responsibility of stewardship for the resources that are found within this environment. Three hours of lecture with some hands-on experiences. Satisfies core requirement (KNS). GSCI-110 The Science of Physics (3) This is a course in basic Physics for the non-science student. In this course, some of the topics discussed are: The Metric System, Density, Motion both linear and non-linear, Energy and Energy Transductions, Temperature and Heat, Light, and Specific heat. The laboratory experience reinforces lecture concepts and is algebra based. Laboratories are hands-on, inquiry based exercises. Two hours of lecture and two hours of lab.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 179 Physics Objectives • To facilitate the work of Biology, chemistry, mathematics, or other sciences • To provide opportunities for a better understanding of the atomic and geophysical preoccupation of our times.

Course Offerings PHYS 102 The Science of Physics (3) A comprehensive introduction to physics for non-majors. Examines the historical development and significance of major concepts and theories of classical and modern physics and their role in everyday life. PHYS 201, 201L General Physics I (4) Basic physical properties and applications. Vectors, force, rectilinear motion, rotational motion, motion in a plane, momentum, gravitational fields, work, energy, periodic motion, elasticity, heat, kinetic theory, nature of waves and sound. Three hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisite: one semester of major level calculus. PHYS 202, 202L General Physics II (4) Electrostatics, electric fields, potential, capacitance, D.C. circuits, magnetic fields, magnetic forces, induced EMF, nature and physical properties of light, geometrical optics, basic atomic and nuclear physics. Three hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisites: PHYS 201, 201L.

180 Holy Family University Nursing Objectives • To provide a nursing curriculum that is tailored to current and future regional health care needs and issues • To educate students to assume the role of professional nurse generalist in a contemporary society • To educate students to provide culturally competent and ethical care • To provide a foundation for graduate study.

Admission, Continuation, and Graduation Policies Admission Students are admitted to the University as pre-Nursing students. Transfer students must have a minimum GPA of 3.0 for admission. To change program status from pre-Nursing to Nursing and to be eligible to enter the 300-level Nursing courses students must: • Complete the Validation for Acceptance to Nursing/Entrance to 300 Level Nursing form in the semester prior to progression to 300-level February 28 for Fall semester September 30 for Spring semester • Complete all prerequisite courses with a minimum grade of C • Complete a minimum of 60 semester credit hours • Achieve an overall Holy Family University GPA of 2.75 • Achieve a 90% proficiency on the 200-level med-math competency test. Continuation and Graduation To progress in the Nursing program students must achieve a minimum grade of C in all Nursing courses. A student who withdraws from a Nursing course with a failing grade will be considered as having failed the course. The 300-level clinical courses must be completed before taking the 400-level clinical courses. Students must demonstrate a minimum 90% competency on mathematical calculations at the end of 200, 300, and 400 curriculum levels. To continue as a nursing student in good standing, a cumulative GPA of 2.75 must be maintained. In courses containing theory, clinical seminar, and clinical experience all components must be passed simultaneously. A failing or unsatisfactory grade in any component constitutes a failing course grade. A student who fails the clinical experience is automatically dismissed from the Nursing program. Students are responsible for reading and adhering to the policies and procedures outlined in the BSN Student Handbook (Volume VIII of the University Policy Manual).

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 181 Students are required to complete the program in five calendar years from the time they take the first 300 level clinical nursing course. Students who drop out of the program for a semester need to be reviewed by the School of Nursing and will be readmitted to continue on a space available basis. In addition, those students, who have dropped out of the program for a full calendar year or more, must follow University policy for readmission to the University and are subject to Nursing faculty review. Graduation from Program To graduate from the Nursing program, a student must have a GPA of 2.75, demonstrate a minimum of 90% competency on mathematical calculations at the end of the 400 curriculum level, and pass a comprehensive examination (Volume VIII B Policy 8B 2.1). Program Dismissal Dismissal from the Nursing program occurs when a student: • Fails the clinical component of a nursing course • Fails to pass any of the level med-math competency exams for the 3rd time • Fails two nursing courses • Fails any course for the second time • Withdraws from two nursing courses with a failing grade. The faculty reserves the right to modify or waive certain program requirements. School policies may be changed without notice in order to meet criteria of external accrediting agencies (Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing, the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, and the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education). Qualification for Licensure Graduates of the BSN Nursing program are eligible for licensure in all states in the United States. Satisfactory performance in the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN), as prescribed by the respective state, results in the designation of registered nurse (RN). A registered nurse is entitled to licensure by endorsement in other states. Clinical Policies • Entrance into a clinical course is contingent upon the number of clinical spaces for students and the availability of appropriate clinical sites and/or clinical faculty. • A student who does not demonstrate safe clinical practice consistent with the following is subject to immediate dismissal from the program: 1. Course objectives 2. The Professional Behavior and Safety Criteria for Nursing Students

182 Holy Family University 3. Clinical Conduct Policies 4. A.N.A. Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice, Nursing’s Social Policy Statement and Code of Ethics for Nurses; and 5. The Professional Nurse Practice Act of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. • Mondays, Thursdays and Fridays are the usual clinical days for day students. Saturday is the clinical day for part-time/evening students. • Clinical hours vary by course and may be scheduled 6-8 hours (7am – 1pm, 3pm – 9pm, or 7am – 3pm). Students are responsible for their own transportation to the clinical agencies. Students should not enroll in other classes until the specific time for their clinical experience is determined. Health Regulations Students in the Nursing Program have a responsibility to maintain high standards of health practice since they have direct contact with individuals who suffer a variety of illnesses. Prior to beginning clinical practice, each student is required, as mandated by the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing and clinical agencies to present evidence of good health, proper immunizations, a Criminal Record Check, Child Abuse Clearance, and drug testing and other affidavits as specified in the health packet obtained from the School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions. Students must carry their own medical and hospitalization insurance. Neither the University nor the clinical agency is responsible for payment of care rendered to students in the case of illness or injury that occurs in the clinical area. Part-time Options The BSN Nursing Program may be completed on a part-time evening basis. BSN Requirements Core Curriculum: BSN requirements (credits) ...... 45 Including the successful completion of the following courses with a minimum grade of C: English - ENGL 101 and 102 or ENGL 103 and 104 Biology - BIOL 206/206L, 207/207L, 208/208L Quantification – Core Math requirement Natural Science - GSCI-107 Speech - ENGL 115 Psychology - PSYC 101 and PSYC 208 Sociology - SOCO 101

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 183 Concentration Level 100 Courses NURS 102 Nursing, Health and the Environment ...... 2 150/BIOL 110 Nutrition in Contemporary Health Care ...... 3 Level 200 Courses 210/210LEssential Elements of Nursing Practice I ...... 4 214/214LHealth Assessment for Nursing Practice...... 3 Level 300 Courses 316/316L Nursing and Older Adult Health ...... 5 317 Pathophysiologic Processes ...... 3 318/318L Nursing and the Childbearing Family...... 5 323/323L Nursing and Child Health ...... 5 338/338L Nursing and Middle Adult Health ...... 6 354 Research in Nursing Practice...... 3 358 Pharmacology for Nursing Care ...... 3 Level 400 Courses 436/436L Mental Health and Psychiatric Nursing in the Middle Years ...... 5 438/438L Nursing Care and Adolescent/ Young Adult Health ...... 6 440/440L Nursing and Aggregate-Based Care ...... 5 445/445L Nursing Leadership ...... 5 Other Requirements Comprehensive Examination - The comprehensive examination is scheduled twice a semester. Students who are unable to successfully complete the comprehensive examination at the scheduled times are not able to complete program requirements by the expected graduation date.

LPN/LVN - BSN Track LPN/LVN - BSN track is designed as an advanced placement program for the licensed practical nurse (LPN) or licensed vocational nurse (LVN)] who wishes to prepare for licensure as a registered nurse. The LPN/LVN - BSN track provides opportunities to increase nursing knowledge and leadership skills, thereby enhancing personal satisfaction, professional growth, and expanding career opportunities. The LPN/LVN student is recognized as possessing certain requisite knowledge and skills, and opportunities are provided to validate prior learning. The program is designed for graduates of accredited LPN/LVN programs who hold a current LPN/LVN license and have been practicing as an LPN/LVN for at least two years.

184 Holy Family University Accelerated RN-BSN Track The accelerated RN-BSN Program at Holy Family University offers courses in five-week sessions that can be taken on a full-time or part-time basis. The focus of the RN-BSN option is to broaden the RN’s knowledge, enhance leadership and management skills, and recognize that registered nurses have diversity in clinical and educational experiences. A total of up to 84 credits may be awarded through an individual evaluation of the RN’s past and present academic and clinical practice. Automatically, 32 nursing credits of the 84 credits are awarded to the student upon matriculation. A minimum of 45 of the 122 credits required for the degree must be taken at Holy Family University. Registered nurses are required to take only 24 credits in nursing courses. All policies and procedures are listed in the BSN Student Handbook (Volume VIII of the University Policy Manual) and the Division of Extended Learning Accelerated Program Student Handbook. RN-BSN Requirements (Offered Through the Extended Learning Division Only) Core Curriculum: BSN requirements (credits) ...... 45 Nursing transfer requirements...... 32 Concentration *Microbiology ...... 4 *Anatomy and Physiology I ...... 4 *Anatomy and Physiology II ...... 4 Elementary Statistics ...... 3 General Psychology ...... 3 Human Development (Lifespan) ...... 3 NURS** 352 Family Assessment ...... 3 354 Research in Nursing Practice ...... 3 356 Culture and Health Care...... 3 450 Contemporary Issues in Health Care Delivery ...... 3 452 Leadership in Nursing Practice...... 3 401/401LCommunity Health I: Basis for Practice ...... 3 402/402LCommunity Health II: Planning for Aggregates...... 3 Nursing Elective ...... 3 * Courses not available in accelerated format. ** Accelerated Programs use a three letter descriptor (NUR) instead of a four letter descriptor. Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 185 Transfer of Nursing Credits Policy Holy Family University and the School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions recognize and respect the diverse educational and clinical backgrounds of registered nurses and licensed practical nurses. Nursing credits may be transferred from prior college or hospital-based nursing Education programs or validated through individual evaluations. 1. Registered nurses who have graduated within the past seven years from an accredited Associate Degree nursing program or a hospital based nursing program are eligible for the direct transfer of 32 nursing credits upon matriculation to Holy Family University. Registered nurses who have graduated more than seven years ago from an accredited Associate Degree nursing program or hospital-based nursing program are eligible for direct transfer of 32 nursing credits after individual evaluation of professional practice. 2. Licensed practical or vocational nurses are eligible for the direct transfer of 5 nursing credits for knowledge gained in an accredited LPN/LVN program with valid LPN/LVN licensure. Up to an additional 21 nursing credits may be achieved in the following manner: • Seven credits may be awarded after matriculation to Holy Family University and successful completion of a comprehensive health assessment practicum • Twelve credits may be awarded to those with two years relevant and recent clinical experience within the past five years and successful completion of course challenge examination in the area of current clinical practice. • A maximum of two upper level (300 level) clinical nursing courses may be challenged by those students who have relevant and recent clinical experience within the last five years (4080 hours).

Course Offerings 100 Level Courses NURS 102 Nursing, Health, and the Environment (2) This course introduces the student to the concepts of health, humankind, the environment, and nursing. It is designed to provide the student with opportunities to explore and think critically about nursing’s concern for the quality of human life. The evolving health care delivery system will be examined as a basis for discussion of the current and emerging roles of the professional nurse. Grounded in an historical perspective, nursing’s key role in the promotion, maintenance and restoration of health, and prevention of disease, and injury are explored.

186 Holy Family University 150/BIOL 110 Nutrition in Contemporary HealthCare (3) The course focuses on Healthy People 2010 initiatives with emphasis on nutrition in nursing care. Nutritional requirements in health promotion, health protection, and prevention of disease are studied in depth. Students will develop the knowledge and the critical thinking skills necessary to provide nutrition education and to care for individuals and families within aggregates. 200 Level Courses NURS 210, 210L Essential Elements of Nursing Practice (4) This course provides an overview of the nursing process as students explore selected concepts that promote the psychosocial and physiological adaptation of healthy individuals. Emphasis is placed on the development of communication and critical thinking skills while focusing on nursing interview, history, and assessment. Beginning application of the components of the nursing process is addressed in preparation for holistic care of the individual. Laboratory and/or field experience are required to apply fundamental nursing interventions. Two hours classroom and five hours lab per week. Prerequisites: GSCI 104 or GSCI 107, Writing I, Writing II, Quantification core course. Concurrent: BIOL 206/206L, BIOL 207/207L, NURS 102, NURS 150/BIOL 110. NURS 214 Health Assessment for Nursing Practice (3) The focus of this course is to provide students with the cognitive and psychomotor skills needed to assess the health status of an individual. Continued emphasis on therapeutic communication is provided to enhance the student’s interviewing and critical thinking skills. A laboratory practicum is required for skill development and refinement. Prerequisites: NURS 210/210L, BIOL 207/207L (with minimum grade of C). Concurrent: BIOL 208/208L, PSYC 208. 300 Level Courses NURS 316, 316L Nursing and Older Adult Health (5) The physiological, emotional, social, spiritual, and environmental changes experienced by older individuals and their families are examined. Healthy aging, restorative care, and supportive interventions to promote a dignified death are explored. Emphasis is placed on the roles of the nurse as coordinator of care for older adults and their families. The special advocacy issues of older clients and their families are addressed. Concurrent clinical experiences incorporate opportunities to integrate theory, research, and critical thinking skills in a variety of settings. Two hours classroom, one hour seminar, and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: NURS 338/338L and NURS 317. Concurrent: NURS 323/323L, NURS 358. NURS 317 Pathophysiologic Processes (3) The occurrence, distribution, and transmission of disease in human populations are examined. The physiological effects of selected disease processes on specific

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 187 organs and consequential systemic responses are examined. The pharmacological system in the United States and sources of drug information are explored. Basic principles of pharmacokinetics are introduced and integrated with specific pathophysiological and pharmacological processes. The physiological effects of pharmacological and other selected treatments are explored. Three hours classroom per week. Prerequisites: GSCI 104/GSCI 107, BIOL 206/206L, BIOL 208/208L, NURS 212/212L or NURS 214 (with a minimum grade of C). Concurrent with NURS 338. NURS 318, 318L Nursing and The Childbearing Family (5) Emphasis is placed on using the family-centered approach to examine the physiological and psychosocial aspects of the childbearing family from pre- conception until integration of the newborn into the family. Low-risk childbearing experiences, the High-risk clinical pregnancy, and their impact on the family are explored. Concurrent clinical experiences will incorporate the roles of the nurse and health promotion, maintenance, and restoration needs of the childbearing family. Two hours classroom, one hour seminar, and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisites: NURS 212/212L or NURS 214. Concurrent: NURS 338/338L, NURS 317, or NURS 358. NURS 323, 323L Nursing and Child Health (5) The nurse’s role in the promotion, maintenance, and restoration of health and wellness with infants, children, and their families is explored. The influence of environment on the child’s physical, social, and psychological health is examined. Legal and ethical considerations in the care of children and their families are identified. Multidisciplinary relationships critical to the holistic, humanistic, and altruistic care of children and their families from multicultural backgrounds are discussed. Concurrent clinical experiences provide opportunities to integrate theory, research, and critical thinking skills. Three hours classroom, one hour seminar, and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisites: NURS 317, NURS 338/338L. Concurrent: NURS 316/316L and NURS 358. NURS 338, 338L Nursing and Middle Adult Health (6) Emphasis is placed on collaborative activities related to health promotion, health maintenance, and disease prevention in the care of middle adults and their families. The impact of physiological, psychosocial, cultural, economic, and environmental factors on middle adult health practices is examined. Adaptive, coping, and restorative measures aimed at sustaining or regaining maximal functioning are also explored. Concurrent clinical experiences in acute care settings provide opportunities to integrate theory, research, and technology into nursing practice. Three hours classroom, one hour seminar, and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisites: NUS 212/212L, successful completion of a 200 level med-math competency examination, and admission to 300 Level nursing courses. Concurrent with NURS 317.

188 Holy Family University NURS 354 Research in Nursing Practice (3) Using critical thinking skills, students develop an understanding of the research process so that they are able to read, interpret, and begin to evaluate research findings for application to nursing practice. Three classroom hours per week. Prerequisites: Core Quantification course, MATH 130, NURS 338/338L/338N. Concurrent with NURS 316/316L, NURS 323/323L, NURS 436/436L or NURS 438/438L. NURS 358 Pharmacology for Nursing Care (3) Essential knowledge of pharmacological principles is applied to the nursing process across the lifespan. The pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacotherapeutics for major drug classifications are explored. A major focus is on the nursing care of the person receiving drug therapy. Three hours classroom per week. Prerequisite: GSCI 104/GSCI 107, BIOL 206/206L, BIOL 208/208L, and NURS 212/212L and NURS 317 (with a grade of C or Higher). Concurrent: NURS 338/338L, NURS 318/318L, NURS 316/316L or NURS 323/323L. 400 Level Courses NURS 410 Independent Study (1 - 6) Various topics as needed or assigned. NURS 436, 436L Psychiatric Nursing in the Middle Years (5) The application of diverse theories, psychobiological concepts, and epidemiological principles for students to use as they learn to provide holistic care for mentally healthy and ill individuals, groups, and communities. Various points on the mental health/illness continuum are emphasized. The course incorporates a “therapeutic use of self ” as an approach to understanding and caring for others. The professional role development of the student is enhanced by concurrent clinical experiences that provide opportunities to integrate theory, research, and critical thinking skills. Two hours classroom and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses and successful completion of a 300 level med-math competency examination. Concurrent: NURS 438/438L, NURS 354. NURS 438, 438L Nursing Care and Adolescent/Young Adult Health (6) The promotion, maintenance, and restoration of health in the adolescent and young adult aggregate are explored. Students examine the impact of physiological, sociocultural, economic, and psychological environment on health care practices. Healthy adaptation to decrease risk-taking behavior is stressed. Emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse as a lifelong learner, leader, and professional group member. Concurrent clinical experiences provide the student opportunities to incorporate theory, research, and critical thinking skills in a variety of health care settings. Three hours classroom, one hour seminar and six hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: All 300 level nursing courses and successful completion of a 300 level med-math competency examination. Concurrent: NURS 436/436L, NURS 354.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 189 NURS 440, 440L Nursing and Aggregate-Based Care (5) The components of aggregate and community focused nursing care are examined in this course. Public health and nursing science theories serve as the basis for the development of the role of community/public health nurse. Focus is placed on assisting aggregates toward healthy adaptation in the promotion of health and prevention of disease. The importance of policy, political process, and change are explored within the scope of nursing practice in the community. Concurrent clinical experiences in various community-based agencies provide students with the opportunity to apply theory and to develop a leadership role in community focused care. Two hours classroom, one hour seminar and eight hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: NURS 438/438L concurrent with NURS 445/445L. NURS 445, 445L Nursing Leadership (5) Students have the opportunity to critically appraise and evaluate current issues and trends within the nursing profession and the health care delivery system. Leadership theories and concepts are examined. Emphasis is placed on evolution of the role from student to member of the nursing profession. Concurrent clinical experience facilitates the application of course content in a variety of clinical settings. This course is usually completed during the final semester of program enrollment. Three hours classroom and eight hours clinical per week. Prerequisites: NURS 438/438L, NURS 436/436L concurrent NURS 440/440L. Accelerated RN-BSN Option NUR 352 Family Assessment (3) A multidimensional approach to understanding family health and adaptation to acute or chronic illness across the life span is presented. Family assessment and data collection skills are refined. Field experiences provide an opportunity to utilize family assessment strategies and develop a comprehensive, family-oriented database. Current family health issues are examined. Four hours per week classroom. Prerequisite: PSYC 208. Cross reference with PSY 352 and SOC 352. NUR 354 Research in Nursing Practice (3) Using critical thinking skills, students develop an understanding of the research process so that they are able to read, interpret, and begin to evaluate research findings for application to nursing practice. Four classroom hours per week. Prerequisites: Statistics. NUR 356 Culture and Health Care (3) Culture as a determinant of one’s health beliefs and practices is a course focus. Theories and concepts of health and culture are described, as well as socioeconomic factors impacting on health care delivery. Differences in health care values and beliefs existing between health care professionals and some members of ethno/cultural groups are discussed. Health beliefs, folk practices, and health risk factors of selected ethnic groups are considered. Methods of providing culturally sensitive care are identified. Four classroom hours per week.

190 Holy Family University NUR 401/401L Community Health I: Basis for Practice (3) Students examine the components of aggregate and community-focused care. Theories from the public health and nursing sciences are examined as the basis for the development of the role of community/public health nurse. Assisting aggregates toward healthy adaptation in the promotion of health and prevention of disease is a course focus. A clinical setting for concurrent clinical experience is selected to develop the leadership role in community-focused care. Two and one half hours classroom and five and one half hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: NUR 352, NUR 356. NUR 402/402L Community Health II: Planning for Aggregates (3) The student has the opportunity to synthesize and apply nursing and public health knowledge through continued development of a community health planning and promotion project initiated during NURS 401L. Concurrent clinical experiences are provided. Two and one half hours classroom and five and one half hours clinical per week. Prerequisite: NUR 401/401L. NUR 450 Contemporary Issues in Health Care Delivery (3) An overview of the health care delivery system and an historical review of nursing with a comparison of the U.S. Health care model with those of other countries are provided. The legal, ethical, financial, quality of care, and management issues peculiar to the health care delivery system, as well as implications for the profession of nursing are critically examined. Political, economic, and social influences on health policy and health care reform efforts are explored. Four hours classroom per week. NUR 452 Leadership in Nursing Practice (3) The concepts of leadership, management, professionalism, and the interaction among these key elements are presented. Seminar format is used to facilitate and expand student knowledge of nurse decision-making and change theory. Enhanced personal and organizational awareness, motivation, and communication within working relationships are explored to guide the student toward ethical, effective, and meaningful leadership. Four hours classroom per week.

BSN Program Approval and Accreditation Approval from the Department of Education for the Commonwealth of the State Board of Nursing has been maintained since the beginning of the baccalaureate Nursing Program in the early 1970s. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 191 Address: National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission 61 , 3rd Floor New York, NY 10006 Phone: 800-669-1656, ext. 153 Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education One Dupont Circle, NW Suite 530 Washington, DC 20036 Phone: 202-463-6930 Cooperating Hospitals and Agencies: Abington Memorial Hospital Abington Memorial Hospital Home Care Albert Einstein Medical Center Alpha House Nursery School Belmont Center for Comprehensive Treatment Blessed Margaret Home Bucks County Health Department Capitol Health System Chandler Hall Health Services, Inc. Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Deer Meadows Retirement Community Frankford Hospital-Torresdale Friends Hospital Good Shepherd Nursery School Holy Redeemer Hospital and Medical Center Holy Redeemer Home Care and Hospice Services Jeanes Hospital Lafayette-Holy Redeemer Health System Lower Bucks Hospital Lower Bucks Home Care Moss Rehabilitation Hospital Nazareth Hospital Northeastern Hospital Professional Home Health Care Services Rydal Park Long Term Care School District of Philadelphia St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children St. Joseph’s Manor St. Mary Medical Center Children’s Medical Center Virtua Health System

192 Holy Family University Philosophy Objectives • To develop writing and critical-thinking abilities through the study of logic, the analysis of arguments and argument forms, and conceptual analysis and synthesis • To unify all branches of study offered in the curriculum by studying the conceptual foundations and assumptions they share in common • To help the student develop justified, consistent ethical principles to guide moral judgment and conduct • To introduce students to reasoned enquiry regarding the most basic ways in which we conceptualize our world and ourselves • To enquire as to the nature and meaning of human life, the existence and character of God, and the relationship of the two.

Minor in Philosophy: see page 244 under minors

Minor in Pre-Law: see page 246 under minors

Course Offerings PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) Introductory exploration of several important philosophical problems, such as the existence of God, free will and determinism, the mind/body problem, and the nature of moral responsibility. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PHIL 103 Honors Introduction to Philosophy (3) Introduction of a variety of philosophical problems by careful attention to original texts. Prerequisite: Permission of the School of Arts and Sciences. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PHIL 201 Philosophy of Human Nature (3) Investigation into the principles characterizing human nature and human destiny from historical and contemporary perspectives. Study of issues such as the relationship between human beings and other animals; the nature of soul and mind and brain; the relation between thought and action; the character of laws of human behavior and their implications for freedom of will. Offered odd- numbered years, Fall or Spring. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PHIL 202 Logic (3) Rules and principles of informal logic, and formalized systems of deductive logic, including syllogisms, truth-functions, and quantificational logic. Introduction to symbolic logic and formal methods of proof. Offered Fall and Spring semesters. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 193 PHIL 203 History of Philosophy I (3) History of major philosophical views beginning with the pre-Socratics and extending through the Middle Ages. Emphasis on Plato and Aristotle. PHIL 204 History of Philosophy II (3) History of major philosophical positions from the Renaissance through the 20th century. Study of such significant philosophers as Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, and Hegel. Twentieth-century figures may include Wittgenstein, Heidegger, Sartre, Russell, and Quine. PHIL 205 Bioethics (3) Analysis of ethical principles in their relationship to medicine, nursing, and scientific research. The problems of the rights of patients. The rights and duties of physicians and nurses. Specific problems such as euthanasia, artificial insemination, and dying. PHIL 207 Philosophy of Religion (3) Analysis of the concept of religion and the idea of Theism. Exploration of fundamental questions raised in the Judeo-Christian tradition, such as God’s existence, nature and character; justification of religious belief; the problem of evil; the relation between religion and morality; miracles; and the problem of immortality. Offered every year, Fall or Spring. Satisfies core requirement, (CJCV) but does not satisfy religious studies requirement. PHIL 208 Business Ethics (3) Examination of selected major ethical problems specific to the American business world. Considers theoretical issues relating business activities to various concepts of human good in the light of actual case studies. PHIL 256 Law and Ethics in Media (3) This course deals with issues of fairness and propriety in the various media. It examines the need for truthfulness and impartiality in reporting. It studies law articles and legal cases, writings of media critics, and writings of philosophers. See COMM 256. Offered every Spring. PHIL 301 Ethics (3) Critical examination of the problems and concepts of moral philosophy in classical and contemporary contexts. Detailed analysis of ethical theories such as utilitarianism, deontology, communitarianism, and virtue theory. Offered every year, Fall or Spring. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PHIL 302 Theory of Knowledge (3) Exploration of various attempts to understand what it means to know. How is knowledge possible? What does it mean to say that a proposition is true? What criteria of evidence should we use in evaluating knowledge claims?

194 Holy Family University PHIL 303 Philosophy of Art (3) Analysis of aesthetic work, experience, person, and act. Study of topics such as the analysis of beauty, aesthetic judgment, representation and expression, art and moral responsibility, art and religious expression, the creative activity, the relation between art and theory, and the task of aesthetic criticism. Offered every year, Fall or Spring. PHIL 305 World Views (3) Investigation of various interpretations of reality. Discussions of topics such as scientific realism, evidential truth and scientific methodology, theoretical physics, cosmology, science and religion, and their metaphysical assumptions. PHIL 307 Social Ethics (3) Analysis of contemporary social issues such as world hunger, gender equality, pornography and censorship, and affirmative action. Emphasizes critical reading of diverse views on the central ethical questions raised by such issues. Offered every year, Fall or Spring. PHIL 325 Junior Seminar (3) Intensive study of the work of a major philosopher, a particular philosophical problem, method, or period. Recommended for Humanities majors. Enrollment limited to 15. Prerequisite: Six hours in Philosophy. See PHIL 425. PHIL 425 Senior Seminar (3) Intensive study of the work of a major philosopher, a particular philosophical problem, method or period. Recommended for Humanities majors. Enrollment limited to 15. Prerequisite: Six hours in Philosophy. See PHIL 325. PHIL 426 Independent Study (3) School permission required. PHIL 431-499 Special Topics (3) Examines a particular treatise of a philosopher, a specific idea, or a specific philosophical issue. Since the topic changes each time it is offered, students may take several courses in this sequence. PHIL 433 Philosophy of Justice (3) An examination of classic and contemporary defenses and critiques of the major discussions of the conceptions of justice. PHIL 434 Philosophy And Literature (3) An examination of the intersection of philosophy and literature as textual embodiments of meaning. Readings include short stories, novels, and philosophy as expressions of the human condition. PHIL 435 Philosophy of Evil (3) A systematic examination of the concept of evil: its etymology and analysis, mythological and historical development, and philosophical psychology.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 195 Psychobiology Objectives • To provide concentrators with a firm base of knowledge in both disciplines of Psychology and Biology • To prepare students for positions in research in the behavioral, pharmacological, paramedical, and medical sciences. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration BIOL 120, 121 Biological Principles I, II...... 4, 4 207, 208 Anatomy and Physiology I, II ...... 4, 4 209 Cell Biology...... 3 210 Introduction to Scientific Techniques or 312 Cell-Cell Interaction ...... 3 304 Principles of Genetics ...... 3 326 Seminar: Inorganic, Organic, and Cultural Evolution...... 2 CHEM 120, 121 Chemistry Principles I,II ...... 4, 4 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 305 Physiological Psychology...... 3 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3 333 Learning ...... 3 425 Psychological Assessment ...... 3 431 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psychology...... 3 433 Advanced Research in Psychology ...... 3 Electives in Natural Science or Psychology...... 9 Other Requirements A comprehensive examination in both Psychology and Biology. Continuation in the major requires a GPA of 2.5 in all completed science courses. At least nine credits in 200/300-level science offerings must be completed in the school to meet degree requirements.

Course Offerings See Biology and Psychology.

196 Holy Family University Psychology Objectives • To demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in psychology • To understand and apply basic research methods in psychology, including demonstration of information and technological literacy • To utilize critical and creative thinking, skeptical inquiry, and the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes • To understand how psychological principles are applied in the realm of work, personal life, education, and other real-world situations • To act ethically, tolerate ambiguity, protect human dignity, recognize diversity, and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a science. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration Courses required of all students PSYC 101* General Psychology ...... 3 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences..3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences...... 3 431 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psychology...... 3 433 Advanced Research in Psychology ...... 3 *Must be taken by Psychology concentrators as a prerequisite for all other PSYC courses. CMIS 102 or CMIS 103 Introduction to Computers or Computer Applications* ...... 3 (Choice depends on computer experience – May be replaced by free elective IF student is computer literate.) All students must choose at least two courses from each of the following 2 groups: Group I PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development ...... 3 343 Social Psychology ...... 3 346 Theories of Personality ...... 3 425 Psychological Assessment ...... 3 Group II PSYC 305 Physiological Psychology...... 3 331 Sensation and Perception ...... 3 332 Cognitive Processes ...... 3 333 Learning ...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 197 Group III PSYC electives ...... 12 Courses Related to Concentration SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology Some of these 12 credits may include approved courses in Sociology or remaining courses in Groups I and II in addition to other courses listed in Psychology. Secondary Certification (Grades 7-12) For teacher certification requirements in Social Science (Psychology), see School of Education. Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination.

Minor in Psychology: see page 246 under minors

Course Offerings PSYC 101 General Psychology (3) Introduction to the study of human behavior, exploring both the social and biological foundation. Looks at the scientific basis of Psychology discussing the research and theory in the major subfields, including human development, abnormal behavior, learning and memory, and social Psychology. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PSYC 203 Consumer Behavior (3) In-depth exploration of individual, social, and cultural factors that determine consumer behavior, including personality variables affecting susceptibility to advertising, influence of motivation theories on the content of advertisements, and social class differences in consumer behavior. Prerequisite: MNMK 312. No student may take PSYC 203 without having completed MNMK 312 with a minimum grade of C. See MNMK 406. PSYC 205 Principles of Interviewing (3) Teaching of interviewing skills through didactic and experiential methods. Basic perspectives presented through lecture, discussion, and interactive exercises. Useful to students in any professional area where interviewing is necessary. See SOCO 205. PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development (3) The study of human growth and development from conception through childhood and adolescence within the biological, cognitive, and psychosocial domains. Emphasis on contemporary theories and research. May not be combined with PSYC 208. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH)

198 Holy Family University PSYC 207 Adult Development and Aging (3) Multidisciplinary exploration of the biological, psychological, and social domains of the lives of adults. Includes theoretical perspectives on changes in adult experience beginning in the second decade. May not be combined with PSYC 208. See SOCO 207. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) PSYC 208 Psychology of Human Development (3) Multidisciplinary study of human growth from conception until death within the biosocial, social, cognitive, and psychosocial domains. Emphasis on contemporary theories and research. May not be combined with either PSYC 206 or PSYC 207. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) PSYC 209 Psychology of the Exceptional Child (3) Psychological principles and theories relating to the adjustment of the mentally retarded, the gifted, the physically or sensorially impaired, and the emotionally and socially maladjusted child. PSYC 210 Gender Issues (3) Analysis through reading and discussion of the physiological, social, emotional, and cultural correlates of gender. Expectation for gender-typed behavior is contrasted with the realities of men’s and women’s lives. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) See SOCO 210. PSYC 215 Industrial and Organizational Psychology (3) Use of psychological principles to deal with work problems; demonstration via case studies. Consideration of employees selection and training, behavior modification in industry, leadership styles, and motivational techniques. PSYC 220 Addictions - A Lifespan Perspective (3) An overview of central issues in various dependencies including chemical, eating, and gambling. Addresses conceptual and definitional issues as well as different perspectives on diagnosis, intervention, treatment, and prevention. Exploration of psychosocial, structural, and cultural aspects of addictions. See SOCO 340. PSYC 275 The Sociology and Psychology of Sport (3) Examines sport from the perspective of the social and behavioral sciences. Emphasizes the societal context of sport as a social institution, as well as the psychological aspects of involvement in the world of sports. Includes discussion of the relationship between societal values and culture and the behavior of men and women participating in sport in diverse activities. See SOCO/SPMM 275. PSYC 305 Physiological Psychology (3) Neurological and physiological foundations of behavior; emphasis on functional neuroanatomy, genetics, physiological bases of sensation, perception, emotion, motivation, learning, and higher mental functions. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 199 PSYC 308 Guidance of Children (3) Explores ways an adult can evaluate and facilitate a child’s personal, social, affective, and vocational development. Includes group guidance techniques, as well as approaches to dealing with individual problems. Prerequisite: PSYC 206 or PSYC 208. PSYC 309 The Psychology of Creativity (3) Examines various aspects of the relationship between Psychology and creativity, including the visual arts, music, literature, science, and math. Topics include: the influence of psychological and environmental variables on the creative process, the processes at work in the brain during creative endeavors, the theoretical nature of creativity, the developmental nature of creativity, and the relationship of creativity and mental illness. PSYC 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences (3) Introduction to the statistical analysis of behavioral and social data, including descriptive and inferential statistics. Designed to provide students with the applications of statistical concepts rather than an emphasis on their mathematical derivations. See SOCO 311. Offered in Spring semester only. PSYC 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences (3) Introduction to the basic principles of research in the social and behavioral sciences. Various modes of observation and appropriate measurement procedures explored. Includes laboratory exercises and individual research projects. Prerequisite: PSYC /SOCO 311. See also SOCO 322. Offered in Fall semester only. PSYC 331 Sensation and Perception (3) Discussion of structure, function, and interpretative properties of the senses. Emphasis on vision and hearing. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. PSYC 332 Cognitive Processes (3) Discussion of higher mental functions such as memory, thinking, language, and problem-solving through examination of contemporary research in the field. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. PSYC 333 Learning (3) Introduction to principles of learning through discussions of early and contemporary learning theory. Application of principles in educational and therapeutic settings also examined. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. PSYC 341 Family Violence (3) A family systems perspective on physical, sexual, and emotional abuse of and by family members. Studies spousal, parental, child, sibling, and elder abuse and neglect as they exist in American society. Highlights common elements in all types of abuse as well as treatment and prevention. See SOCO 341.

200 Holy Family University PSYC 342 Loss and Grief (3) Examination of the dynamics of loss and mourning, societal attitudes about death, and the stress of grief and mourning. Explores cultural variations in dealing with loss and death. See SOCO 342. PSYC 343 Social Psychology (3) Study of the individual within the social context. Addresses the reciprocal influences between everyday social situations and the individual. Special topics include: aggression, relationships, person perception, conformity and obedience, prejudice, and group processes. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. PSYC 344 Group Dynamics (3) Study of the dynamics of group life and the variables that affect it from a theoretical and experiential perspective. Active participation by students encouraged. PSYC 345 Abnormal Psychology (3) Study of abnormal behavior in individuals; theoretical formulations of psychopathology; classification, etiology, and treatment of the major classes of abnormal behavior including schizophrenia, depression, anxiety disorders, substance abuse, psychosomatic problems, and organic syndromes. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. PSYC 346 Theories of Personality (3) Survey of major personality theorists, attempting to critique, integrate, and apply their major constructs and research findings. Prerequisites: PSYC 101, and 206 or 208. PSYC 350 Internship I (2-4) Internships are part of the academic program for students majoring in the social and behavioral sciences and are designed to provide professional experiences that blend theoretical and practical learning. Students must contact school internship instructor prior to registration. Prerequisites: Junior status and school faculty approval. PSYC 351 Internship II (2-4) PSYC 351 is a continuation of the internship experience. Students must contact Psychology internship instructor prior to registration. Prerequisites: PSYC 350. PSYC 405 Introduction to Counseling (3) Overview of basic counseling theories and their applications. Study of case material and supervised experience in role-playing. Prerequisite: PSYC 346. PSYC 425 Psychological Assessment (3) Introduction to psychological and educational testing, both individual and group. Exploration of theoretical foundations and current trends. Critical evaluation of test materials and data interpretation emphasized. Prerequisite: PSYC 311.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 201 PSYC 431 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psychology (3) Integration of previous coursework through exploration of current issues in the field. Selected readings provide basis for student-led presentations and discussion. Prerequisite: Senior status or school faculty approval. PSYC 433 Advanced Research in Psychology (3) Focuses on the methods commonly used in Psychology with emphasis on experimental design. Empirical research project culminating in a paper presentation. Prerequisite: PSYC 322. PSYC 435-440 Topics in Psychology (3) Exploration of a topic of current and specialized interest. Content varies and several in series may be taken for credit. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.

202 Holy Family University Psychology for Business Objectives • To present a sound knowledge base in Psychology and business that prepares the student for a career or advanced graduate studies in either discipline • To provide cooperative Education placements to explore various career possibilities in personnel, employee assistance, employee management relations, etc., and to integrate knowledge with practice • To develop an understanding of social responsibility that business and industry have toward owners, employees, consumers, and society • To help students apply their knowledge in assessing current events and in developing a sense of systematic planning for the future • To instill an ethical-moral orientation to examining social-economic issues and problems. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Economics and Business II ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computers Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory-Macro Theory ...... 3 202 Economic Theory-Micro (Price) Theory ...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 PSYC 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences..3 Concentration BUSA 435 Senior Seminar in Business Policy ...... 3 MNMK 413 Quantitative Methods for Decision-Making 3 439 Senior Seminar in Management and Marketing...... 3 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3 203 Consumer Behavior...... 3 215 Industrial and Organizational Psychology...... 3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 203 343 Social Psychology ...... 3 344 Group Dynamics...... 3 425 Psychological Assessment ...... 3 431 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psychology3 433 Advanced Research in Psychology ...... 3 PSYC elective ...... 3 Recommended PHIL 208 Business Ethics ...... 3 301 Ethics ...... 3 Additional courses in CMIS, ECON, MATH, AND PSYC Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination in both Psychology and Business.

Course Offerings See Accounting, Business Administration, Economics, Management-Marketing, and Psychology.

204 Holy Family University Radiologic Science Holy Family University recognizes that our current and future students pursuing careers in radiologic science may require additional formal Education beyond the associate degree level. Therefore, we offer both Associate of Science in Radiologic Science (ASRS) and Bachelor of Science in Radiologic Science (BSRS) degree options. Admission Once the application has been reviewed by the Admissions Office and found to meet the University’s admission requirements and Radiologic Science prerequisite requirements, the application is copied and forwarded to the Radiologic Science Program Office. The Program Director (or faculty designee) also reviews the application. If the application satisfies prerequisite admission requirements, the applicant is contacted to arrange a personal interview with the Radiography Program Admissions Committee. The Admissions Committee consists of the Radiologic Science Program Director and faculty. After interviewing all qualified applicants, candidates are notified regarding acceptance decisions. Prerequisite high school-level course requirements for the Radiologic Science Program require a minimum grade of C and include: Algebra I Algebra II Geometry Biology Chemistry 1. Applicants need to be able to comply with the Program’s Technical Standards. (Refer to the University Policy Manual Vol. VIII-C (Radiologic Science Student Handbook) found on the University’s website http://www.holyfamily.edu/sn/ index.shtml, Appendix 8C.5: Technical Standards, for additional information.) 2. Applicants need to attend a Radiologic Science Program Information session, held monthly throughout the academic year. A schedule can be found on the University’s website -http://www.holyfamily.edu/school_nursing/index.html Pre-Radiologic Science Track The primary purpose of the Pre-Radiologic Science curriculum track is to provide a “bridge curriculum” for “at risk” students who desire admission into the Radiologic Science Program. 1. This track provides an admission avenue for “at risk” candidates into the Associate of Science in Radiologic Science (ASRS) degree program.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 205 2. Automatic admission into the ASRS degree program is granted upon successful completion of 24 University directed credits over two successive semesters, if a minimum GPA of 2.5 (beginning Fall 2007) is earned. 3. The eight courses included in the curriculum track satisfy core course requirements of the ASRS degree plus one core course required of the BSRS degree. 4. Completion of 12 credits per semester enables the student to enroll full-time, a qualification for financial aid. 5. Completion of the 24 credits allows the student to work toward completing BSRS degree core course requirements while completing the ASRS degree. If the student chooses to change her/his major prior to admission into the Radiologic Science Program, core courses can be used to satisfy requirements in other majors offered at the University.

ASRS Program (Associate Degree Program) Objectives • Develop knowledge and skills necessary to practice in entry-level radiographer positions • Develop communication skills required for competent clinical practice • Develop problem-solving and critical thinking skills required for competent clinical practice • Develop student behaviors that promote professional development and growth • Educate students to provide health care that meets the needs of diverse populations. The Program The Associate of Science in Radiologic Science curriculum sequence is designed to be completed in twenty (20) months and is available only on a full-time basis. The curriculum is designed to prepare the student for entry-level practice in radiography. The program begins once per year in the Fall semester. The curriculum includes liberal arts courses to fulfill University “core” requirements and professional concentration (and concentration-related) courses. Continuation in Program To progress in the Radiologic Science Program students must achieve a minimum grade of C in all radiologic science courses. To continue progression as a radiologic science student in good standing cumulative and concentration GPAs of 2.5 must be maintained. A student who fails to uphold these requirements is automatically dismissed from the Radiologic Science Program. Students are responsible for reading and adhering to the policies and procedures outlined in the Radiologic Science Student Handbook (Volume VIII-C of the University Policy Manual).

206 Holy Family University Graduation from Program To graduate from the Associate of Science in Radiologic Science Program, a student must have: • Cumulative GPA of 2.5 • Concentration GPA of 2.5 and • Pass a comprehensive examination (Volume VIII-C, Policy 8C.1.3). Students unable to successfully complete the comprehensive examination by the expected graduation date will not fulfill graduation requirements. Clinical Education Radiologic Science students at Holy Family begin clinical courses in the Fall semester of the first year. Before beginning clinical courses, students must provide evidence of good health, up-to-date immunizations, and CPR certification for health care providers. Students are required to secure a criminal background check and complete a five-panel drug screening. Students must also carry personal medical insurance. Neither the University nor clinical agencies are responsible for payment of care rendered to students in case of illness or injury that occurs in the clinical area (Policy Manual Volume VIII-C, Policy 8C.3.3). Students gain experience in all routine radiographic procedures at either a Joint Commission for Accreditation of HealthCare Organizations ( JCAHO) accredited clinical agency setting, such as the radiology departments of Nazareth Hospital, Frankford Hospital-Torresdale, Frankford Hospital-Frankford, Jeanes Hospital, St. Mary Medical Center, Frankford Hospital-Bucks, Holy Redeemer Hospital, Lower Bucks Hospital, and Roxborough Memorial Hospital, and Temple University Hospital – Episcopal Campus or agencies registered with the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection such as MobilexUSA and American Open MRI and CT Center. The number of clinical days per week will vary by clinical course. Students can expect to spend eight hours per day in each clinical assignment. One two-week evening (1-9 pm) or early morning (7:30 am – 3:30 pm) clinical assignment per semester may be scheduled at some clinical agencies. Clinical Education is competency-based, meaning the student must demonstrate competence by actually providing appropriate patient care during the performance of radiographic procedures. Supervised practice in laboratory simulations, and careful observation in the clinical setting by approved clinical preceptors, prepares the student to be evaluated and graded on the delivery of patient care and completion of radiographic procedures in the clinical setting. Successful completion of clinical courses depends on developing the precise skills required of the professional in practice (Policy Manual Volume VIII-C, Policy 8C.3).

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 207 Program Readmission Program readmission is dependent upon didactic and clinical space availability. Readmission will only be considered following a student’s voluntary withdrawal. A student seeking readmission must submit a written request to the Program Director and be able to complete the program within 32 months from the time she/he initially began the program. Readmission after 12 months will require reapplication and may require the student to repeat radiologic science courses previously completed (Policy Manual Vol. VIII-C, Policy 8C.2.5). Advanced Standing Policy Advanced standing admission to the ASRS Program is awarded to any currently employed Radiologic Technologist who is certified by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT) in Radiography and in compliance with CE requirements as follows: 1. Holy Family University will award 25-36 semester hour credits for course content mastered through successful completion of an accredited radiography curriculum and attainment of ARRT certification. 2. The University accepts satisfactory performance on the competency based ARRT Examination in Radiography as valid demonstration of this learning. The following requirements will apply to all advanced standing students: 1. The student must complete a minimum of three RADS courses, recommended and approved by the student’s faculty advisor. Additional RADS courses may also be required if 36 ARRT credits are not awarded upon matriculation. 2. Advanced standing credit, based on the ARRT Examination in Radiography, will be posted to the student’s transcript at the time of matriculation. 3. The student must submit a copy of her/his ARRT certification card that indicates currency and compliance with continuing Education requirements. 4. All advanced standing students must fulfill core requirements equivalent to the ASRS curriculum and a minimum of 73 credits for the degree. 5. To continue progression in good standing cumulative and concentration GPAs of 2.5 must be maintained. Transfer credit will be evaluated upon admission to the University and concentration course credits approved by the Dean, School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions and Radiologic Science Program Director. A minimum of 28 Holy Family University credits must be completed to be eligible to earn the ASRS degree.

208 Holy Family University Requirements Core Curriculum: ASRS Requirements (credits) ...... 21 Freshman Writing/Speech (ENGL 101, 102, 115) ...... 9 Knowledge of God ...... 3 Knowledge of Math (Math 121) ...... 3 Knowledge of Natural Science (GSCI 104, 105 or 106*)...... 6 *Students may select one course from any core area of study (student’s choice). Concentration RADS 102 Patient Care in Radiologic Science ...... 1 104/104LRadiographic Imaging I ...... 3 105/105LRadiographic Procedures I ...... 5 110/110LRadiographic Procedures II...... 5 120 Clinical Education I ...... 1 122 Clinical Education II ...... 1 200 Clinical Education III ...... 2 203 Introduction to Cross-Sectional Anatomy I ...... 1 204/204LRadiographic Imaging II...... 3 205 Sophomore Seminar ...... 3 206 Advanced Imaging I ...... 3 215 Imaging Physics I: X-ray Physics ...... 3 216 Image Evaluation: Radiographs...... 3 217 Radiographic Pathology ...... 3 218 Radiation Health Physics ...... 3 222 Clinical Education IV ...... 2 232 Clinical Education V...... 2 Concentration-Related BIOL 207/207L Anatomy/Physiology I ...... 4 208/208L Anatomy/Physiology II...... 4 Total credits for the ASRS degree ...... 73 All concentration courses require a minimum grade of C for the course. Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. Course Offerings RADS 102 Patient Care in Radiologic Science (1) Content is designed to provide the basic concepts of patient care, including consideration for the physical and psychological needs of the patient and family. Routine and emergency patient care procedures will be described, as well as infection control procedures utilizing standard precautions. The role of the radiographer in patient Education will be identified. Practical experience correlates in RADS-112 Clinical Education I under the direct supervision of a Clinical Instructor. Prerequisite: Admission to program. Corequisite: RADS 105, 105/L, RADS 120. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 209 RADS 104, 104L Radiographic Imaging I (3) Elementary principles of radiographic exposure including density, detail, distortion, contrast, factors and conditions influencing choice of exposures, and accessory apparatus. Two hours of lecture and one 2-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: RADS 120; Corequisites: RADS 110, 122. RADS 105, 105L Radiographic Procedures I (5) This course encompasses basic anatomy, terminology, and radiographic positioning of the human body in examination of the chest, abdomen, upper extremity, lower extremity, bony thorax, and urinary system. Other topics include patient care, professionalism, medical ethics and law, radiographic protection, and introduction to radiographic technical factors. Self-paced learning materials and laboratory practice will be utilized. The method of presentation will be short lectures and active learning activities. Four hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisite: Admission to Program. Corequisite: RADS 102, RADS 120. RADS 110, 110L Radiographic Procedures II (5) Basic anatomy, terminology, and radiologic positioning of the human body in examination of the skull, spine, biliary, and digestive systems. Includes accessory equipment used in these procedures. Other topics include pharmacology, drug administration, trauma, foreign body detection, and long bone measurement. Utilizes self-paced learning materials and laboratory practice. The method of presentation will be short lectures and active learning activities. Four hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisite: RADS 120. Corequisites: RADS 104, 104/L, 122. RADS 120 Clinical Education I (1) The first clinical Education course is designed to incorporate orientation to patient care skills, ethics, and an introduction to Radiologic Science as an allied health profession. During the initial three weeks, orientation topics are presented on campus; concurrently, introduction to positioning and radiographic terminology is covered in Radiographic Procedures I. Following this, the student is assigned to a designated clinical agency where the student is expected to transition from observation to active participation under the direct supervision of clinical preceptors. Following laboratory simulation, (in Radiographic Procedures I) and clinical practice, the student requests competency evaluation during which the student will demonstrate skill and competency level performing radiographic procedures. Minimum competency requirements are listed in the course syllabus. Sixteen hours per week. Prerequisite: Admission to program. Corequisites: RADS 102, RADS 105, 105/L.

210 Holy Family University RADS 122 Clinical Education II (1) Observation, participation, and performance at assigned clinical site supervised by clinical preceptors. Concurrent classroom and laboratory instruction including basic contrast procedures of the alimentary canal, urinary and biliary systems, axial skeleton (including cranium and facial bones), and trauma and mobile radiography. Minimum competency requirements are listed in the course syllabus. Sixteen hours per week. Prerequisite: RADS 120. Corequisites: RADS 104, 104/L, RADS 110, 110/L. RADS 200 Clinical Education III (2) Rotation to new clinical site affords opportunities for students to perfect competency skills demonstrated previously and develop additional competency skills completing new procedures. Participation and performance applying radiographic and patient care principles with appropriate supervision by clinical preceptors. Minimum competency requirements are listed in the course syllabus. Twenty-four hours per week. Prerequisite: RADS 122. Corequisite: RADS 204, 204/L. RADS 203 Introduction to Cross-Sectional Anatomy I (1) Prepares the student to recognize and identify normal and abnormal gross anatomy on computerized tomographic and magnetic resonance images. Successful completion requires recognition and assessment of anatomic structures of the head and torso. One hour of lecture. Prerequisite: RADS 200. Corequisites: RADS 206, 215, 218, 222. RADS 204, 204L Radiographic Imaging II (3) Critical analysis and evaluation of the effects of latitude and other variables on film quality. Identification and correction of technique and film errors. Theory and practice of the conversion of technique factors; technique charts. Basic QA and QC testing procedures. Two hours of lecture and one 2-hour lab. Prerequisite: RADS 122; Corequisite: RADS 200. RADS 205 Sophomore Seminar (3) Seminar in the radiologic arts and sciences, emphasizing the radiographic contribution to health in the context of total patient care. Evaluation of cases appropriate to the advanced student, including the pediatric, geriatric, or immobile patient. Emphasis on complex clinical situations requiring variations of routine projections, unusual projections, or special radiographic equipment/accessories. Students required to synthesize and apply learning from entire radiography curriculum. Open to graduating Sophomores only. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: RADS 222; Corequisites: RADS 216, 217, and 232. RADS 206 Advanced Imaging I (3) Seminar in current topics in diagnostic imaging. Interventional and invasive procedures, mammography, computer-generated images, and picture archiving computer systems considered from the standpoints of methodology, utility, operation, value, cost-benefit, and acquisition effort. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: RADS 200; Corequisites: RADS 203, 215, 218, and 222. Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 211 RADS 215 Imaging Physics I: X-Ray Physics (3) Important physical principles underlying radiologic technology, with special attention given to the equipment required to generate X-rays and to the nature and behavior of x-radiation. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisites: RADS 200; Corequisites: RADS 203, 206, 218, and 222. RADS 216 Image Evaluation: Radiographs (3) Theory and practice of the identification and correction of radiographic error. Students are introduced to critical evaluation of radiographic images and learn to apply basic approaches to error prevention; quality assurance procedures (previously studied), and image assessment procedures to identify and eliminate other sources of error. Three hours of seminar. Prerequisite: RADS 222; Corequisites: RADS 205, 217, and 232. RADS 217 Radiographic Pathology (3) Radiographically important disease processes affecting the skeleton, renal, digestive, respiratory, and neurological systems. Emphasis will be on traumatic injury to the skeletal system. Gross changes from the normal radiographic appearance and the effect of disease processes on technical and psychological approaches to the patient also emphasized. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisites: RADS 222. Corequisites: RADS 205, 216, and 232. RADS 218 Radiation Health Physics (3) Physical principles underlying the effects of ionizing radiation on organisms, including documented effects in humans. Emphasis equally on changes at the cellular and organism levels. Evaluation of historical and current NCR regulations regarding radiation monitors, radiation safety, shielding requirements, etc., in terms of rationale, cost-effectiveness, and local practice. Three hours of lecture. Prerequisite: RADS 200. Corequisites: RADS 203, 206, 215, and 222. RADS 222 Clinical Education IV (2) Rotation to new clinical site again affords opportunities for students to perfect skills in which competence has been demonstrated and develop additional skills completing new competency procedures, focusing on fulfilling competency requirements necessary to satisfy graduation requirements. Minimum competency requirements are listed in the course syllabus. Twenty-four hours per week. Prerequisite: RADS 200. Corequisites: RADS 203, 206, 215, and 218. RADS 232 Clinical Education V (2) Students continue perfecting skills in which competence has been demonstrated and finish competency requirements necessary to satisfy graduation requirements. Elective rotations in CT, MRI, cardiovascular-interventional, ultrasound, nuclear medicine, and radiation therapy are available after completing all graduation competency requirements. Minimum competency requirements are listed in the course syllabus. Twenty-four hours per week. Prerequisites: RADS 222. Corequisites: RADS 205, 216, and 217.

212 Holy Family University BSRS Program (Bachelor Degree Program) Objectives • Provide a curriculum for post-primary practice in radiologic science, • Develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills necessary for independent and supervisory functions in radiologic science, and • Develop student behaviors that promote continual professional development and growth. The Program The BSRS program for ARRT Registered Radiologic Technologists is available on a full-time or part-time basis. The curriculum offers flexible scheduling to assist radiologic technologists in furthering their Education. The 121-credit undergraduate program will build upon the entry-level foundation, creating a bridge to assume advanced clinical and supervisory roles and meet the challenges of a changing health care environment. The foundation of the curriculum consists of a strong liberal arts and science background. Transfer Credit Evaluation Holy Family University will award 25-36 semester hour credits for course content mastered through successful completion of an accredited radiography curriculum and attainment of ARRT certification. The University accepts satisfactory performance on the competency-based ARRT Examination in Radiography as valid demonstration of this learning. Transfer credit of core course credit will be evaluated by the Academic Advising Center and approved by the Dean, School of Nursing and Allied Health Professions and Radiologic Science Program Director. Requirements To be admitted to BSRS program: 1. Completed ASRS program or equivalent including the following courses: (2) core writing, (2) core Natural Science (or (1) core Natural Science and (1) core elective), (1) core speech, (1) core quantitative, (1) core religion, and BIOL 207, 207L, BIOL 208, 208L. 2. Current certification by American Registry of Radiologic Technologists and in compliance with CE credit. A minimum of 45 Holy Family University credits must be completed to be eligible to earn the BSRS degree.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 213 Core Curriculum BSRS Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Freshman Writing/Speech (ENGL 101, 102, 115) ...... 9 Knowledge of God ...... 6 Knowledge of Math (Core quantitative course determined by placement)...... 3 Knowledge of Natural Science (GSCI 104, 105, 106, or 107*) ...... 6 Knowledge of Self and Human Family ...... 6 Knowledge of Global Perspectives ...... 6 Knowledge of Cultural Contributions (six from foreign language) ...... 9 *Students may select one course from any core area of study (student’s choice). Concentration ASRS degree courses ...... 44 RADS Electives ...... 6 RADS 404 Quality Management ...... 3 RADS Advanced Radiation Health Physics (pending) ...... 3 RADS 450 Contemporary Issues in Radiologic Technology ...... 3 SOCO 310 Medical Sociology ...... 3 RELS 405 or PHIL 205 ...... 3 MATH 130 or PSYC 311 ...... 3 Concentration-related (8) BIOL 207, 207/L ...... 4 BIOL 208, 208/L ...... 4 Total credits for the BSRS degree...... 121 Other Requirements • All Radiologic Science courses require a minimum grade of C for the course • To continue progression in good standing cumulative and concentration GPAs of 2.5 must be maintained.

Course Offerings RADS 316 Evaluation of Medical Images (3) Evaluation of routine radiographic and fluoroscopic procedures with and without contrast media for the practicing radiologic technologist. Procedure specificity, sensitivity and cost; ethical issues surrounding modification of physician orders. Critical analysis of acceptance criteria as they impact humane, ethical, financial, and radiation safety aspects of care is explicit. RADS 401 Sectional Anatomy in Medical Imaging (3) This course is designed to prepare the certified radiographer to recognize and identify normal and abnormal gross anatomy as demonstrated by computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging.

214 Holy Family University RADS 402 Principles of Computed Tomography (3) A comprehensive course including CT image quality, display and manipulation, CT equipment components and operation, digital image processing, data acquisition and image reconstruction, patient care and radiation safety, CT procedures and protocols, quality control and basic computer components and operation. RADS 403 Concepts of Breast Imaging (3) This course is designed to provide the radiographer with the theoretical concepts of breast imaging. Main topics include: Modalities for Imaging the Breast, Departmental Organization, Accreditation, Personnel Credentials, Professional Development, Patient Care and Preparation, Breast Anatomy, Physiology and Procedures, Interventional Breast Procedures, Breast Pathology, Equipment and Technical Applications, and Quality Assurance and Quality Control. Prerequisites: ARRT Certified Radiographer. RADS 404 Quality Management/MQSA (3) A comprehensive course on the evaluation of radiographic systems to ensure consistency in the production of radiographic images. The course includes rationale and benefits of a quality assurance/quality control program, elements of a program, responsibility, Education, technical performance, reject/repeat analysis, processor analysis, and monitoring and maintenance of all systems, including test materials, procedures, evaluation of results, and preventive and corrective maintenance. Includes comprehensive quality management and MQSA issues. RADS 415 Medical Imaging Pathology (3) Disease processes of skeletal, renal, digestive, respiratory, vascular and central nervous systems, as visualized on radiographs, CT scans, and MR images, plain and contrast. Gross changes from normal; technique to demonstrate disease processes; physiological changes in organ systems; psychological approaches to the patient. Costs, indications and risks of competing and complimentary procedures. RADS 422 Advanced Modality Clinical Education I (2-4) Clinical experience in a JCAHO-accredited health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in a clinical modality under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours and time-on-task are contract-specified. RADS 423 Advanced Modality Clinical Education II (1-4) Clinical experience in a JCAHO-accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for in-depth hands-on experience in a clinical modality under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract-specified. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 215 RADS 424 Clinical Education in Computed Tomography (CT) (1-6) Supervised clinical experience in computed tomography procedures in a JCAHO-accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in computed tomography procedures under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract-specified. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee. RADS 425 Clinical Education in Cardiovascular and Interventional Radiology (1-6) Supervised clinical experience in cardiac, angiographic, or interventional procedures in a JCAHO-accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in cardiac and interventional procedures under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract-specified. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee. RADS 426 Clinical Education in Mammography (1-6) Supervised clinical experience in mammography procedures in a JCAHO- accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in mammography procedures under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract-specified. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee. RADS 427 Clinical Education in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (1-6) Supervised clinical experience in magnetic resonance procedures in a JCAHO- accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in magnetic resonance procedures under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract- specified. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee. RADS 428 Clinical Education in Quality Management (1-6) Supervised clinical experience in quality management procedures in a JCAHO- accredited (or PA DEP licensed) health care facility. Rotation through one or more medical imaging departments for hands-on experience in quality management procedures under guidance and supervision of professional practitioners. Learning objectives, credit hours, and time-on-task are contract- specified. One to six credits. Prerequisite: RT (ARRT), Malpractice Insurance fee.

216 Holy Family University RADS 450 Contemporary Issues in Radiologic Technology (3) Required Overview of contemporary health care in the United States for the professional radiological technologist. Views health care delivery in historical context and compares the U.S. model with other industrialized countries. Critical examination of legal, ethical, quality of care, and management issues peculiar to our system. Financial, social, and professional implications of various health care reform models. Prerequisite: MATH 130 or PSYC 311, and two 300/400-level RADS courses.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 217 Religious Studies Objectives • To contribute toward implementing the mission, goals, and objectives of the University • To introduce students to the Catholic theological heritage and to its association with the liberal arts tradition • To examine aspects of Christian faith and values in a spirit of thoughtful freedom and academic rigor • To provide students opportunities to learn about dimensions of a Christian vision of life, including the values of moral judgment, justice, and peace • To conduct courses in a manner that is sensitive to religious plurality and to diversity among students • To provide preparation for students interested in careers in religious Education and other Church ministries. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Theology Option Concentration* RELS 104 World Religions ...... 3 105 Introduction to the Four Gospels ...... 3 106 Introduction to the Hebrew Scriptures ...... 3 113 The Sacraments...... 3 210 Jesus the Christ ...... 3 (previously RELS-103) 301 Christian Morality...... 3 325-330 Junior Seminar...... 3 425 Senior Seminar ...... 3 Select three credits from the following requirements: 112 History of Christianity I ...... 3 212 History of Christianity II ...... 3 Select six credits from the following Biblical requirements: 107 The Gospel According to Mark ...... 3 109 The Gospel According to Matthew ...... 3 110 The Gospel According to Luke ...... 3 203 The Gospel According to John ...... 3 205 Prophets of Israel...... 3 207 Introduction to Saint Paul...... 3 Select three credits from the following Moral requirements: 310 Christian Marriage in the Modern World ....3 315 The Gospel of Peace and Justice ...... 3 405 Life and Death: Christian Decision-Making ...... 3

218 Holy Family University Select 6 credits from the following Theology requirements: 206 Women and Religion ...... 3 213 History of the Catholic Church in the United States...... 3 215 Religion in America ...... 3 409 Christian Mysticism ...... 3 410 Dante’s Divine Comedy ...... 3 431-499 Special Topics ...... 3 Recommended PHIL 207 Philosophy of Religion ...... 3 Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. Religious Studies Education Option - Not accepting students at this time.

Minor in American Studies: see page 237 under minors

Minor in Religious Studies: see page 247 under minors

Course Offerings RELS 104 World Religions (3) Survey of basic beliefs and practices of major contemporary religious traditions with an emphasis on comparing their perspectives on truth, ultimate reality, human destiny, and morality. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (CJCV) RELS 105 Introduction to the Four Gospels (3) Investigation of the formation, authorship, historicity, and the main theological themes of the four canonical gospels. Satisfies core requirement. (CJCV) RELS 106 Introduction to the Hebrew Scriptures (3) Historical and theological study of the Torah, prophets, and writings. The course examines key biblical themes: God, creation, covenant, sin, justice, and worship. Satisfies core requirement. (CJCV) RELS 107 The Gospel According to Mark (3) Introduction to “gospel” as a unique literary form, the origin of the gospels, specific characteristics of Mark’s Gospel, the teaching of Jesus, and the requirements of Christian discipleship. RELS 108 Basics of Catholic Faith (3) Examination of fundamental beliefs and practices of the Catholic Church. Provides an overview of Catholic teaching, both historical developments and contemporary viewpoints. Offered every semester. Satisfies core requirement. (CJCV)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 219 RELS 109 The Gospel According to Matthew (3) Study of the sources, purpose, and structure of Matthew’s Gospel. Emphasis on such themes as: the reign of God; the public life, death, and exaltation of Jesus; the Church; the New Law; Christian discipleship then and now. RELS 110 The Gospel According to Luke (3) Study of the particular purposes and theological themes of Luke’s Gospel. Exegesis of the text as well as the spirituality common to the Gospel and its companion volume, The Acts of the Apostles. RELS 112 History of Christianity I (3) Study of Christianity from its Judaic and Hellenistic sources to the Protestant and Catholic Reformations of the 16th century. Emphasis on early Christological controversies that led to the formulation of dogma. Cultural contributions and restoration of Western civilization. RELS 113 The Sacraments (3) Study of the personal and ecclesial dimensions of the sacraments. Examines both the concept of sacrament as central to Christian life as well as the seven sacraments of the Church. RELS 202 Methods in Religious Education (3) Planning, implementing, and evaluating sound, creative programs of religious Education in parish and school structures. Emphasis on the catechist’s role as the primary means of sharing Christian faith. Principles and techniques applicable to teaching scripture, liturgy, and morality in the contemporary church. RELS 203 The Gospel According to John (3) Investigation of key theological themes in John’s Gospel: Jesus as revelation of the Father; the “signs” of Jesus’ death and resurrection; the spirit; human participation in God’s life; faith and love; the sacraments. Offered even- numbered years. Satisfies core requirement. (CJCV) RELS 205 Prophets of Israel (3) Historical and theological study of the principal prophets of the Hebrew tradition, their religious message, and their relevance to contemporary issues of social justice and peace. RELS 206 Women and Religion (3) Historical and theological survey of the image of women in the Judeo-Christian tradition. The biblical perspective on human liberation serves as a starting point for investigating the condition of women in religious and secular contexts. RELS 207 Introduction to Saint Paul (3) Investigation of early Christianity as presented in the letters of Paul. Particular attention to such themes as: God’s plan of salvation, Christ as the answer to the human search for meaning, the mysteries of sin and grace, the Church’s early formation as compared with contemporary renewal.

220 Holy Family University RELS 210 Jesus the Christ (3) A study of the life and message of Jesus. Students will examine the teachings of and about Jesus found in Scripture, Christian tradition, and contemporary thought. Offered annually. Satisfies core requirement (CJCV) Previously RELS 103. RELS 212 History of Christianity II (3) Survey of Church history from the 16th century reformation era to the Second Vatican Council and subsequent developments. Emphasis on evangelization of the non-Western world and problems confronting the Church during modern times. RELS 213 History of the Catholic Church in the United States (3) Growth and development of the Catholic Church in the United States from the foundation of the first permanent Catholic colony in the 17th century to the post-Vatican II era. Focus on such questions as lay-trusteeism, nativism, Education, so-called ”Americanism,” national churches, Church-state relations, relations with the Holy See, various social issues, and aggiornamento. RELS 215 Religion in America (3) Historical survey of the rich American religious heritage. Examination of the unique spirit, beliefs, and practices of the major religious denominations in the United States with focus on public Protestantism as a phenomenon of American civil religion. RELS 301 Christian Morality (3) A study of the foundations and dynamics of Christian ethics. The course examines aspects of morality in light of Church teaching–conscience, natural law, sin, and magisterium, as well as perspectives on contemporary issues of morality. RELS 310 Christian Marriage in the Modern World (3) A study of the covenantal nature of Christian marriage. The course reviews theological and pastoral issues related to contemporary marriage and family life from the perspective of Scripture and Church teaching. RELS 315 The Gospel of Peace and Justice (3) Basic concepts of peace and justice from the perspective of biblical faith. History of Judeo-Christian attitudes toward war and peace and other social issues. Questions and decisions facing the Christian conscience today in the light of Christ’s Gospel and Church teaching. RELS 325-330 Junior Seminar (3) An in-depth study of a particular topic, time period, or movement of religious significance. The course requires extensive student research and class contributions.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 221 RELS 350, 351 Cooperative Education (2-4, 2-4) Internship related to the student’s particular option within the department. The co-op will be arranged in cooperation with a local parish, school, or agency. RELS 405 Life and Death: Christian Decision-Making (3) Moral elements of the life-centered questions of contraception and sterilization, abortion, artificial insemination and sperm-banking, in vitro fertilization, genetic counseling, and prenatal diagnosis. Discussion of the moral problems related to care of the dying, defining death, euthanasia, and suicide. Recommended for nursing students. RELS 408 The Church in the Modern World (3) The Church’s role and challenge in today’s society. Study of the meaning and implementation of the documents of the Second Vatican Council. Change and progress since Vatican II and the Church’s mission in the future. RELS 409 Christian Mysticism (3) Study of the mystical dimension of the Christian experience through writings from the apostolic, patristic, and medieval ages of the Church. Readings from contemporary sources. Themes of faith, prayer, and love emphasized. RELS 410 Dante’s Divine Comedy (3) Theological study of Dante’s Divine Comedy concentrating on the themes of man’s journey to God, the mystery of evil, the salvific process, human and divine love, mystical experience. Consideration of the philosophical, historical, and literary aspects of the Comedy. RELS 425 Senior Seminar (3) An in-depth study of a particular topic, time period, or movement of religious significance. The course requires extensive student research and class contributions. If appropriate, the seminar may be combined with other Humanities disciplines. See RELS 325. RELS 431-499 Special Topics (3) In-depth studies of religious topics of special interest. Students may register for up to six credits in special topics courses. Varies from semester to semester.

222 Holy Family University Social Sciences The University offers courses in Anthropology and Political Science to enhance the Social Science concentration of Sociology, as well as the concentration in History. Students may opt for a Political Science minor with permission of the School of Arts and Sciences.

Anthropology Objectives • To develop an understanding of the development of diverse human societies, both ancient and modern • To analyze the key values and organizing principles of traditional and contemporary cultures.

Course Offerings ANTH 101 Cultural Anthropology (3) Analysis of key values and organizing principles found in societies throughout the world, both traditional and contemporary, discovered through intensive study of individual cultures, using participant observations. Themes include economics, politics, family structure, verbal art, material culture, race, ethnicity, and belief systems. ANTH 201 The Development of Civilization (3) Investigation of the development of civilizations throughout the world through examination of both Old World (Mesopotamia, Egypt, Indus River Valley) and New World (Maya and Inca) civilizations. The institutions, technology, philosophy, art, architecture, government, and agriculture of each people are explored.

Geography Objectives • To study social life in various locations and societies around the world • To develop an appreciation for the interaction that occurs between people and the environment • To contribute to preparation of Elementary Education students and social science students.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 223 Course Offering GEOG 205 Principles of Geography (3) Introduction to the nature of geography, the problems it investigates, and the methods it uses. Discusses the physical, cultural, economic, regional, and political factors affecting humans and their lives.

Political Science Objectives • To provide a broader spectrum of courses for students preparing for careers in business administration, economics, history, sociology, or other social fields • To foster political understanding so as to enhance participation in the democratic process • To contribute to the preparation of teachers of the social sciences, candidates for law school, and persons anticipating governmental or political service careers.

Minor in American Studies: see page 237 under minors

Minor in Political Science: see page 245 under minors

Minor in Pre-law: see page 246 under minors

Course Offerings POLS 103 Introductory Politics (3) Nature of political authority; the philosophy, organization, powers, and practical functioning of the modern political state as found in the countries of the Western world. Offered in the Fall semester. POLS 204 American National Government (3) Structure and operation of the American system of government on local, state, and national levels with reference to the contemporary political scene. Offered in the Spring semester. POLS 206 The Presidency (3) Analysis of the nature and role of the American presidency and its effectiveness, including presidential power, the constitutional basis of the presidency, the role of the executive office and the White House staff, and the relationship of personality traits to the exercise of presidential power. POLS 210 Introduction to International Relations (3) This course offers an introduction to the nation-state system; the development and organization of nation-states, blocs and international organizations and the factors, both external and internal, that affect stability and change in the system. Offered odd numbered years in Fall semester. Meets core course requirement (WNCC).

224 Holy Family University POLS 299, 399, 499 Special Topics (3) A series of courses devoted to 1 or more political themes, topics, or issues. Content material and focus vary each time; several in the series may be taken for credit. POLS 308 American Political Parties (3) A view of the political issues and controversies of the United States as revealed in the major and minor political parties that have arisen during the history of the country. This course also examines voting behavior. POLS 315 Political Thought (3) Readings and discussions of political writings including Plato, Aristotle, St. Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, Mill, Hume, Burke, Marx, and Keynes. POLS 316 Constitutional Law (3) Survey of American constitutional law and its application to the judicial, legislative, and executive branches of government. Recent developments in such areas as federalism, freedom of religion, freedom of speech, privacy, and the death penalty will be discussed. Offered in the Fall semester. POLS 319 Women, Law and Politics in the United States (3) Examines the broad range of policy areas that affect women and looks at how the cultural, legal, and political changes have created a need for public policy with respect to women’s rights in the United States. It analyzes political participation, womenvoting behavior, sex discrimination, Title IX, the proposed Equal Rights Amendment, and Supreme Court case law on women’s issues, among others. It provides conceptual and methodological issues specific to women’s legal issues. Offered occasionally. POLS 321 Comparative Political Systems (3) Description and analysis of different national political systems, including parliamentary and presidential democracies, authoritarian governments, and developing nations. Offered in the Spring semester, odd numbered years. POLS 335 Issues in Contemporary American Foreign Policy (3) This course examines the processes that have created U.S. foreign policy since World War II. It analyzes the relative influences exercised on U.S. foreign policy by the executive and legislative branches of government, and by other external constraints, including special interest groups and the United Nations. Offered occasionally. POLS 365 International Law and Organization (3) This course examines the principles, foundations, and institutions of international law regulating diplomatic, financial, commercial, maritime, and cultural transactions among nations, including the emerging focus on human rights, as well as the restraints on the use of force in international relations. International organization is examined as 1 of the concepts that has evolved within the international legal system. Offered even numbered years in the Spring semester.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 225 Sociology Objectives • To demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in sociology • To understand and apply basic research methods in sociology, including demonstration of information and technological literacy • To think critically, comparatively, and analytically about society and its patterns, including social interaction, social structure, social processes, social issues, social inequality, and the relationship between society and the individual • To develop an understanding of and appreciation for the diversity of human cultures as well as the commonality of human experience • To understand how the sociological perspective is applied to various social institutions in both personal and professional capacities • To recognize all social experience as an ever-present opportunity for continuous learning about society, appreciation for others, awareness of social responsibility, and growth of understanding. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Concentration SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology ...... 3 203 Social Theory ...... 3 212 Race, Class, and Gender: Diversity and Inequality ...... 3 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences..3 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences ...... 3 330 Contemporary Issues in the Social Sciences ..3 430 Senior Seminar for the Social Sciences ...... 3 435 Empirical Research ...... 3 SOCO Electives (Minimum)* ...... 12 PSYC 101 General Psychology ...... 3 PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development or 208 Psychology of Human Development or SOCO 207 Adult Development and Aging...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 Courses Related to Concentration One elective from each of the following areas: ECON ...... 3 POLS ...... 3 Other social sciences (ANTH, CRJU)* ...... 3

226 Holy Family University Other Requirements • A comprehensive examination. Secondary Certification (Grades 7-12) For teacher certification requirements in Social Science (Sociology) see School of Education.

Minor in American Studies: see page 237 under minors

Minor in Sociology: see page 248 under minors

Course Offerings SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology (3) Foundation course in Sociology. Broad introduction acquaints the student with basic concepts, including society, culture, socialization, stratification, minority groups, social organization, and social institutions. Focuses on development of a sociological perspective. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) SOCO 201 Social Problems (3) Survey of macro-level social problems in the contemporary world, such as poverty; race, age and gender inequality; health and medical care; population/ecological problems; crime, violence and terrorism; and mental health. Includes several theoretical perspectives, emphasizing need to analyze issues in order to understand, treat, or change aspects of the problems. Introductory level. SOCO 202 Introduction to Social Welfare and Human Services (3) A study of the social welfare institution, the bases upon which it is founded, the social work profession, and other helping professions which serve our society. Examination of the current philosophies, practices, and policies in diverse human service settings. SOCO 203 Social Theory (3) Survey and critical analysis of the basic concepts and theories of classical and recent sociologists, including Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Parsons, Goffman, and Freud. Reviews the intellectual and theoretical history of Sociology. Prerequisite: SOCO 101 or introductory-level Sociology course. SOCO 205 Principles of Interviewing (3) Teaching of interviewing skills through didactic and experiential methods. Basic perspectives presented through lecture, discussion, and interactive exercises. Useful to students in any professional area where interviewing is necessary. See PSYC 205.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 227 SOCO 206 Marriage and the Family (3) Introductory-level course focusing on the American family system; includes comparison of family systems through history and across cultures. Uses social research findings, key sociological concepts, and social theory to examine various patterns of family behavior. Particularly examines current trends, functions, and dysfunctions of family relationships. Satisfies core requirement. (SHF) SOCO 207 Adult Development and Aging (3) Multidisciplinary exploration of the biological, psychological, and social domain of the lives of adults. Includes theoretical perspectives on changes in adult experience beginning in late adolescence. See PSYC 207. SOCO 208 Social Deviance (3) Exploration of processes by which societies attempt to maintain social order and limit deviant behavior. Dynamics of how societies label some behavior as deviant and respond to this definition. In-depth study of selected areas of behavior labeled and treated as deviant in our society, including violent crime, alcohol and drug addiction, sexual deviance, and suicide. SOCO 210 Gender Issues (3) Analysis through reading and discussion of the physiological, social, emotional, and cultural correlates of gender. Expectation for gender-typed behavior is contrasted with the realities of men’s and women’s lives. See PSYC 210. Satisfies core requirement. (GESH) SOCO 212 Race, Class and Gender: Diversity and Inequality (3) Introductory-level course about diversity of people based on social class, racial and ethnic identity, and gender. Examines cultural diversity and multiculturalism within the context of structured inequality. Focuses on the structures and processes through which difference becomes disadvantage. SOCO 219 Victimology (3) This course offers an examination of the legal, procedural, sociological, psychological, and economic effects experienced by people who fall victim to crime. The course focuses on an analysis of the patterns, trends, and categories of crime victims. Students will critically assess victim-blaming arguments, such as victim provocation, facilitation, and precipitation, as well as the Criminal Justice system’s procedures, treatment, and resources for victims of crime. See CRJU 219. SOCO 250-265 Special Topics (3) Courses on specialized topics or current issues not yet established as regular offerings. Includes topics such as sports and leisure, sociology of childhood, and population studies.

228 Holy Family University SOCO 275 The Sociology and Psychology of Sport (3) Examines sport from the perspective of the social and behavioral sciences. Emphasizes the societal context of sport as a social institution, as well as the psychological aspects of involvement in the world of sports. Includes discussion of the relationship between societal values and culture and the behavior of men and women participating in sport in diverse activities. See PSYC/SPMM 275. SOCO 305 Aging in America (3) Introduction to social gerontology. Study of the social, psychological, and cultural approaches and problems related to aging; focuses on the meaning and experience of growing old in American culture. SOCO 306 Sociology of the City (3) Sociological approach to studying the historical development of cities as a form of social organization and a particular lifestyle. Analysis of some of the major urban problems in the United States. Examination of many of the social, economic, and political issues facing a largely urbanized society today. SOCO 310 Medical Sociology (3) Focuses on the social aspects of medicine and health/medical care from the sociological perspective. Critical examination of the paradigm of the biomedical model in medical science and the organization of delivery and financing of health care in the United States and elsewhere. Consideration of multicultural diversity in the health care system. SOCO 311 Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences (3) Introduction to the statistical analysis of behavioral and social data, including descriptive and inferential statistics. Designed to provide students with the applications of statistical concepts rather than an emphasis on their mathematical derivations. See PSYC 311. Offered in Spring semester only. SOCO 315 Sociology of Work (3) Focuses on the place of work in social life. Topics discussed include ideologies about work (the “work ethic”), labor movements and workers, rights, worker satisfaction, trends in the workplace, relationship between worker and environment, interaction of employer and employee, career development, unemployment, and retraining. SOCO 322 Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences (3) Introduction to the basic principles of research in the social and behavioral sciences. Various modes of observation and appropriate measurement procedures explored. Includes laboratory exercises and individual research projects. Prerequisite: PSYC/SOCO 311. See also PSYC 322. Offered in the Fall semester only.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 229 SOCO 330 Contemporary Issues in the Social Sciences (3) A cross-disciplinary course in the social sciences designed especially for CRJU, and SOCO concentrators. Examines the impact of social stratification and racism, sexism, and ageism on the Criminal Justice system and human services. Focuses on current social controversies and public policy debates. Prerequisites: Junior status; 9 credits in CRJU or SOCO. Advanced level course. SOCO 340 Addictions: A Lifespan Perspective (3) An overview of central issues in various dependencies, including chemical, eating, and gambling. Addresses conceptual and definitional issues as well as different perspectives on diagnosis, intervention, treatment, and prevention. Exploration of psychosocial, structural, and cultural aspects of addictions. See PSYC 340. SOCO 341 Family Violence (3) A family systems perspective on physical, sexual, and emotional abuse of and by family members. Studies spousal, parental, child, sibling, and elder abuse and neglect as they exist in American society. Highlights common elements in all types of abuse as well as treatment and prevention. See PSYC 341. SOCO 342 Loss and Grief (3) Examination of the dynamics of loss and mourning, societal attitudes about death, and the stress of grief and mourning. Explores cultural variations in dealing with loss and death. See PSYC 342. SOCO 343 Social Psychology (3) Study of the individual within the social context. Addresses the reciprocal influences between everyday social situations and the individual. Special topics include: aggression, relationships, person perception, conformity and obedience, prejudice, and group processes. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. See PSYC 343. SOCO 350, 351 Internship (3, 3) Internships are part of the academic program for students majoring in the social and behavioral sciences and are designed to provide professional experiences that blend theoretical and practical learning. Students must contact internship instructor prior to registration. Prerequisites: Junior status and school faculty approval. SOCO 401 Political Sociology (3) Focuses on how societies distribute power through social structure and culture. Topics include comparison of forms of government, relationships between government and citizens, political socialization, public opinion, ideologies, and politics. Prerequisite: One introductory level SOCO or POLS course. SOCO 430 Senior Seminar in the Social Sciences (3) A capstone course in the social sciences designed for CRJU and SOCO majors. Focus is on integrating, analyzing, critiquing material from all academic and professional coursework in the majors through a topical seminar paper/presentation. Review of Education in the major to guide preparation for graduation and career. Prerequisite: Senior status.

230 Holy Family University SOCO 435 Empirical Research (3) Completion of an empirical project from germination of idea to production of Senior paper. Implementation of research skills learned in Methods courses. Required of SOCO concentrators; recommended for all Social Science students planning on graduate school. Prerequisites: Senior status; SOCO 311.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 231 Sport Marketing-Management Objectives • To develop course offerings and course content which reflect the ever-changing needs of individuals who are employed in fields of sport marketing and/or sport management • To provide students within the concentration the opportunity to relate theory to practice through their participation in the cooperative Education program. Requirements Core Curriculum: BA Requirements (credits) ...... 45 Each course in the following common business and concentration requirements must be completed with a minimum grade of C. Common Business Requirements ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 BUSA 101 Mathematical Analysis for Business and Economics I ...... 3 102 Mathematical Analysis for Business and Economics II...... 3 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 320 Business Law I ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 ECON 201 Economic Theory - Macro Theory...... 3 202 Economic Theory - Micro (Price) Theory ....3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics...... 3 MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 Concentration All concentration requirements must be taken in addition to core requirements. ENGL 230 Journalism I ...... 3 MNMK 403 Human Resource Management...... 3 SPMM 275 The Sociology and Psychology of Sport ...... 3 280 Introduction to Sport Media Relations...... 3 310 Economics of Sport...... 3 320 Sport Marketing and Promotion...... 3 350 Cooperative Education I ...... 3 351 Cooperative Education II ...... 3 410 Organizational Behavior ...... 3 420 Legal Issues in Sport ...... 3 430 Sport Facility and Event Management ...... 3 439 Senior Seminar in Sport Marketing- Management ...... 3

232 Holy Family University Other Requirements • A Comprehensive examination • GSCI 104 is required to fulfill the lab science requirement.

Course Offerings SPMM 275 The Sociology and Psychology of Sport (3) Examines sport from the perspective of the social and behavioral sciences. Emphasizes the societal context of sport as a social institution, as well as the psychological aspects of involvement in the world of sport. Includes discussion of the relationship between societal values and culture, and the behavior of men and women participating in sport in diverse activities. See PSYC/SOCO 275. SPMM 280 Introduction to Sport Media Relations (3) This course will present an overview of the roles of reporting and broadcasting, with respect to sporting events. Topics covered will include trends and philosophies of sport reporting, the working of the sports desk, the history of radio and television sports broadcasting, as well as the business of sports reporting and sports broadcasting. Development of computer literacy skills as applied to sports reporting and sports broadcasting. Prerequisites: COMM 230 and Sport Marketing-Management concentration. SPMM 310 Economics of Sport (3) The application of economic analysis to the organization, behavior, and outcomes in the world of sport. Sport data are used to test and develop economic hypothesis, which may address broader issues such as income distribution, the theory of the firm, the nature of team productive processes, industry structure, and various other topics. Prerequisites: ECON 103 or ECON 202 and MATH 130, or equivalent, or permission of the instructor. See ECON 310. SPMM 320 Sport Marketing and Promotion (3) An application of fundamental marketing concepts to the sport industry. A study of sport as a product, the sport consumer markets, and the sport product market. The student will become acquainted with the historical development of sport marketing, as well as investigate the sport consumer and segmentation process, integration of the marketing mix, marketing principles and strategies as they relate to sport. Development of computer literacy skills as applied to sport marketing and promotion. Prerequisite: MNMK 312. SPMM 350, 351 Cooperative Education I, II (3, 3) Offers the student the opportunity to put classroom theory into practice in paid or unpaid study-related positions under guidance and supervision of cooperative employers with approval of School of Business Administration faculty and Director of Cooperative Education.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 233 SPMM 410 Organizational Behavior (3) In-depth coverage of the history and theory of organizations, goal setting, motivational leadership, and decision-making. Contemporary topics include power networking, mentoring, and future models of organization. Prerequisites: MNMK 305, PSYC 101. SPMM 420 Legal Issues in Sport (3) This course will focus on personal and institutional liability in the sport arena. It will include tort liability and its implication to administration of sport programs, coaching, transportation, facilities and equipment. The legal duties of coaches as described by law cases, and the fundamentals of a sport risk management program (SRMP) will also be included. In addition, the laws that pertain to Title IX, due process, and physically disadvantaged will be focused on. Attention will be given to Americans with Disabilities Act regulations. Prerequisite: BUSA 320. SPMM 430 Sport Facility and Event Management (3) This course introduces the student to major considerations in sport facility management. Through the course, students will achieve a better understanding of issues to be considered in planning for special events. Major considerations will include legal, financial maintenance, security, risk management, planning for handicapped, forecasting, and ethics. The course will allow students to critically examine alternatives such as leasing, outsourcing, technology, scheduling, print media, and television. The issues considered pertain to the management of a variety of facilities, e.g., stadiums, golf courses, resorts, swimming pools, tennis courts, and fitness clubs. Development of computer literacy skills as applied to sport facility and event management. Students will be required to plan a sport event in a term paper that considers issues developed in the course. Prerequisites: MNMK 305, MNMK 312. SPMM 439 Senior Seminar in Sport Marketing-Management (3) This course serves as a capstone course in Sport Marketing-Management for Senior level students. This capstone course integrates concepts from the business core and all 200, 300, and 400 level Sport Marketing-Management courses. The course runs as a seminar and is highly based on the case method. Students will be taught the case method, and this methodology will be applied to specific cases in Sport Marketing-Management. Prerequisites: COMM 230, SPMM 275, SPMM 280, SPMM 310, SPMM 320, SPMM 350, SPMM 410, SPMM 420, SPMM 430. Pre or corequisite: MNMK 403, SPMM 351.

234 Holy Family University Minors Actuarial Science American Studies Art Studio Chemistry Communications Computer Management Information Systems Criminal Justice English Literature History Management-Marketing Mathematics Middle School Mathematics Natural Sciences Philosophy Political Science Pre-Law Psychology Religious Studies Sociology Spanish

Minor in Actuarial Science (6 courses/18-21 credits) The declared minor in actuarial science is a multidisciplinary minor which focuses on the application of mathematics and statistics to the study of risk management. Formal coursework in completing Option I or Option II of the minor in actuarial science will help to prepare the student for the Casualty Actuarial Society and the Society of Actuaries (CAS/SOA) Joint Exams 1 and 2 and meet the Validation by Educational Experience (VEE) requirement for Economics. Option III of the minor in actuarial science will help to prepare the student for CAS/SOA Joint Exam 1 and meet VEE requirements for Economics. Minimum grade of C is required. Only 6 transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. Option 1 Actuarial Science with a Major in Mathematics (18 credits) Required Courses: ECON 201 Economic Theory – Macro Theory...... 3 ECON 202 Economic Theory – Micro Theory ...... 3 (Prerequisite: ECON 201) ECON 303 Money and Banking (Monetary Theory) ...... 3 (Prerequisite: ECON 201) BUSA 311 Principles of Finance...... 3 (Prerequisites: ECON 201, ECON 202, ACCT 206, BUSA 102*)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 235 ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 ACCT 206 Principles of Managerial Accounting ...... 3 (Prerequisite: ACCT 205) *MATH 212 replaces BUSA 102 as the prerequisite. Option II Actuarial Science with a Major in Business (21 credits) Required Courses: (15 credits) MATH 212 Calculus II ...... 4 (Prerequisite: MATH 211 or BUSA 101& 102*) MATH 213 Calculus III ...... 4 (Prerequisite: MATH 212) MATH 220 Linear Algebra ...... 4 (Prerequisite: MATH 212) MATH 308 Probability ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 213) Two Additional Courses: (6 credits) ECON 303 Money and Banking * or MATH 401, 405 or 410 ...... 3 BUSA 311 Principles of Finance * or MATH 401, 405 or 410 ...... 3 *If these are required in the major then the math courses are selected. MATH 401 is always the first alternative for ECON 303 or BUSA 311. Option III Actuarial Science for the Non-Business and Non-Math Majors (19 - 21 credits) Required Courses: ECON 201 Economic Theory Macro Theory ...... 3 ECON 202 Economic Theory Micro Theory ...... 3 (Prerequisite: ECON 201) MATH 211 Calculus I** ...... 4 MATH 212 Calculus II*** ...... 4 (Prerequisite: MATH 211) MATH 213 Calculus III*** ...... 4 (Prerequisite: MATH 212) MATH 308 Probability ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 213) **Satisfies the core quantification requirement *** If any of these courses are required in a particular program, they can be replaced by any courses from the following list:

236 Holy Family University CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 CMIS 107 Structured Programming...... 3 ECON 303 Money and Banking (Monetary Theory) ...... 3 (Prerequisite: ECON 201) ACCT 205 Principles of Financial Accounting ...... 3 MATH 401 Statistics ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 308)

Minor in American Studies (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in American Studies allows students to explore the social, historical, material, and aesthetic aspects of American culture from an interdisciplinary perspective integrating the humanities and the social sciences. Students electing the American Studies minor will designate a focus area by topic, by time period, or by discipline, and will choose courses to address this area in consultation with an advisor. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: • Required course to be taken in the first year of the minor, if possible (one course/three credits): ENGL 263/HIST 263 Honors American Studies* ...... 3 Specialization (5 courses/15 credits): Students may choose between two tracks, the Humanities track and the Social Sciences track. Students opting for the Humanities track will select three courses from the Humanities and two from the Social Sciences, with no more than two courses chosen from any one academic discipline. Students opting for the social sciences track will select three courses from the Social Sciences and two from the Humanities, with no more than two courses chosen from any one academic discipline. Humanities Courses: ENGL 203 American Literature I ...... 3 ENGL 204 American Literature II ...... 3 HIST 203 American History to 1820 ...... 3 HIST 204 American History 1820 to 1920 ...... 3 HIST 205 American History since 1920 ...... 3 HIST 304 Jeffersonian and Jacksonian Democracy ...... 3 HIST 312 American Immigration History ...... 3 HIST 313 Women in America ...... 3 HIST 315 History of Pennsylvania...... 3 HIST 316 American Foreign Policy ...... 3 HIST 317 Revolutionary America ...... 3 HIST 318 Atlantic Worlds ...... 3 PHIL 307 Social Ethics ...... 3 RELS 213 History Catholic Church U S ...... 3 RELS 215 Religion in America ...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 237 Social Sciences Courses: ECON 407 American Economic History** ...... 3 POLS 204 American National Government...... 3 POLS 206 The Presidency ...... 3 POLS 308 American Political Parties ...... 3 POLS 316 Constitutional Law ...... 3 POLS 335 Issues Contemporary American Foreign Policy ...... 3 SOCO 206 Marriage & Family ...... 3 SOCO 305 Aging in America ...... 3 *Permission required of the School of Arts and Sciences. **This has a prerequisite of ECON 103 or ECON 201. All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor.

Minor in Art Studio (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in studio art is designed to encourage an in depth investigation of one art making process, rather than a sampling of many. This minor offers students the opportunity to pursue a course of study in one of the following areas: painting, sculpture, computer graphics or ceramics. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six classes to be selected as follows: Required Courses (9 credits): ARTS 223 Two Dimensional Design ...... 3 ARTS 224 Three Dimensional Design ...... 3 ARTS 225 Drawing and Composition or ARTS 226 Drawing from the Model ...... 3 Specialization (9 credits): Painting: ARTS 319, ARTS 320, ARTS 327 ...... 9 Sculpture: ARTS 217, ARTS 218, ARTS 327...... 9 Ceramics: ARTS 321, ARTS 322, ARTS 327...... 9 Computer Graphics: COMM 225, ARTS 317, COMM 218 ...... 9

Minor in Chemistry (6 courses/22-23 credits) Grades in a chemistry course of less than C will not count toward the minor. Because all chemistry courses either require a laboratory or are four credits courses, this minor requires a commitment of 22 credit hours. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses (22-23 credits).

238 Holy Family University Requirements: GSCI 106 Chemistry and the Environment...... 3 CHEM 120/120L Chemistry Principles I...... 4 CHEM 121/121L Chemistry Principles II ...... 4 Three courses from the any of the following:* CHEM 207/207L (4), CHEM 208/208L (4); CHEM 307 (4); CHEM 301/301L (4); CHEM 302/302L (4); CHEM 203/203L (4), CHEM 401/401L (4); CHEM 415 (3); CHEM 416 (3) *Some of these courses have prerequisites. Please consult course descriptions.

Minor in Communications (6 courses/18 credits) The Communications minor offers students an introduction to Communications, allows study in specific areas of interest, and offer a grounding in developing competencies for Communication professionals. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward for the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Required Courses (6 credits): COMM 110 Intro to Mass Media ...... 3 COMM 220 Communication and Culture ...... 3 Four elective courses (12 credits): Selected from any of the Communication program tracks: Journalism, Public Relations, or Media Arts.

Minor in Computer Management Information Systems (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in CMIS provides the student with fundamental skills and knowledge in computer use in the work world. The required courses give students an introduction to computer applications, programming, and utilization in the workplace. The student chooses three elective courses to match their interests. It is necessary to take one of the required courses in the first semester in this minor. Requirements: CMIS 101 Management Information Systems ...... 3 CMIS 103 Computer Applications ...... 3 CMIS 107 Structured Programming...... 3 Electives (9 credits) – must have completed one of the required courses. CMIS 210 Web Design and E-Commerce...... 3 CMIS 321 Information Technology Hardware and Software...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 239 CMIS 408 Database Management...... 3 CMIS 415 Data Communications ...... 3 CMIS 416 Computer Networks ...... 3 CMIS 418 Information Security ...... 3 Consult course offerings for prerequisite requirements. The student must take three elective courses. The selection should be made in consultation with the CMIS advisor. The students may apply up to two courses (six credits) of other coursework (e.g. courses required for the major) to this minor.

Minor in Criminal Justice (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Criminal Justice provides the student with an introduction to the fundamentals of law enforcement, the courts, and corrections and an opportunity to specialize in a particular area. It prepares students for graduate study in Criminal Justice or criminology or a career in a Criminal Justice-related field. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Required Courses (9 credits): CRJU 101 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System..3 CRJU 200 The Nature of Crime and Delinquency ...... 3 CRJU 427 Seminar: Issues in the Criminal Justice System*...... 3 Specialization (9 credits) from one of the following areas: Law Enforcement: CRJU 210 Introduction to Law Enforcement ...... 3 CRJU 212 Police and Community Relations ...... 3 CRJU 310 Criminal Investigation** ...... 3 or Criminal Law and the Courts: CRJU 308 Juveniles and the Law ...... 3 CRJU 317 Criminal Law ...... 3 CRJU 318 Court System and Court Procedures...... 3 or Corrections: CRJU 300 Corrections ...... 3 CRJU 308 Juveniles and the Law ...... 3 CRJU 403 Probation and Parole ...... 3 *This seminar is intended as a capstone course and, accordingly, it is expected that the student pursuing a Criminal Justice minor will have completed 15 credit hours in the discipline prior to registering for it. **All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor.

240 Holy Family University Minor in English Literature (6 courses/18credits) Literature enhances any program. Reading the masters of literature provides a cultural perspective that distinguishes an educated person; a close study of Literature improves critical thinking and an appreciation for good writing, both of which provide a strong foundation for any career. The Literature minor combines both survey and specialty courses. Shakespeare, Romantic and Victorian authors, mythology, poetry, and the literary genres are available for elective. Creative writing or theater courses are also available. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Required Courses (12 credits): ENGL 201 or 202 World Literature I or II ...... 3 ENGL 203 or 204 American Literature I or II ...... 3 ENGL 205 or 206 British Literature I or II ...... 3 ENGL 327 Junior Seminar: Literature ...... 3 or ENGL 425 Senior Seminar: Literature ...... 3 (on recommendation of English faculty) Electives: Two Courses (6 credits) selected from the following: One 300 level course: ...... 3 One 400 level course or one Theater course: ...... 3 All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor Minor in History (6 courses/18 credits) The History minor offers students an introduction to World and American History, allows them to study in depth an area of interest, and provides training in historical methodology. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six classes to be selected as follows: Required Courses (12 credits): Two courses in Western European History: HIST 108 Global History to 500 C.E...... 3 HIST 109 Global History 500-1700 ...... 3 Two courses in American History, chosen from among HIST 203 American History to 1800 ...... 3 HIST 204 American History 1820 to 1920 ...... 3 HIST 205 American History Since 1920...... 3 Two Additional Courses (6 credits): From 300 or 400 level courses, one of which must be a history seminar.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 241 Minor in Management and Marketing (6 courses/18 credits) A minor in Management and Marketing allows the student to deepen their knowledge of business practices and to develop enhanced business-related skills while pursuing a major in a non-business area of study. A basic knowledge of business-related course material such as management and marketing should broaden a student’s selection of career opportunities. Grades of less than C in business related courses will not be counted toward the minor. Only six credits in transfer will be accepted for the minor. Required Courses: MNMK 305 Principles of Management...... 3 312 Principles of Marketing...... 3 Electives: Students must choose four of the following elective courses: BUSA 420 Labor Law...... 3 MNMK 315 Operations Management ...... 3 403 Human Resource Management ...... 3 405 Principles of Advertising ...... 3 406 Consumer Behavior ...... 3 410 Organizational Behavior ...... 3 Consult course offerings for prerequisite requirements. The selection of electives should be made in consultation with an MNMK advisor. The student may apply up to two courses (six credits) of other coursework (e.g. courses for the major) to this minor.

Minor in Mathematics (6 courses/21-23 credits) The minor in Mathematics allows the students to deepen their Mathematical background while pursuing their major. This minor can be beneficial to students concentrating in business or science who wish a broader knowledge of the power of Mathematics within and outside their field. Any student who wishes to explore the beauty of mathematics but does not want to major in it can also pursue the minor. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. Required Courses: (4 courses/15 credits) MATH 211 Calculus I ...... 4 MATH 212 Calculus II...... 4 MATH 220 Linear Algebra...... 4 MATH 250 Discrete Math ...... 3 Two Additional Math Courses: (6-8 credits) 200 level or higher, one of which must be 300 level or higher.

242 Holy Family University Some suggested tracks for specialization are given below: Applied Math MATH 221 ..Ordinary Differential Equations MATH 405 ...... Numerical Analysis Statistics MATH 308 ...... Probability MATH 401...... Statistics Pure Math MATH 305 ...... Theory of Numbers MATH 316 ...... Modern Algebra I History of Math MATH 303...... Modern Geometry or MATH 305 ...... Theory of Numbers MATH 327 Junior Seminar History of Mathematics

Minor in Middle School Mathematics (6-7 courses/19-22 credits) The Minor in Middle School Mathematics is designed to provide additional preparation in mathematics, mathematics education, and technology beyond the required mathematics in the ELED/SPED curricula. This minor provides the necessary content needed for education majors to become qualified and effective middle school mathematics teachers or mathematics lead teachers; however, the satisfactory completion of the minor does not guarantee the student that s/he will pass the Middle School Math Praxis exam. Any student sitting for the Praxis is encouraged to utilize available preparation materials. Since this minor prepares a student for a certification in middle school mathematics, it is restricted to education majors. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. Required Courses: Core Math Course (MATH 121 MATH 150 or MATH 211)...... 3-4 MATH 122 Mathematics for Education Majors ...... 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics ...... 3 MATH 211 Calculus I (if not taken as the core math)...... 4 MATH 250 Discrete Math (Prerequisite: MATH 211) ....3 MATH 327 History of Mathematics ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 211) Elective Courses (3 credits) (Choose one of the following): MATH 303 Modern Geometry ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 211) MATH 305 Number Theory ...... 3 (Prerequisite: MATH 211, MATH 250) It is recommended that the student declare this minor in either their Freshman or sophomore year.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 243 Minor in Natural Sciences (6 Courses, 22 Credits) The Minor in the Natural Sciences prepares the Holy Family student to think globally and will give the student the opportunity to experience and to explore the breadth of the Natural Sciences. Essential Biological and Chemical Principles of Nature will be presented as an interplay between Chemical and Physical Laws and their impact upon both living and non-living systems. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. Required courses: BIOL 120, 120L Biological Principles I ...... 4 (No prerequisites) BIOL 121, 121L Biological Principles II ...... 4 (Prerequisite 120, 120L) CHEM 120, 120L Chemistry Principles I ...... 4 (Appropriate preparatory course or MATH 150) CHEM 121, 121L Chemistry Principles II ...... 4 (Prerequisites: CHEM 120, 120L) GSCI 108 The Environment of the Planet Earth ...... 3 (No prerequisites) GSCI 110 The Science of Physics ...... 3 (No prerequisites) It is recommended that the student declare this minor in either their Freshman or Sophomore year and complete the coursework in the following sequential order: Year 1: BIOL 120,120L (Fall) and BIOL 121, 121L (Spring) Year 2: CHEM 120, 120L (Fall) and CHEM 121, 121L (Spring) Year 3: GSCI 108 (Fall) and GSCI 110 (Spring)

Minor in Philosophy (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Philosophy provides students with the opportunity to enhance their education with a firm grounding in the practice of analysis and critical thinking characterized by the careful exploration of philosophical concepts. With an emphasis on ethical theory and practice supplemented by offerings in basic areas of philosophical concepts, the Philosophy Minor is an enriching accompaniment to any major. The full time philosophy faculty will tailor a variety of alternative minors to suit individual students. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. Suggested Ethical Minor Model: six courses to be selected from the following: I. Ethical Theory (3 credits) PHIL 301 Ethics ...... 3

244 Holy Family University II. Fundamental Theory (9 credits) PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy ...... 3 or PHIL 103 Honors Introduction to Philosophy ...... 3 PHIL 201 Philosophy of Human Nature ...... 3 PHIL 202 Logic ...... 3 PHIL 203 History of Philosophy I...... 3 PHIL 204 History of Philosophy II ...... 3 PHIL 207 Philosophy of Religion ...... 3 PHIL 302 Theory of Knowledge ...... 3 PHIL 303 Philosophy of Art ...... 3 PHIL 305 World Views ...... 3 III. Applied Ethics (3 credits) PHIL 205 Bioethics ...... 3 PHIL 208 Business Ethics ...... 3 PHIL 256 Law and Media Ethics ...... 3 PHIL 307 Social Ethics ...... 3 IV. Elective (3 credits) PHIL 325 Junior Seminar...... 3 PHIL 425 Senior Seminar ...... 3 PHIL 426 Independent Study ...... 3 PHIL 431-499 Special Topics ...... 3

Minor in Political Science (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Political Science allows students to augment majors in business administration, criminal justice, economics, foreign languages, history, sociology, or other social science fields. It prepares students to continue graduate study, pursue careers in government service, law or politics. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Required Courses (9 credits): POLS 103 Introductory Politics ...... 3 POLS 204 American National Government...... 3 POLS 321 Comparative Political Systems or POLS 210 Introduction to International Relations...... 3 Three Elective Courses in Political Science (9 credits)

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 245 Minor in Pre-Law (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Pre-Law allows students to explore in an interdisciplinary manner the philosophical, political, criminal, and psychological aspects of American society toward preparation for legal studies after graduation and a career in law. Courses should be selected in consultation with the Pre-Law Advisor. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted for the minor. The minor in Pre-Law consists of six courses (18 credits) to be selected as follows: Required Courses (9 credits): PHIL 202 Logic ...... 3 POLS 316 Constitutional Law ...... 3 CRJU 317 Criminal Law ...... 3 Elective Courses (9 credits): CRJU 308 Juveniles and the Law ...... 3 CRJU 318 The Court System and Court Procedure ...... 3 PHIL 265 Law and Ethics in Media ...... 3 PHIL 301 Ethics ...... 3 PHIL 307 Social Ethics ...... 3 PHIL 433 Philosophy of Justice ...... 3 POLS 204 American National Government...... 3 PSYC 341 Family Violence...... 3 PSYC 343 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 Any prerequisites must be met prior to taking a minor course.

Minor in Psychology (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Psychology gives the student an introduction to the content and methodology of the field. Courses are required from both the social and biological areas of the discipline. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Requirements (12 credits): PSYC 101 General Psychology (formerly PSYC 201) ....3 Choose one of the following: PSYC 206 Child and Adolescent Development* ...... 3 PSYCH 207 Adult Development and Aging* ...... 3 PSYC 208 Human Development* ...... 3 Required Courses: PSYC 343 Social Psychology** ...... 3 PSYC 345 Abnormal Psychology**...... 3

246 Holy Family University One course chosen from the following: PSYC 305 Physiological Psychology** ...... 3 PSYC 331 Sensation & Perception** ...... 3 PSYC 332 Cognitive Processes**...... 3 PSYC 333 Learning** ...... 3 One elective in Psychology. Student may choose any Psychology course with the exception of an additional developmental course (PSYC 206, 207 or 208). * PSYC 208 may not be chosen if the student has completed PSYC 206 or PSYC 207; neither PSYC 206 nor PSYC 207 may be chosen if the student has completed PSYC 208. ** Prerequisite: PSYC 101 All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor.

Minor in Religious Studies (6 courses/18 credits) The Religious Studies minor provides students with a deeper and broader exploration into various disciplines of theological study. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward for the minor. The minor consists of six courses: 15 credits + 3 credits from a core religious studies course. Required Courses: (9 credits) Core Religious Students ...... 3 RELS 210 Jesus the Christ ...... 3 RELS 301 Christian Morality...... 3 One course (3 credits) in Scripture chosen from among: RELS 107 The Gospel according to Mark ...... 3 RELS 109 The Gospel according to Matthew ...... 3 RELS 110 The Gospel according to Luke ...... 3 RELS 205 Prophets of Israel...... 3 RELS 207 Introduction to Saint Paul...... 3 One course (3 credits) in Systematic Theology chosen from among: RELS 113 Sacraments ...... 3 RELS 202 Methods in Religious Education...... 3 RELS 206 Women and Religion ...... 3 RELS 215 Religion in America ...... 3 RELS 310 Christian Marriage in the Modern World ....3 RELS 315 The Gospel of Peace and Justice ...... 3 RELS 408 The Church in the Modern World ...... 3 RELS 409 Christian Mysticism ...... 3 RELS 410 Dante’s Divine Comedy ...... 3 RELS 325/425 Junior or Senior Seminar...... 3 RELS 431-499 Religious Studies Special Topics ...... 3

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 247 One course (3 credits) in Historical Theology chosen from among: RELS 112 History of Christianity I ...... 3 RELS 212 History of Christianity II ...... 3 RELS 213 History of the Catholic Church in the U.S. ..3 RELS 215 Religion in America ...... 3 RELS 408 The Church in the Modern World ...... 3

Minor in Sociology (6 courses/18 credits) The minor in Sociology gives the student an introduction to the content and methodology of the field. All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses to be selected as follows: Requirement Courses: (12 credits) SOCO 101 Introductory Sociology (Core) ...... 3 SOCO 201 Social Problems ...... 3 SOCO 203 Social Theory ...... 3 SOCO 212 Race, Class, & Gender ...... 3 Choose one 300 Level SOCO Course from Group 2: (3 credits) SOCO 305 Aging in America ...... 3 SOCO 306 Sociology of the City...... 3 SOCO 310 Medical Sociology ...... 3 SOCO 315 Sociology of Work...... 3 SOCO 340 Addictions: A Lifespan Perspective...... 3 SOCO 341 Family Violence...... 3 SOCO 342 Loss and Grief...... 3 SOCO 343 Social Psychology ...... 3 One elective in Sociology: (3 credits) Student may choose ANY Sociology course.

Minor in Spanish (6 courses/18 credits) The objective of the minor in Spanish is to enable students majoring in any field to acquire proficiency in the language, understanding the richness of its culture, and knowledge of the countries in which the language is spoken. The coursework needed to earn a minor in Spanish at Holy Family is challenging but achievable. It is thought to provide the necessary linguistic and cultural skills, and knowledge that the students will need to function successfully in the target language, in a variety of situations and topics. Minimum grade of C is required. Only six transfer credits will be accepted toward the minor. The minor consists of six courses at the 200 level and above.

248 Holy Family University Required Courses (6 credits): SPAN 201 Advanced Grammar and Composition I...... 3 SPAN 202 Advanced Grammar and Composition II ...... 3 Electives: (Language, Literacy, Content and Literature courses) Choice of three (9 credits): SPAN 204 Spanish-American Civilization ...... 3 SPAN 302 Hispanic Influences in the US (taught in English) ...... 3 SPAN 308 Applied Linguistics ...... 3 SPAN 309 Conversation and Language Activities I ...... 3 SPAN 310 Conversation and Language Activities II ...... 3 SPAN 311 Spanish Non-Fiction...... 3 Choice of one (3credits): SPAN 315 Literary Analysis ...... 3 SPAN 449 Readings in Spanish ...... 3 *All prerequisites must be met for the course to be taken in the minor.

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 249 Administration Trustee Emeritus Edward W. Micek, MD Board of Trustees* Chair of the Board Executive Officers Sister M. Celine Warnilo, CSFN President Vice Chair of the Board Sister Francesca Onley, CSFN, PhD Dennis Colgan Vice President for Academic Affairs Secretary of the Board Sister Maureen McGarrity, Sister M. Loretta Theresa Felici, CSFN, PhD CSFN Vice President for Finance and Assistant Secretary to the Board Administration Moya R. Kaporch, EdD John Jaszczak, BS, CPA Vice President for Institutional Members* Advancement Raymond Angelo Margaret Swoboda Kelly, MA Albert T. Chadwick Vice President for Information Luz Duque-Hammershaimb Technology Sister Janice Fulmer, CSFN Robert H. Lafond, MCIS Anne M. Gallagher Vice President for Mission and Ministry Carl F. Gregory TBA Sister Mary Jane Hahner, CSFN Loretta Hennessey Vice President for Student Services Sister Kathleen Maciej, CSFN Sister M. Patrice Feher, CSFN, MA Dominic Marano Vice President for Planning and Walter H. McKeon Special Projects George W. Nise Moya R. Kaporch, EdD George Olsen President’s Office Sister Francesca Onley, CSFN, ex officio President Anne Marie Pettit Sister Francesca Onley, CSFN, PhD Sister Benedetta Pielech, CSFN Academic Affairs Anthony Szuszczewicz Albert M. Tantala Vice President for Academic Affairs Robert E. Tepfer Sister Maureen McGarrity, Robert Truitt CSFN, PhD John W. Turner, Jr.

* Due to the reconfiguration of the Congregation of the Sisters of the Holy Family in the United States, this board listing is effective until June 30th 2007.

250 Holy Family University Associate Vice President for Academic Newtown, Bucks County Affairs Executive Director Sylvester Kohut, Jr., PhD Karen Galardi, MBA Associate Vice President for Enrollment Assistant to the Director/Associate Services Treasurer Robert J. McBride, MA Sister M. Bernadette Donahue, Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences CSFN, MA Regina M. Hobaugh, PhD Director, Graduate Program in Dean of the School of Business Counseling Psychology Administration George Colton, EdD Anthony M. Akel, PhD Information Technology Coordinator Dean of the School of Education David Slowik, MBA Leonard G. Soroka, DEd Learning Resource Center Coordinator (LRC) Dean of the School of Nursing and Allied Katherine K. Ruppel, MLS Health Professions Christine M. Rosner, PhD Admissions Representative TBA Director of Graduate Admissions Margaret Wendling, MBA Learning Resource Center, Library Assistant Director of Undergraduate Admissions Christine Runowski, BA Lauren A. Campbell, MA Associate Vice President for Academic Woodhaven, Bucks County Services and Registrar Division of Extended Learning Ann Marie Vickery, PhD Candidate Associate Vice President for Division of Director of Cooperative Education Extended Learning Sister M. Frances Veitz, CSFN, EdD Honour Moore, MA Director of Library Services Director of Academic Services Lori A. Schwabenbauer, MSLS Philip Moore, MFA Director of Student Financial Aid Coordinator of Corporate and Janice Hetrick, BA Community Education Director of Center for Academic Christina M. Edamala, MEd Enhancement Academic Advisor Angela A. Godshall, MA Christopher Quinn, MA Director of Alpha House Admissions Counselor Mary Becker, BA Jill McClintock, BS Jackie Cooper, BS

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 251 Financial Affairs and Associate Vice President for Institutional Administration Advancement Sister M. Noreen Werner, CSFN, MA Vice President for Finance and Administration Director of Alumni Relations and the John Jaszczak, BS, CPA Annual Fund TBA Assistant Vice President for Budget, Institutional Research and Finance Executive Director of Development Michael E. VanThuyne, MBA TBA Assistant Vice President for Accounting Director of Marketing/Communications and Controller Allen Arndt, BA Judith Klein, BA, CPA Director of Corporate and Foundation Assistant Vice President for Human Relations Resources Suzanne Libenson, MA Renee L. Rosenfeld, MBA, CEBS Student Services Treasurer Vice President for Student Services Sister M. Paul Rozanska, CSFN, MS Sister M. Patrice Feher, CSFN, MA Information Technology Activities Director Vice President for Information Technology Michael McNulty-Bobholz, BA Robert H. Lafond, MCIS Special Services Director Administrative Systems Support Manager Linda DiGennaro, BS Denise Diorio, MEd Campus Minister Web Services Manager Reverend James MacNew, OSFS, MA Mei Yin, MS Director of Athletics Instructional Technologist Sandra Michael, MEd Michelle Perkins, MEd Director of Careers Center Datatel Support Analyst Don Brom Sister M. Margaret DeSales O’Connor, Director of the Counseling Center CSFN, AB Diana Piperata, PhD User Services Manager Director of Health Services Jason Mills Rita J. Casey, RNC, BSN Senior Technical Services Manager Director of Public Safety C. Vincent Milnik Joseph McBride, BS System Administrator Director of Residence Life Dib Shahene Lisa Corbin-Kalinowski, MA Institutional Advancement Disability Counselor Vice President for Institutional Zoe Gingold, BS Advancement Margaret Swoboda Kelly, MA

252 Holy Family University Faculty Janice R. Showler Chair for Arts & Communications School of Arts and Sciences Writing Coordinator Assistant Professor Regina M. Hobaugh BS, Pennsylvania State University Dean of the School of Arts and MEd, The College of Sciences PhD, University of Pennsylvania Professor BA, Holy Family University Full-time Faculty MA, University of Dayton PhD, Temple University Carl P. Anthony Assistant Professor George Colton BS, Kutztown University Director, Graduate Program in MST, EdD, Rutgers, The State Counseling Psychology University of New Jersey Assistant Professor BA, Rutgers, The State University of Lara K. Ault Associate Professor New Jersey BA, BS, University of Florida MA, MA, PhD, University of Louisville EdD, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey Kishore Bagga Assistant Professor Robert E. Cordero BS, University of Surrey, Guildford, Chair for Natural Sciences and UK Mathematics PhD University of Wales – Associate Professor Aberystwyth, Wales, UK BS, MS, PhD, Rutgers, The State University of Susan E. Belangee New Jersey Assistant Professor BA, Lynn DellaPietra MA, Loyola College Chair for Social and Behavioral PhD, Georgia State University Sciences Associate Professor Reverend James J. Collins BA, Boston College Professor PhD, Hahnemann University BA, STL, Pontifical Lateran University (Rome) Leanne Owen SOED, Pontifical Oriental Institute Director, Graduate Program in (Rome) Criminal Justice Assistant Professor BA, University of Kansas MA, PhD, University of Wales

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 253 George Colton Reverend C. Thomas Fahy, OSB Director, Graduate Program in Assistant Professor Counseling Psychology AB, University of Notre Dame Assistant Professor MA, Catholic University of America BA, Rutgers, The State University of STL, Collegio Sant’Anselmo (Rome) New Jersey MA, PhD Candidate, University of MA, New York University Pennsylvania EdD, Rutgers, The State University of Sister M. Patrice Feher, CSFN New Jersey Vice President for Student Services Robert Cordero Associate Professor Associate Professor BA, Holy Family University BS, MS, Villanova University MA, Temple University PhD, Rutgers, The State University of Pamela Flynn New Jersey Associate Professor Sister M. Angela Cresswell, CSFN BA, Monmouth University Instructor MA, Kean College BA, Holy Family University MFA, Jersey City State College MEd, Millersville State College Peter W. Frey Sister M. Doloretta Dawid, CSFN Professor Associate Professor BA, LaSalle University BA, Holy Family University MA, University of Pittsburgh MA, Rivier College MA, University of Pennsylvania MA, Middlebury College EdD, Temple University DA, State University of New York at Jennifer L. Gallo Stony Brook Assistant Professor Lynn DellaPietra BA, Associate Professor PhD, BA, Boston College Johanna A. Gedaka, SSJ PhD, Hahnemann University Professor Guo-an Diao BA, Chestnut Hill College Assistant Professor MEd, Towson University BS, University of Science & MS, Bank Street College/Parsons Technology of China School of Design MS, Institute of Mathematics, PhD, University of Pennsylvania Chinese Academy of Sciences Arthur A. Grugan PhD, Rutgers, The State University of Professor New Jersey BA, LaSalle University Leticia Diaz MA, PhD, Assistant Professor JD, School of Law BA, MA, Fulbright Fellow, University of PhD, University of Illinois Freiburg

254 Holy Family University Daniel E. Hanks, III Daniel C. Mankowski Assistant Professor Instructor BS, Hampton University AB, MA, St. Joseph’s University MS, University of Southern Illinois- MA, Villanova University Edwardsville Cathlyn Ann Mariscotti MS, Associate Professor PhD, University of Delaware BA, Furman University George E. Haynes MA, PhD, Temple University Assistant Professor Stanley Mauldin BA, LaSalle University Assistant Professor MS, Villanova University BA, MA, University of North Regina M. Hobaugh Carolina at Greensboro Dean of the School of Arts and PhD, University of North Carolina at Sciences Chapel Hill Professor Sister Maureen McGarrity, CSFN BA, Holy Family University Vice President for Academic Affairs MA, University of Dayton Associate Professor PhD, Temple University BA, Holy Family University M. Christine Huber MS, Villanova University Associate Professor PhD, St. Louis University BA, Marillac College Stephen E. Medvec MSEd, Indiana University Associate Professor MS, University of Missouri, St. Louis BA, MA, University of Montana PhD, Missouri University, Columbia PhD, Temple University Reverend Mark J. Hunt Fulbright Fellow, Adam Mickiewicz Assistant Professor University BA, MA, St. Charles Seminary Adriana Graciela Merino STL, STD Candidate, Pontifical Instructor University of St. Thomas Aquinas BA, Instituto Nacional Superior en (Rome) Lenguas Mary Carroll Johansen MA, University of Comahue Associate Professor PhD Candidate, University of Madrid BA, Georgetown University Patricia Michael MA, PhD, College of William and Professor Mary AB, MA, PhD, Temple University Thomas F. Lombardi Megan Meyer Professor Assistant Professor BA, LaSalle University BA, The College of New Jersey MA, Villanova University MA, PhD Temple University PhD, Temple University Huntington Library Scholar

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 255 Jenai Murtha Janice R. Showler Assistant Instructor Assistant Professor BA, Rosemont College BS, Pennsylvania State University MS, PhD, University of MEd, The College of New Jersey Massachusetts PhD, University of Pennsylvania Sister M. Olga Noetzel, CSFN Joseph M. Stoutzenberger Visiting Instructor Professor BA, MA, Catholic University of BA, Mount St. Paul College Lublin (Poland) MRE, Loyola University MA, PhD, Temple University Sister M. Brendan O’Brien, CSFN Instructor Sister Marcella Louise Wallowicz, BA, Holy Family University CSFN MA, Seton Hall University Assistant Professor BA, Holy Family University Kathryn Osenlund Professor MA, Villanova University BFA, Philadelphia College of Art Lisa N. Woodside MA, Villanova University Professor EdD, Temple University AM, University of Chicago MA, Leanne R. Owen Assistant Professor PhD, BA, University of Kansas William N. Zulch MA, PhD, University of Wales Professor BA, University of New Hampshire Frances O’Byrne Pelham Associate Professor MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins University BA, Holy Family University Emeritus Faculty MEd, The College of New Jersey EdD, University of Pennsylvania Thomas McCormick Professor Emeritus Danny W. Pirtle BA, St. Joseph’s University Assistant Professor MA, Villanova University BS, Tennessee State University PhD, Fordham University MS, Prairie View, A&M University PhD, Prairie View, A&M University Martha O. Meinster Professor Emeritus Rochelle A. Robbins AB, Associate Professor MS, PhD, Rutgers, The State BS, University of Maryland University of New Jersey MA, PhD, State University of New York at Stony Brook Kathleen J. Moyer Professor Emeritus BA, MA, Pennsylvania State University PhD, Bryn Mawr College

256 Holy Family University Lawrence P. Riley Marilyn Bell Professor Emeritus Lecturer BS, MS, Fordham University BS, University of the Sciences PhD, Georgetown University MS, Thomas Jefferson University Sister M. Aloysius Sabacinska, Yury Belyavsky CSFN Lecturer Professor Emeritus BS, MS, Kiev State University BS in Ed, MA, Catholic University of MEd, Beaver College America Gerald Bennett DPed, LaSalle University Lecturer PhD, University of Ottawa BFA, Southwest Missouri State University Part-time Faculty MFA, Indiana University James Acton David Bowman Lecturer Lecturer BA, Eastern College BFA, MA, LaSalle University MFA, Tyler School of Art Frank Avato Joseph Carchidi Lecturer Lecturer BS, Temple University BS, Temple University MA, St. Charles Seminary MEd, Holy Family University Catherine Baj-Lindsey Vincent Catanzaro Lecturer Lecturer BS, Neumann College BA, Eastern University MS, Chestnut Hill College MA, St. Charles Borromeo Seminary PhD, Miami Institute of Psychology John Charambura Bernadette Balcer Lecturer Lecturer BA, University of Pennsylvania BSEd, West Chester University EdM, Temple University MEd, Trenton State University Theresa Cirillo Nat Bard Lecturer Lecturer BA, University of Dayton BA, Albright College MA, Rowan University MFA, School of the Museum of Fine Art Robert K. Clothier Lecturer Daniel Bassi AB, St. Joseph’s University Lecturer BSN, Holy Family University BS, MS, PhD, University of Buenos MA, Beaver College Aires

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 257 Heather Costello, Esq. Mary Elizabeth Farrell, SSJ Lecturer Lecturer BA, Holy Family University BA, Chestnut Hill College JD, School of Law MS, Marquette University MA, University of San Francisco Joseph Cunningham Lecturer Gene Garone BA, LaSalle University Lecturer MA, University of Pennsylvania BA, New Jersey City University JD, Villanova University School of MA, New York University Law Janet-Lynn Garrabrant Linda Czajka Lecturer Lecturer BA, Vanderbilt University BA, Holy Family University MA, West Chester University MEd, Beaver College Louis J. Giuliana Louis Daily Lecturer Lecturer BA, St. Charles Borromeo Seminary BA, LaSalle University MA, St. Joseph’s University MA, West Chester University Angela A. Godshall PhD, Bryn Mawr College Lecturer Kathleen Dolan BA, Temple University Lecturer MA, State University of New York at BA, Newmann College Buffalo MA, Robert Gonsiewski Nicole Dul Lecturer Lecturer BA, MBA, LaSalle University BFA, Tyler School of Art MS, Temple University MFA, Nelly Greco Maureen Dwyer Lecturer Lecturer BA, Holy Family University BA, Chestnut Hill College MA, Villanova University MA, Catholic University of America Raymond Hirt Linda Fader Lecturer Lecturer BA, St. Bonaventure University BA, STL, The Catholic University of MA, Syracuse University America PhD Candidate, Temple University Irene Klosko Lecturer BA, Temple University MA, State University of New York at Binghamton PhD Candidate, Temple University 258 Holy Family University Jean Kohl Judge William Mazzola Lecturer Lecturer BA, Holy Family University BS, St. Joseph’s University MAT, MA, Villanova University JD, University of Baltimore Fred Kompass Lecturer Dennis Millan BS, Drexel University Lecturer BD, Princeton Theological Seminary BA, MA, University of the MBA, ThM, DMin, University of Philippines Pennsylvania Steven D. Molden Rebecca Krause Lecturer Lecturer BA, MA, Bloomsburg University BA, Mary Catherine Monck MA, Beaver College Lecturer John J. Kurek BS, Lecturer MS, Villanova University BA, LaSalle University PhD Candidate, University of MS, Temple University Pennsylvania Mark Leporati Patricia O’Connor Lecturer Lecturer BMusEd, Temple University BA, St. Mary’s College MA, Beaver College MA, Villanova University PhD, Indiana University of Heni Lipschultz Lecturer Pennsylvania BSEd, MEd, Temple University Lillian C. Otterstein Lecturer Victoria P. Lombardi Lecturer BS, Rutgers, The State University of BA, Holy Family University New Jersey MA, Villanova University MEd, Trenton State College Andrew Owen Ronald J. Madison Lecturer Lecturer BS, Memphis State University BA, MA, University of Wales MA, Montclair State College Daniel Picker EdD, Nova University Lecturer BA, Marlboro College Donna Makowiecki Lecturer MA, Middlebury College BA, Holy Family University Anita Pitonyak MS, Villanova University Lecturer BA, Holy Family University MS,

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 259 Denise Quinn Carol Snowden Lecturer Lecturer BS, Holy Family University AB, Immaculata College MS, Drexel University MEd, Beaver College MS, University of Pennsylvania Frederick Soisson Michelle Rattigan Lecturer Lecturer BS, MA, Villanova University BFA, University of the Arts Nancy Sophy MA, Hahnemann University Lecturer John Ruggiero BA, Lecturer MFA, Pennsylvania Academy of the BA, The Catholic University of Fine Arts America Sister Rita Kathryn Sperka, CSFN MPA, Arizona State University Lecturer PhD, Madison University BA, Holy Family University Donald Rutberg MSW, Catholic University of BA, Temple University America MFA, University of Southern Anthony Stopyra California Lecturer John J. Salera BA, MA, St. Charles Seminary Lecturer Glenn Walsh BS, Drexel University Lecturer MS, Villanova University BA, Temple University Christopher Salvatore MA, Beaver College Lecturer BA, Neumann College Adjunct Faculty MA, Widener University Medical Technology Program with William Schilling St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children Lecturer Judy Pascasio, MD BFA, MEd, Holy Family University Medical Director of the Medical George Searight Technology Program Lecturer Associate Medical Director of Pathology BA, University of Maryland and Laboratory Medicine MSW, University of Pittsburgh St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children PhD Candidate, Temple University Richard Vandell, Vincent Serfilippo MS, MT (ASCP), SC, SH Lecturer Operations Manager, Core Laboratory BA, LaSalle University Program Director, Clinical Laboratory MA, Villanova University Science Program, CLSMT (NSSCLS) St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children

260 Holy Family University School of Business Daniel Cillis Administration Professor PhD, New York University Anthony M. Akel MBA, St. John’s University Dean of Business Administration BBA, Baruch College Professor BBA, College Janet Conroy-Link MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Assistant Professor PhD, Northwestern University BA, Temple University MEd, Widener University Anthony DiPrimio Chair of Administrative Sciences James F. Higgins Professor Assistant Professor BS, LaSalle University BS, St. Joseph’s University MS, University of Pennsylvania MBA, Temple University PhD, Temple University MA, LaSalle University Thomas B. Martin Cao Jiang Chair of Management Information Assistant Professor Systems BBA, Southwest University of Associate Professor Finance and Economics BSEE, University of Notre Dame PhD, Temple University MSEE, PhD, University of Andrew Liebman Pennsylvania Assistant Professor Anthony J. Tanzola, CPA BA, Chair of Accounting and Financial MBA, Baruch College Services Bernice Purcell Assistant Professor Assistant Professor BS, St. Joseph’s University BA, Holy Family University MBA, Drexel University MBA, LaSalle University

Full-time Faculty Emeritus Faculty Stuart P. Brian Bette Lewis Tokar Associate Professor Professor Emeritus BA, MA, Temple University BA, Holy Family University EdD, Nova Southeastern University MA, EdD, Temple University Thomas G. Brown Assistant Professor Part-time Faculty BA, Catholic University Arlene Angelo MS, Drexel University Lecturer MBA, Drexel University BA, Pennsylvania State University JD, Temple University School of Law

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 261 Theodore Bateman Edward Golderer Lecturer Lecturer AAS, Community College of BS, St. Joseph’s University Philadelphia MBA, Temple University BA, Holy Family University Shawn Hughes MS, St. Joseph’s University Lecturer John Biasiello BA, MS Holy Family University Lecturer Margaret R. Karpinski MS, BA, Holy Family University Lecturer Teresa Carr Deni BA, Holy Family University Lecturer MA, Beaver College BS, JD, Temple University Gregory Kellar James Carty Lecturer Lecturer BA, BS, Brigham Young University BA, MS, Holy Family University MBA, PhD, The University of Tennessee Dena Calo Lecturer Michael Kunz BA, Stockton State College Lecturer JD, Widener University, School of BS, MBA, St. Joseph’s University Law Fred Leh James J. Conley Lecturer Lecturer BA, Gordon College BS, Villanova University MS, Holy Family University MBA, Temple University Frank J. Leo Scott A. Cronin Lecturer Lecturer BA, LaSalle University BA, Assumption College MA, University of Pennsylvania JD, Villanova Law School Gregory Lucidi Salvatore DeAngelis Lecturer Lecturer BA, MS, Holy Family University BA, Holy Family University William McNulty MEd, Temple University Lecturer Thomas J. Garrity BA, La Salle University Lecturer William L. Moore Coordinator - Fire Science and Public Lecturer Safety Administration Program BA, Holy Family University BA, LaSalle University MBA, LaSalle University MS, St. Joseph’s University

262 Holy Family University Bernard M. Rayca School of Education Lecturer Leonard G. Soroka BA, MBA, LaSalle University Dean of the School of Education Vincent Ricchiuti Professor of Education Lecturer BS, Temple University BS, MBA, LaSalle University MEd, West Chester University Renee Rosenfeld DEd, Pennsylvania State University Lecturer Antoinette Schiavo AB, Mulhenberg College Associate Dean of the School of MBA, Temple University Education Sha Shirasb AB, Immaculata College Lecturer MS, Catholic University BS, Tehran University EdD, Temple University MS, North Dakota State University PhD, Columbus University Full-time Faculty James Sullivan Maria Agnew Lecturer Instructor BA, Wheaton College BA, Holy Family University MA, University of Iowa MA, LaSalle University William Underwood Ph.D. Candidate, Temple University Lecturer Phyllis J. Anthony BA, Union College Professor MBA, Rider College BA, Rowan University Anthony Visco MEd, The College of New Jersey Lecturer EdD, Rutgers, The State University BS, Drexel University of New Jersey LLB, Anthony J. Applegate Sister Frances Veitz, CSFN Professor Lecturer, Professor BA, Allentown College Director of Cooperative Education MA, Villanova University BA, Holy Family University EdM, PhD, Temple University MA, Pennsylvania State University Geralyn Arango EdD, Nova University Associate Professor Margaret Wendling BS, New York University Lecturer MEd, EdD, Temple University AB, Hamilton College Valerie Bell MBA, St. Joseph’s University Assistant Professor BS, West Chester University MEd, Cabrini College EdD, Widener University

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 263 Brian Berry D. Barry MacGibeny Professor Professor BA, Binghamton University BA, MEd, PhD, Temple University MA, Rowan University EdD, Fairleigh Dickinson University Sister M. Marcella Binkowski, CSFN Grace A. O’Neill Associate Professor Associate Professor BA, Holy Family University BS, St. Joseph’s University MEd, Pennsylvania State University MEd, Villanova University EdD, Vanderbilt University EdD, Temple University Mary Kay Deasy Lynn S. Orlando Professor Professor BA, MEd, PhD, University of North BA, Point Park College Carolina at Greensboro MEd, Bloomsburg State University Patricia Duncan DEd, Pennsylvania State University Assistant Professor Kathleen B. Quinn BA, Trenton State College Professor MA, Rowan University BA, MEd, PhD, Temple University EdD, Temple University Bruce B. Rachild Phyllis Gallagher Field Placement Director Professor Assistant Professor BA, MEd, LaSalle University BS, MEd, EdD, Temple University EdD, Temple University Donna M. Rafter Roger Gee Instructor Associate Professor BA, Holy Family University BS, Mansfield State College MS, Philadelphia University MS, EdD Candidate, Rutgers, The State MEd, Temple University University of New Jersey MA, University of Arizona Jeanne Ratigan PhD, University of Pennsylvania Instructor Helen Hoffner BA, Glassboro State College Associate Professor MEd, Trenton State College BS, West Chester University EdS, Rutgers,The State University of MEd, Temple University New Jersey EdD, Widener University Claire Ann Sullivan Patricia Joergensen Professor Assistant Professor BA, MA, Glassboro State College BA, Fordham University EdD, Rutgers, The State University of MA, LaSalle University New Jersey EdD, Temple University

264 Holy Family University Michael R. White Eileen Blazic Associate Professor Lecturer BA, Temple University BA, Immaculata College MA, West Chester University MA, Villanova University EdD, Temple University Kathleen Brofman Roseanna J. Wright Lecturer Assistant Professor BA, Temple University BA, Kean College of New Jersey MEd, Beaver College MEd, Castleton State University PhD, Temple University PhD, Temple University Mary R. Burke Lecturer Emeritus Faculty BA, MEd, Rutgers, The State Joseph Burak University of New Jersey Professor Emeritus EdD, Nova Southeastern University BA, LaSalle University Deborah Clements Johnson MEd, Temple University Lecturer DEd, Pennsylvania State University BS, West Chester State College Ruth Sower EdM, Temple University Professor Emeritus Robert G. Cohen BA, Roosevelt University Lecturer EdM, PhD, Temple University BS, MEd, Temple University Part-time Faculty Joseph Conway Lecturer Steven M. Alessandri BA, St. Joseph’s University Lecturer MA, EdD, Teachers College BA, Villanova University MA, Marshall University PhD, Bryn Mawr College Jacob L. Crayder Lecturer Eileen Baker BS, MEd, Temple University Lecturer BA, MEd, Holy Family University Gary Crim Lecturer Kenneth Bernabe BS, Temple University Lecturer MA, Trenton State College BA, Rider University MA, Seton Hall University Joanne F. Danna Lecturer Christopher Blazic BS, Pennsylvania State University Lecturer MEd, Trenton State University BA, St. Joseph’s University MEd, EdD, Temple University

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 265 Anthony DiCesare Angeline M. Gampico Lecturer Lecturer BS, BS, St. Joseph’s University MEd, Holy Family University MA, Villanova University EdD, Immaculata University Dawn M. Doheny Lecturer Therese Anne Garbett BS, Pennsylvania State University Lecturer MEd, Holy Family University BA, MEd, Holy Family University Patricia Ann Erickson Loyola L. Garcia Lecturer Lecturer BS, Temple University BA, New Jersey City University MEd, Holy Family University MA, Georgian Court College DEd, Nova Southeastern University James Fazzone Lecturer Joseph Gillespie BA, Rowan University Lecturer MA, Rider University BS, Mount St. Mary’s College DEd, Nova Southeastern University MEd, Temple University EdD, Widener University Stanley Terraro Lecturer Brian G. Gross BA, Temple University Lecturer MEd, Arcadia University BS, University of New Mexico MEd, Antioch University Harry Finlayson Lecturer EdD, Heed University BS, EdM, EdD, Temple University Helen P. Gross Lecturer Stacey Flynn Lecturer BA, Glassboro State College BS, Lock Haven University MEd, Antioch University MEd, Holy Family University MS, EdD, Nova Southeastern University Mary Ann Fortuna Lecturer Lucille Hager BS, West Chester University Lecturer MEd, EdD, Temple University BS, Chestnut Hill College MEd, Holy Family University Mary Joe Frasso Lecturer Grace Hartman BS, West Chester University Lecturer MEd, Bloomsburg University BS, Gwynedd-Mercy College MEd, Beaver College

266 Holy Family University Geeta Heble Sharon E. Kline Lecturer Lecturer BA, BS, Kutztown University MA, Temple University MEd, Arcadia University EdD, Wilmington College EdD, Immaculata College Leonard Herman Jean C. Kohl Lecturer Lecturer BS, MA, Rider University BA, Holy Family University DEd, Drexel University MAT, Marygrove College Tara Holdsworth Ruth H. Kuchinsky-Smith Lecturer Lecturer BS, Temple University BS, The King’s College MEd, Holy Family University MCAT, Hahnemann University MEd, PhD, Temple University Bruce Hooper BA, University of Notre Dame Gerald Kushner MA, EdM, EdD, Rutgers, The State Lecturer University of New Jersey BS, MEd, EdD, Temple University Brenda C. Hurley Robert Lenherr Lecturer Lecturer BA, Chestnut Hill College BA, Holy Family University MEd, Temple University MEd, College of New Jersey June T. Johnson Harris Lewin Lecturer Lecturer BS, Virginia State University BS, DEd, Temple University MEd, Beaver College MEd, Trenton State College Kelly Kates McElrath Terry L. Lichty Lecturer Lecturer BA, Temple University BS, West Virginia University MA, LaSalle University MA, Glassboro State College PhD, Columbia Pacific University Tricia M. Kelly Lecturer Paul Marino BA, LaSalle University Lecturer MEd, Temple University BS, MEd,PhD, Penn State University Thomas King Ruth Marino Lecturer Lecturer BA, Temple University BA, Beaver College MEd, Holy Family University MEd, PhD, Temple University Daniel Markowski Lecturer BA, MEd, Holy Family University

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 267 Victor Matson Raymond Ostrowski Lecturer Lecturer BS, Penn State University BA, LaSalle College MEd, Temple University MEd, Temple University Patricia J. Mazzuca Rosemary Parmigiani Lecturer Lecturer BA, University of Puerto Rico BS, MS, Duquesne University MEd, Temple University Gerald D. Paterson Frank McAneny Lecturer Lecturer BA, LaSalle University BS, St. Joseph’s University MA, Holy Family University MEd, College of New Jersey EdD, Temple University EdD, Temple University William Priestley Dolores Ann McDonnell Lecturer Lecturer BA, MEd, EdD, Temple University BA, Holy Family University Sister John Ann Proach, OSF MEd, Arcadia University Lecturer Barbara Michaels BS, Alvernia College Lecturer MS, MA, Villanova University BA, Temple University EdD, Temple University MA, Rider University Vincent Profy Anthony J. Molloy, Jr. Lecturer Lecturer BA, Boston College BA, LaSalle University EdM, EdD, Temple University JD, Villanova University Denise Quinn Ruth Montalvo Lecturer Lecturer BS, Bloomsburg State College BA, University of Pennsylvania MEd, Cabrini College MEd, Temple University Rosemarie Retacco Irene Musman Lecturer Lecturer BA, College of Notre Dame BA, Chestnut Hill College MA, University of Maryland MA, LaSalle University EdD, Temple University Eugene Nicolo Patricia R. Reynolds Lecturer Lecturer BS, MS, PhD, Temple University BS, MS, Temple University PhD, University of Pennsylvania Colleen Noone Lecturer BA, MEd, John Carroll University

268 Holy Family University Joanne L. Ricevuto-Thames Alan Solomon Lecturer Lecturer BS, West Chester University AB, AM, University of Pennsylvania MEd, Widener University EdD, Temple University Maureen Runyen Susan Stackhouse Lecturer Lecturer BS, Temple University BA, MEd, Holy Family University MEd, Holy Family University Fred Stewart Christine Sadgian-Peacock Lecturer Lecturer BS, Shippensburg State College BS, MEd, Temple University MEd, Temple University Dianne Sand Carl Strahl Lecturer Lecturer BS, Temple University BS, The Pennsylvania State University MS, St. Joseph’s University MsEd, EdD, Temple University Mary Ellen Schuler Stanley Szymendera Lecturer Lecturer BS, Gwynedd-Mercy College BA, LaSalle University MA, Immaculata College MA, Villanova University Richard Serfass Susan Tosti Lecturer Lecturer BA, LaSalle College BS, West Chester University MEd, EdD, Temple University MEd, EdD, Widener University Thomas Sexton Alvin Vaughn Lecturer Lecturer BA, LaSalle University BS, MS, EdD, Temple University MEd, EdD, Temple University Janice Wagman Carleene Slowik Lecturer Lecturer BS, MEd, Temple University BA, LaSalle University Bonnie Weiskittel MA, Temple University Lecturer EdD, Widener University AB, Western Maryland College David Slowik MEd, University of Maryland Lecturer EdD, Rutgers University BS, MBA, LaSalle University Marie Zimmerman Kathleen Smyth Lecturer Lecturer BS, Trenton State College BA, LaSalle University MEd, Holy Family University MEd, Holy Family University

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 269 School of Nursing & Allied Catherine Heilferty Health Professions Instructor BSN, DeSalles University Christine Rosner Dean of the School of Nursing and MSN, Villanova University Allied Health Professions Cathleen A. Jenner Professor Professor BSN, Gwynedd-Mercy College BSN, State University of New York MSN, University of Pennsylvania MSN, LaSalle University PhD, New York University DNSc, Widener University Gloria M. Kersey-Matusiak Full-time Faculty Professor Kathleen Burns BSN, Gwynedd-Mercy College Instructor MSN, Villanova University BS Gwynedd-Mercy College PhD, Temple University Sister Clare Marie Butt, CSFN Kayann S. Laughlin Instructor Associate Professor BSN, Holy Family University BSN, MSN, University of MSN, Gwynedd-Mercy College Pennsylvania Ann Buttner MA, Beaver College Instructor Kathleen A. McMullen BSN, Gwynedd-Mercy College MSN Chair MSN, Creighton University Professor Kathryn Van Dyke Hayes BSN, MSN, University of Professor Pennsylvania BSN, Temple University PhD, Temple University MSN, University of Pennsylvania Susan Miovech PhD, Catholic University of America Associate Professor Patricia A. Dunn BS, St. Joseph College Associate Professor BSN, MSN, PhD, University of BSN, LaSalle University Pennsylvania MSN, University of Pennsylvania Mark B. Ness PhD, University of Pennsylvania Instructor Patricia Giuliana BS, Empire State College Instructor Shana Narita BSN, Holy Family University Clinical Coordinator, Radiologic MSN, Drexel University Science Barbara M. Hannigan Instructor Instructor BS, Gwynedd-Mercy College BS, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science MSN, Holy Family University

270 Holy Family University Mary Jean Ricci Christine M. Chmielewski Assistant Professor Lecturer BA, BSN, Temple University BS, Wilkes College MSN, University of Pennsylvania MS, Boston University Joyce Ann Welliver Denise Hayes Assistant Professor Lecturer BSN, Holy Family University AD, Gwynedd-Mercy College MSN, Villanova University BSN, Gwynedd-Mercy College MSN, Villanova University Sister Beverly Wilde, RSM Assistant Professor Kathleen Maguire AS, BA, Gwynedd-Mercy College Lecturer MSEd, University of Kentucky BSN, Holy Family University MS, St. Joseph’s University Krzysztof Stypulkowski Instructor MSN, Drexel University BSN, Holy Family University Ellen McPartland MSN, LaSalle University BSN, City College of New York MSN, Holy Family University Mary Wombwell BSN Chair Susan Politsky Associate Professor Lecturer BSN, Holy Family University BSN, Holy Family University MSN, Villanova University MSN, Widener University EdD, Widener University Theresa Lody Joan Zieja BSN, Villanova University Assistant Professor MSN, Widener University BA, New York University Jennifer Lynn Pullman MPH, University of Michigan Lecturer BS, Pennsylvania State University Part-time Faculty MA, Immaculata University Marcia Bower Lecturer BS Ed, Temple University MSN, Villanova University Jacqueline Burleigh BSN, Holy Family University MSN, Villanova University Noreen Aswad-Castelli Lecturer BS, State University of New York MS, New York University

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 271 Maps and Directions

Northeast Philadelphia Campus Campus Facilities 11. Library 12. Aquinas Hall 1. Holy Family Hall 13. Alpha House 2. Nurse Education Building 14. Marian Hall 3. Student Parking Lots 15. Admissions Office 4. Shepherd’s Fold (Maintenance) 16. Duplex (Student Housing) 5. Campus Center 17. Delaney Hall 6. Athletic Playing Fields 18. Garden Residence (Student 7. St. Joseph Hall (Student Housing) Housing) 8. Faculty/Administration Campus Parking Parking Lots 9. Labyrinth 3. Student Logs 10. Education and Technology 8. Faculty/Administration Lots Center

272 Holy Family University Directions to Holy Family University– Newtown, Bucks County One Campus Drive Drive/Lindenhurst Road. Holy Family Newtown, PA 18940 University’s entrance is on the left. From Philadelphia From Upper Bucks County Take I-95 north to Exit 49, Take Route 413 south to Route 332 Newtown/Yardley. *At the top of the east. Turn left onto Route 332 east ramp, turn left onto Route 332 west. and proceed approximately 3.5 miles. Follow Route 332 for 3 traffic lights Turn right at the traffic light at (7/10ths of a mile). Turn left at the 3rd Campus Drive/Lindenhurst Road. Holy Family University’s entrance is traffic light (Campus Drive/ on the left. Lindenhurst Road) Holy Family University’s entrance is on the left. From Princeton, Trenton, Bordentown Area From the Pennsylvania Turnpike Take I-295 north. I-295 north Take Exit 28 from the Turnpike. becomes I-95 south at the junction of Follow U.S. 1 north to I-95 north. I-295 and Route 1. Proceed on I-95 Take I-95 north to Exit 49, south across the Scudders Falls Newtown/Yardley. Then follow the Bridge to Exit 49, Newtown/Yardley. directions above*. Turn right onto Route 332 west. At From Burlington/Willingboro Area the 2nd traffic light, turn left onto Take the Burlington-Bristol Bridge Campus Drive/Lindenhurst Road. and follow Route 413 north to the Holy Family University’s entrance is junction of I-95. Take I-95 north to on the left. Exit 49, Newtown/Yardley. Then follow the directions above*. From Lower Bucks County Take Route 413 north to Route 332 east. Turn right onto Route 332 east and proceed 2.3 miles. Turn right onto Campus

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 273 Directions to Northeast Philadelphia Campus

9801 Frankford Avenue Academy Road exit; OR follow Philadelphia, PA 19114-2009 Levick Street to Frankford Avenue, From Pennsylvania Turnpike Take right on Frankford Avenue (north) to Exit 28 - follow U.S. 1 south (stay in Grant Avenue. left or inner lanes), left on Grant SEPTA Route 66 and Route 84 buses Avenue (east) to Frankford Avenue. both have stops at Frankford and From Burlington-Bristol Bridge Take Grant Avenues. State Road south to Grant Avenue, Regional Rail Line The SEPTA R7 make right on Grant Avenue to line from Trenton, NJ, or Center City Frankford Avenue OR Route 413 - 1 Philadelphia stops at the Torresdale mile to I-95 south and exit at Station (Grant Avenue and State Woodhaven Road to Route 13 south to Road). This is within walking distance Grant Avenue. of the university. From I-95 Heading North Directions to Woodhaven Exit at Academy Road to first traffic light (Frankford Avenue), right on 1311 Bristol Pike Frankford Avenue (north) to Grant Bensalem, PA 19020-6415 Avenue. From I-95, take exit 35 and follow signs From I-95 Heading South Exit at to U.S. Route 13 (also known as Bristol Woodhaven Road to Route 13 south Pike). Proceed south on Route 13 and to Grant Avenue. turn left into the Hampton Inn driveway. Holy Family University– From Tacony/Palmyra Bridge Woodhaven is to the right of the Take second right at end of bridge - Hampton Inn. State Road north to signs for I-95, follow signs to I-95 north and exit at

274 Holy Family University Index B Biochemistry ...... 81 A Course Offerings ...... 81 Academic Advising ...... 50 Biology ...... 82 Academic Calendar ...... v Course Offerings ...... 83 Academic Honesty ...... 55 Business Administration ...... 87 Academic Honors and Awards ...... 62 Course Offerings ...... 87 Dean’s List ...... 6 Degrees with Honors ...... 62 C Honor Societies ...... 63 Chemistry ...... 89 School Honors ...... 62 Course Offerings ...... 90 The Alumni Senior Award...... 63 Classification of Students ...... 49 The Mother M. Neomisia Award ....63 Matriculated Students ...... 49 Who’s Who Among Students in Non-Matriculated Students ...... 49 American Universities ...... 63 Communications ...... 92 Academic Life ...... 38 Course Offerings ...... 94 Academic Policies and Procedures...... 45 Computer Management Information Associate Degree ...... 45 Systems ...... 98 Baccalaureate Degree ...... 45 Course Offerings ...... 99 Cooperative Education/Internships ..48 Core Curriculum ...... 67 Non-Traditional Learning ...... 46 Attitudes ...... 67 Off-Campus Studies...... 48 Knowledge ...... 67 Study Abroad ...... 48 Skills ...... 67 Transfer and Advanced Placement ....46 Course Enrollment ...... 51 Academic Probation ...... 59 Course Grades...... 55 Academic Programs...... 42, 71 Criminal Justice...... 102 Certificate Programs...... 45 Course Offerings ...... 103 Interdisciplinary ...... 73 D Minors ...... 44 Degree Programs ...... 77 Pre-Professional ...... 74 Dismissal ...... 59 Schools and Course Offerings ...... 71 Special Studies Options ...... 44 E Specialization or Concentration ...... 72 Economics ...... 107 Academic Standing ...... 57 Course Offerings ...... 107 Academic Support...... 51 Education ...... 108 Accounting ...... 77 Course Offerings ...... 126 Course Offerings ...... 78 English ...... 135 Administration ...... 250 Course Offerings ...... 136 Admission ...... 38 Enrollment Adjustments ...... 54 Admission/Classification of Non- Matriculated Undergraduates ...... 41 F Application ...... 39 Facilities...... 2 Criteria ...... 38 Newtown, Bucks County ...... 5 Part-Time Matriculated Northeast Philadelphia Campus...... 2 Undergraduates...... 39 Woodhaven, Bucks County ...... 6 Readmission ...... 42 Faculty ...... 253 Requirements ...... 38 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Special Categories...... 40 Act (FERPA)...... 59 Attendance ...... 54

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 275 Finance ...... 141 Medical Technology/Clinical Laboratory Course Offerings ...... 142 Science ...... 171 Financial Aid...... 13 Course Offerings ...... 172 Federal Assistance ...... 13 Minors ...... 235 Other Assistance...... 16 Actuarial Science ...... 235 Policies ...... 26 American Studies ...... 237 Satisfactory Academic Progress ...... 27 Art Studio...... 238 State Assistance ...... 15 Chemistry ...... 238 University Assistance ...... 15 Communications...... 239 Financial Information ...... 9 Computer Management Payment Options ...... 12 Information Systems ...... 239 Return of Funds ...... 10 Criminal Justice ...... 240 Tuition and Fees ...... 9 English Literature...... 241 Withdrawal...... 10 History ...... 241 Fine Arts ...... 144 Management and Marketing ...... 242 Course Offerings ...... 146 Mathematics ...... 242 Fire Science and Public Safety Middle School Mathematics ...... 243 Administration...... 150 Natural Sciences ...... 244 Course Offerings ...... 151 Philosophy ...... 244 First Year College Success...... 152 Political Science ...... 245 Course Offering ...... 152 Pre-Law ...... 246 Former Core Curriculum...... 68 Psychology ...... 246 Religious Studies ...... 247 G Sociology ...... 248 Grading System...... 56 Spanish ...... 248 Graduation Requirements ...... 60 Modern Languages ...... 174 Commencement and Diplomas ...... 61 Course Offerings ...... 174 Commencement Participation ...... 61 Comprehensive/Senior N Examinations ...... 60 Natural Sciences ...... 178 Exit Interview...... 61 Course Offerings ...... 178 Petition for a Degree ...... 61 Nursing ...... 181 Course Offerings ...... 186 H History...... 153 P Course Offerings ...... 154 Philosophy...... 193 Honor Societies ...... 63 Course Offerings ...... 193 Physics...... 180 I Course Offerings ...... 180 Interdisciplinary Humanities...... 158 Progress Toward Degree Completion ..50 Course Offerings ...... 159 Academic Advising...... 50 International Business ...... 160 Academic Honesty ...... 55 Course Offerings ...... 161 Academic Standing...... 57 M Academic Support ...... 51 Attendance ...... 54 Management-Marketing ...... 162 Course Enrollment Information...... 51 Course Offerings ...... 163 Course Grades ...... 55 Maps and Directions ...... 272 Dismissal...... 59 Mathematics ...... 166 Enrollment Adjustments ...... 54 Course Offerings ...... 167

276 Holy Family University Family Educational Rights and Privacy S Act of 1974 (FERPA) ...... 59 Scholarships and Special Awards ...... 16 Grading System ...... 56 Social Sciences...... 223 Orientation ...... 50 Course Offerings ...... 223 Probation ...... 59 Sociology ...... 226 Registration ...... 52 Course Offerings ...... 227 Student Grievance Procedure ...... 58 Sport Marketing-Management ...... 232 Testing Programs ...... 50 Course Offerings ...... 233 Transcripts ...... 57 Student Grievance Procedure ...... 58 Psychobiology ...... 196 Student Life ...... 30 Course Offerings ...... 196 Activities...... 30 Psychology...... 197 Athletics ...... 33 Course Offerings ...... 198 Campus Services...... 33 Psychology for Business...... 203 Orientation ...... 30 Course Offerings ...... 204 Publications ...... 32 R Student Services Policies ...... 36 Safety and Security Procedures ...... 37 Radiologic Science...... 205 Course Offerings ...... 209 T Registration ...... 52 Timeline for Degree Completion ...... 49 Religious Studies ...... 218 Transcripts ...... 57 Course Offerings ...... 219 U University History ...... 1 Mission ...... iii Services ...... 6

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 277 Notes

278 Holy Family University Notes

Undergraduate Programs 2007-2008 279 Notes

280 Holy Family University